Quarterlytics / Technology / Information Technology Services / Société Générale

Société Générale

gle · LSE Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker gle
Exchange LSE
Sector Technology
Industry Information Technology Services
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2022 Annual Report · Société Générale
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Building Homes.  
Changing Lives.

Annual Report and Accounts 2022

M

J

G

l

e

e

s

o

n

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

2

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MJ Gleeson plc 
specialises in low-cost 
house building and 
land promotion.

Contents

Strategic Report

Highlights

At a Glance

Our Sustainable Approach

Chairman’s Statement

Market Review

Our Business Model

Our Business Strategy

Key Performance Indicators

Q&A with Management

Chief Executive’s Statement

Business Review

Financial Review

Risk Management

Communities

People

Environment

Sustainability Targets

Task Force on Climate-Related  
Financial Disclosures

Sustainability Accounting 
Standards Board

Section 172 Statement

Non-financial Reporting

Corporate Governance 

Chairman’s Introduction

Board of Directors

Corporate Governance Report

Nomination Committee Report

Audit Committee Report

Sustainability Committee Report

Remuneration Committee Report

Annual Report on Remuneration

Remuneration Policy Report

Directors’ Report

Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities  
in Respect of the Financial Statements

Financial Statements

Independent Auditors’ Report

Consolidated Income Statement

Consolidated Statement of    
Comprehensive Income

Statements of Financial Position

Statements of Changes in Equity

Statements of Cash Flows

Notes to the Financial Statements

Other Information

Five Year Review

Further Information

  Cover image: Ava, Elijah and Acer,  
Greymoor Meadows, Carlisle, Cumbria

  Acklam Gardens,  
Middlesbrough, North Yorkshire

02

03

04

08

10

14

16

20

22

24

28

32

34

40

48

52

62

66

70

74

78

82

86

88

94

98

106

110

1 1 3

123

132

136

140

148

148

149

150

152

153

182

183

Changing lives by building affordable, quality homes.

We build our homes putting our customers’ needs first and aim for 5-star 
quality across all our sites. We won’t hand over the keys to a home unless 
we’re proud to put our name to it.

A couple on the 
National Living Wage 
can afford to buy a 
home on any of our 
developments.

Gleeson homes are:

Highly energy efficient

Cheaper to  
buy than rent

5-star build quality 

Always sold freehold 

Built to meet our customers’ needs:

2, 3 or 4-bed 
homes

Off-road parking

Brick and block 
construction

Front and rear 
gardens

Where they are needed, for the people who need them most.

We exist to provide homes to a largely underserved community of 
young, first time buyers.

Gleeson customers are:

82% 

of our homes sold are in  
the most deprived areas 
of the UK or on  
brownfield land.

74% first time buyers

50% single buyers

On low incomes – £24,000 
median buyer income

Young – 29 years old 
median buyer age

--

Unlocking land for development with a highly successful land  
promotion business. 

We have a skilled team who navigate sites through the planning system for  
sale to other housebuilders to develop. This plays a crucial role in the supply  
of new homes.

Gleeson Land has:

+90% 

planning success rate 
demonstrates our 
outstanding  
track record.

A pipeline of 
over 20,000 
plots

Over 3,500 plots in the planning 
process plus 3,800 plots allocated 
for new homes

MJ Gleeson plc 
Annual Report & Accounts 2022

01

Strategic ReportOperational highlights
Homes sold
2,000

2021: 1,812

Average selling price
£167,300

2021: £145,800

CO2e emissions  
(scope 1 & 2)
1.86 tonnes

per home sold 
2021: 2.05 tonnes

Highlights

Financial highlights
Revenue
£373.4m

2021: £288.6m

Profit before tax and 
exceptional items
£55.5m

2021: £41.7m

Profit before tax
£42.6m

2021: £41.7m

Earnings per share
(pre-exceptional items)

78.1p

2021: 58.2p

Cash and cash  
equivalents 
£33.8m

2021: £34.3m

Return on capital  
employed
(pre-exceptional items)

25.4%

2021: 21.4%

02

MJ Gleeson plc 
Annual Report & Accounts 2022

At a Glance

Our locations

Revenue

£373.4m 
revenue

  Gleeson Homes £334.6m 
(2021: £265.8m)
  Gleeson Land £38.8m 
(2021: £22.8m)

(2021: £288.6m)

Operating profit1

£56.8m 
operating 
profit1,2

(2021: £43.1m)

  Gleeson Homes £51.2m  
(2021: £37.4m)

  Gleeson Land £11.1m  
 (2021: £11.1m)

1  Pre-exceptional items
2  After Group overheads of £5.5m (2021: £5.4m)

  Hannah and Daisy, Rainsborough Park, Knottingley, West Yorkshire

Gleeson Homes
We build affordable, quality homes. Where 
they are needed, for the people who need 
them most.

Our mission is to change people’s lives 
through home ownership; primarily first 
time buyers and young families, many 
of whom are on low to average incomes 
and are key workers. We help people 
escape from housing poverty caused by 
the “rent trap” and into home ownership, 
wealth creation, and better health and 
wellbeing. A couple working full time on 
the government’s National Living Wage 
can afford to buy a home on any of 
our developments. 

We build mostly in areas of deprivation 
or on brownfield sites, regenerating 
communities and creating meaningful 
spaces where people want to live. Access to 
transport, local facilities and employment 
are key considerations when choosing the 
locations of our developments. Many of our 
customers are from the local area and want 
to remain part of their local community. 

Our sustainable business approach is based 
around our relationships with communities, 
people and the environment.

Gleeson Land
We promote land through the complex 
planning system. Unlocking value to 
deliver sustainable and attractive sites 
for other developers to build new homes, 
where they are needed.

We carefully select and promote land 
through the planning process on behalf 
of landowners. Our highly-skilled team of 
planning, technical and land specialists 
take a bespoke approach to every site. We 
carefully consider all aspects of a site, being 
sensitive to local needs and environmental 
constraints to ensure we promote sites that 
can be delivered sustainably.

We build strong relationships with 
landowners and take a proactive and 
personal approach to promoting their 
land. We work to achieve best value on 
their behalf, whilst delivering planning 
permissions that are implementable and 
ready for developers to start on site. 

We form an integral part of the supply 
chain for new housing, delivering high-
quality consented land to housebuilders to 
meet their immediate needs, predominantly 
in the South of England.

Annual Report & Accounts 2022 03

MJ Gleeson plc 

Strategic ReportOur Sustainable Approach

Material sustainability issues

In 2021 the Group engaged with stakeholders and undertook a detailed materiality assessment to identify the 
environmental, social and economic issues most important to the Group. This assessment considered a wide 
range of factors, including the Group’s strategic priorities, risks, stakeholder views, market trends, socio-economic 
changes, environmental factors, government policy and other matters. The principal material sustainability issues 
identified remain unchanged in the current year and are shown in the table below.

Material 
sustainability 
issue

What are  
the risks?

Affordability

Build quality

Health  
and safety

Land

Carbon 

emissions

Affordability is the number 
one reason our customers 
buy a Gleeson home. If 
we do not ensure our 
homes remain affordable it 
would impact our business 
model and our ability to 
sell new homes to those 
who need them most, 
predominantly first time 
buyers and families on low 
to average incomes. This 
could negatively impact 
our brand and lead to a loss 
of sales.

Our customers expect 
a high-quality product 
from us. If we fail to build 
homes that meet their 
expectations then it could 
result in higher defect 
claims, damage brand 
reputation and lead to 
poor sales.

Health and safety is 
a priority across our 
business and unsafe 
working practices, 
policies or procedures 
could result in harm to 
employees, subcontractors 
or site visitors, causing 
personal injury, delays in 
construction, additional 
cost, reputational damage 
and potentially criminal 
prosecution or civil 
litigation.

Where  
do we see 
opportunities?

The need for affordable 
housing across the UK 
continues to grow, which 
supports our unique 
model and sustainable 
business strategy. We have 
a significant opportunity 
to open more sites and 
expand our geographical 
reach to provide more 
people with access to safe, 
affordable, high-quality 
new homes.

Through our absolute focus 
on quality and regular 
inspection processes, we 
are able to minimise the 
number of defects and 
rectification work required. 
We see the opportunity for 
continuous improvement 
to operate as a 5-star 
housebuilder across all sites 
ensuring we provide a high-
quality product and service 
to all of our customers.

We have made significant 
progress this year on health 
and safety and will continue 
to enhance our health and 
safety reporting, training 
and awareness across the 
business. We have the 
opportunity to continue 
to improve our health and 
safety performance and 
have identified a number of 
further actions, as set out  
on page 65.

Land is a fundamental 

Like all companies, we have 

component of Gleeson Homes 

a role to play in addressing 

and the risk of new sustainable 

climate change. If we do not 

development sites not being 

act to reduce our carbon 

available to acquire at a low 

cost and in areas in need of 

emissions, this could result in 

damage to the environment 

regeneration could impact the 

from our operations, being 

success of the Gleeson Homes 

out of line with other 

model and its ability to open 

housebuilders and stakeholder 

new sites.

The availability of high-quality, 

well-located land in the South 

of England is also fundamental 

to the success of Gleeson 

Land, without which future 

sales would be restricted.

expectations, being unable 

to meet government policy 

requirements, reputational 

damage and increased costs 

of capital.

Through continued focus 

on identifying low-cost 

land opportunities in areas 

often not viable for other 

housebuilders, we keep our 

Integrating carbon emissions 

tracking and reporting 

throughout our business is 

enabling us to take action 

on the areas that directly 

land costs low and ensure our 

generate the most emissions. 

homes remain affordable. We 

There is opportunity to 

see continued opportunities 

extend this both upstream 

to source low-cost land in our 

and downstream for our 

target geographical areas. 

We also continue to identify 

new land opportunities 

across the South of England 

for promotion by Gleeson 

Land through proactive land 

searching and strong land 

agent relationships.

scope 3 emissions and to 

improve the data collected. 

Through the design of our 

homes and adapting our build 

processes we can continue to 

reduce our carbon footprint. 

Further actions are set out on 

page 65.

  Springfield Meadows, Bolsover, Derbyshire

04

MJ Gleeson plc 
Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Material 

sustainability 

issue

What are  

the risks?

Affordability is the number 

one reason our customers 

buy a Gleeson home. If 

we do not ensure our 

Our customers expect 

a high-quality product 

from us. If we fail to build 

homes that meet their 

homes remain affordable it 

expectations then it could 

result in higher defect 

claims, damage brand 

reputation and lead to 

poor sales.

would impact our business 

model and our ability to 

sell new homes to those 

who need them most, 

predominantly first time 

buyers and families on low 

to average incomes. This 

could negatively impact 

our brand and lead to a loss 

of sales.

Health and safety is 

a priority across our 

business and unsafe 

working practices, 

policies or procedures 

could result in harm to 

employees, subcontractors 

or site visitors, causing 

personal injury, delays in 

construction, additional 

cost, reputational damage 

and potentially criminal 

prosecution or civil 

litigation.

Where  

do we see 

opportunities?

The need for affordable 

housing across the UK 

continues to grow, which 

supports our unique 

model and sustainable 

Through our absolute focus 

We have made significant 

on quality and regular 

inspection processes, we 

are able to minimise the 

number of defects and 

progress this year on health 

and safety and will continue 

to enhance our health and 

safety reporting, training 

business strategy. We have 

rectification work required. 

and awareness across the 

a significant opportunity 

to open more sites and 

expand our geographical 

reach to provide more 

We see the opportunity for 

business. We have the 

continuous improvement 

opportunity to continue 

to operate as a 5-star 

to improve our health and 

housebuilder across all sites 

safety performance and 

people with access to safe, 

ensuring we provide a high-

have identified a number of 

affordable, high-quality 

quality product and service 

further actions, as set out  

new homes.

to all of our customers.

on page 65.

UN Sustainable Development Goals

The UN Sustainable Development Goals (“SDGs”) promote actions to be taken to end poverty and set the 
world on a path of peace, prosperity and opportunity for all on a healthy planet. We recognise the critical 
role that business and industry has in advancing these. As a business we not only transform the lives of 
our customers by providing safe, affordable housing, but we understand that there are also many other 
stakeholders impacted by our activities. We continue to operate our business in support of six SDGs which 
we believe are the most material to our strategy and values.

Affordability

Build quality

Health  

and safety

Land

Carbon 
emissions

Land is a fundamental 
component of Gleeson Homes 
and the risk of new sustainable 
development sites not being 
available to acquire at a low 
cost and in areas in need of 
regeneration could impact the 
success of the Gleeson Homes 
model and its ability to open 
new sites.

The availability of high-quality, 
well-located land in the South 
of England is also fundamental 
to the success of Gleeson 
Land, without which future 
sales would be restricted.

Through continued focus 
on identifying low-cost 
land opportunities in areas 
often not viable for other 
housebuilders, we keep our 
land costs low and ensure our 
homes remain affordable. We 
see continued opportunities 
to source low-cost land in our 
target geographical areas. 

We also continue to identify 
new land opportunities 
across the South of England 
for promotion by Gleeson 
Land through proactive land 
searching and strong land 
agent relationships.

Like all companies, we have 
a role to play in addressing 
climate change. If we do not 
act to reduce our carbon 
emissions, this could result in 
damage to the environment 
from our operations, being 
out of line with other 
housebuilders and stakeholder 
expectations, being unable 
to meet government policy 
requirements, reputational 
damage and increased costs 
of capital.

Integrating carbon emissions 
tracking and reporting 
throughout our business is 
enabling us to take action 
on the areas that directly 
generate the most emissions. 
There is opportunity to 
extend this both upstream 
and downstream for our 
scope 3 emissions and to 
improve the data collected. 
Through the design of our 
homes and adapting our build 
processes we can continue to 
reduce our carbon footprint. 
Further actions are set out on 
page 65.

Sustainable 
cities and 
communities

Gender  
equality

Decent work 
and economic 
growth

Responsible 
consumption  
and production

Climate  
action

Life  
on land

MJ Gleeson plc 
Annual Report & Accounts 2022

05

Strategic ReportOur Sustainable Approach

CONTINUED

Our sustainability targets
Read more about our targets and actions on pages 62 and 63.

55 

Target achieved

2021: 556

90% 

Target achieved

2021: 89%

Health and safety incident rate (“AIIR”)  
will be reduced to the industry 
standard or lower in the year

Our employee engagement will be 
maintained in the upper quartile of  
all companies 

90.7% 

Target achieved

2021: 90.6%

1.86 tCO2e 2021: 2.05 tCO2e

On track

We will maintain our 5-star customer 
recommendation status 

We will reduce our carbon emissions 
by 30% over three years to 1.75 tonnes 
by 2023

06

MJ Gleeson plc 
Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Communities

People

Environment

We want to create 
attractive, affordable places 
for young, first time buyers 
to live, creating sustainable 
communities. 

We are committed to 
ensuring all employees, 
subcontractors and 
suppliers are treated  
fairly, kept safe and paid  
a fair wage. 

Progress:
Delivered 2,000 affordable, 
quality homes where they are 
needed and created meaningful 
spaces where people want to live.

Maintained our 5-star 
status based on customer 
recommendation scores.

Rolled out our “Customer First” 
programme which is focused 
on improving the end-to-end 
customer experience.

Stepped up our inspections 
within 48 hours of obtaining 
Certificate of Mortgage Lending 
(“CML”), which helps address any 
defects ahead of handing over 
the keys to our customers.

Developed systems for improved 
data collection on all aspects of 
inspections, defects management 
and customer care.

Maintained accreditation by the 
Fair Tax Foundation for paying 
our fair share of taxes.

Progress:
Employee engagement has 
improved for the third year 
in a row, placing Gleeson in 
the top 10% of all businesses 
independently surveyed.

Enhanced our health and safety 
procedures and independent site 
inspections on all build sites.

Enhanced our tracking of 
near misses and launched 
an awareness campaign for 
reporting of near misses.

Introduced training and 
development passports for 
apprentices to ensure all new 
starters are onboarded in the 
right way. 

Enhanced our Modern Slavery 
and Human Trafficking Statement 
to include wider human rights.

Continued to be accredited as a 
Real Living Wage employer. 

We take all reasonable 
measures to conduct our 
business in a way that 
minimises our impact 
on the environment and 
enhances the land we 
develop. 

Progress:
Further reduced our scope 1 and 
2 emissions by 9% to 1.86 tonnes 
CO2e per home sold.

Enhanced our data capture on 
the embodied and in-use carbon 
emissions of our homes, and 
understanding of how legislation 
will impact this.  

Upgraded all forklift trucks 
to the latest, energy-efficient 
models and committed to 
using eco-cabins on all new 
development sites. 

Introduced a new biofuel policy 
and increased our use of biofuel 
across the business, which has a 
lower carbon footprint.

Continued to monitor waste 
generated on sites and maximise 
our diversion of waste from 
landfill through recycling and 
energy recovery.

  Macaulay Park, Grimsby, Lincolnshire

MJ Gleeson plc 
Annual Report & Accounts 2022

07

Strategic Report 
 
 
Chairman’s Statement

It is a great source 
of satisfaction that 
Gleeson has been 
recognised by 
the independent 
consultant People 
Insight as one of the 
best companies in 
the UK to work for.”

Dermot Gleeson
Chairman

08

I am delighted to report that the Group has 
delivered a record level of revenue and profit.  

This is testimony to the Group’s robust operational 
capability and also to the strong demand for our 
affordable homes in the North of England and the 
Midlands, and for our consented residential sites in 
the South.

The continuing demand for affordable homes enabled 
us to deliver our medium-term target of doubling our 
annual homes sales to 2,000 homes by 2022.

We are not complacent about the risks in the wider 
macroeconomic environment. However, we believe that 
the affordability and energy-efficiency of our homes 
will continue to make them highly attractive to young, 
first time buyers who wish to escape the “rent trap” or 
who live with their parents and want to get onto the 
property ladder.

Performance and dividend
Group revenue increased by 29.4% to £373.4m (2021: 
£288.6m), whilst profit before tax and exceptional items 
was up 33.1% to £55.5m (2021: £41.7m).

In April 2022, the Company signed the Department for 
Levelling Up, Housing and Communities’ (“DLUHC”) 
pledge in respect of remediating buildings with life-
critical fire-safety issues on buildings over 11 metres 
in which the Group had, over the last 30 years, 
some involvement in developing. Based on the work 
undertaken on buildings covered under the pledge, the 
Group has recorded an exceptional provision this year 
of £12.9m. As a result, Group profit before tax after 
exceptional items was £42.6m (2021: £41.7m).

The Group continues to maintain a strong financial 
position with a well-capitalised balance sheet, ending 
the year with cash and cash equivalents of £33.8m 
(2021: £34.3m). It also continues to have a £105m 
borrowing facility available, provided by Lloyds Bank plc 
and Santander UK plc, which was undrawn at year end.

Subject to shareholder approval at the 2022 Annual 
General Meeting (“AGM”), the Board proposes to pay a 
final dividend of 12.0p per share on 25 November 2022, 
to shareholders on the register at the close of business 
on 28 October 2022. The total dividend for the year 
to 30 June 2022 will be 18.0p. The Board intends to 
maintain an earnings to ordinary dividend cover ratio of 
between three and five times and expects to pay a final 
dividend representing two-thirds of the total dividend 
each year.

Strategy
Gleeson Homes is one of the UK’s fastest-growing 
housebuilders. Our rate of growth is attributable to the 
fact that the business is focused on a segment of the 
market where there is both strong current demand and 
a structural shortage of supply.

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022The Gleeson team
It is a great source of satisfaction that Gleeson has 
been recognised by the independent consultant People 
Insight as one of the best companies in the UK to 
work for.

Our vision – Building Homes. Changing Lives. – has 
been enthusiastically embraced by our workforce at 
every level. It was the commitment and hard work of 
the entire team that enabled us to deliver our milestone 
target of 2,000 sales during the year. I wish to express 
the Board’s deep gratitude to all of our staff and 
operatives for their contribution to this remarkable 
achievement.

Summary and outlook
This is another excellent performance which reflects not 
only the strong operational capability of our business 
but also the continuing structural under-supply of 
affordable homes for first time buyers on low incomes. 

As well as being affordable, our high-quality homes 
are also very energy efficient, costing significantly less 
to run than most houses in the UK, particularly in the 
rented sector. As a result, our homes are much sought 
after, and demand remains resilient.  

Gleeson Land’s market remained robust throughout 
the year and the business delivered a strong result. 
Demand in the South of England for quality sites with 
sustainable and implementable residential planning 
permission remains strong and the division is well-
placed to drive further sustainable growth.

The Board has reviewed a range of macroeconomic 
forecasts and, notwithstanding the current outlook 
for the broader economy, remains confident that 
the Group, with its defensive qualities and unique 
position within the wider house building sector, is well-
positioned to deliver further profitable growth in the 
current financial year.

Dermot Gleeson
Chairman

14 September 2022

There are nine million rented households in England, of 
which just under half are in the North of England and 
Midlands, the areas in which we operate. Meanwhile, 
74% of the homes that we sold in the financial year 
were to first time buyers either living at home or in 
rented accommodation. According to Rightmove, the 
cost of renting in the UK increased by 12% in the last 
12 months and, in our regions, annual rental costs were 
16% higher last year than the annual cost of buying a 
comparable 2-bed Gleeson home. Moreover, Gleeson 
homeowners see significant savings on their energy 
bills which are, based on current energy prices, £700 
lower per year on a typical 2-bed home compared to 
older housing. This saving will continue to rise as the 
cost of energy increases.

During the year Gleeson Homes continued to open 
more sites than it closed and the division is confident 
that its strong land pipeline and the country’s severe 
shortage of affordable, energy-efficient homes will 
enable it to deliver further sustainable and profitable 
growth over the medium and longer term.  

We have invested significantly over recent years in 
our systems, operating structure and central services 
in order to provide ourselves with the ability to 
grow and to expand our geographical reach in a 
controlled manner.

Gleeson Land will also benefit from the continuing 
demand from the major housebuilders for high-quality 
consented sites in the South of England. The congestion 
in the planning system has exacerbated the shortage of 
development land and Gleeson Land is well-placed to 
benefit from this over the next three to five years.

Board
James Thomson will step down as Chief Executive 
Officer on 31 December 2022 and will be succeeded 
on 1 January 2023 by Graham Prothero, currently Chief 
Operating Officer at Vistry Group plc. 

James has played a pivotal role in achieving the 2,000 
homes target for Gleeson Homes and in embedding 
the cultural and structural changes needed to ensure 
that the Group continues to achieve high levels of 
sustainable growth. We are delighted that he has 
agreed to remain on the Board as a Non-Executive 
Director.

Andrew Coppel resigned in March 2022. Fiona 
Goldsmith was subsequently appointed Senior 
Independent Director and Elaine Bailey was appointed 
Interim Chair of the Remuneration Committee, with 
both appointments effective 24 March 2022. 

The Board has initiated a search process to appoint a 
further Non-Executive Director to the Board this year.

09

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Strategic ReportMarket Review
Market Review

Amidst the rising costs of living, affordability is now more important than ever. With the average 
annual energy bill continuing to increase, buyers are becoming more focused on the superior 
energy efficiency of new homes, which far surpasses older housing stock. But with a wavering 
government approach on planning policy causing delays and continued supply chain pressures, 
the delivery of new homes is not matching up to the country’s needs.

Housing market dynamics 

01

Too few homes 
are being built

The number of net additional 
dwellings fell to 216,000 last 
year, with 195,000 of these 
from new build completions. 
Against this decline it looks 
likely the government will 
step away from its pledge 
of 300,000 new homes per 
annum by the middle of this 
decade. This shortfall in supply 
will invariably lead to pressure 
on house prices and could 
reduce the ability of young, first 
time buyers to get onto the 
housing ladder.

Analysis also suggests there 
is a need for 145,000 new 
affordable homes each year, 
which is 67% of net additions 
in 2020/21. This compares 
to actual affordable housing 
delivery for the same period, 
including social and affordable 
rental, of 52,000 homes, or 
24% of net additions. This 
demonstrates the chronic 
under-supply of affordable 
homes in England1.

1  Gov.uk Affordable housing supply, 

England

Chart: Gov.uk Components of net 
housing supply, England

Net additional dwellings in 
England

02

One-third of 
homes are 
rented

More than one-third of homes 
in England are rented, and 
that proportion applies equally 
in the North and South. 
Despite the efforts of the 
government, housebuilders 
and housing associations to 
build more homes, the levels 
of home ownership are below 
historic levels. 

In 2020, 21% of dwellings 
in the private rented sector 
failed to meet the Decent 
Homes Standard. In addition, 
the wellbeing of those living 
in rented accommodation, as 
measured by the average life 
satisfaction score, was nearly 
10% lower for renters than 
homeowners, with some 7% of 
rented dwellings also reported 
to be overcrowded1.

Not surprisingly, the desire to 
own a home remains strong and 
the majority of people would 
choose to buy a home (87%) 
rather than rent (12%)2.

1  English Housing Survey 2020/21

2  British Social Attitudes Survey, 

October 2019

Chart: ONS Dwelling stock by tenure 
and region, England

Housing tenure by region in 
England (millions)

North of England and Midlands

03

Young adults 
living at home 
is rising

The number of young adults 
between the ages of 18 and 25 
living at home with parents in 
the UK is continuing to rise and 
will soon be in excess of 60%. 
This has risen by nearly 20% 
over the last decade and the 
average age of first time buyers 
is now 32 years1.

The biggest barrier for 
young people to buy a home 
remains saving a deposit. The 
proportion of young adults 
who would need more than 
half their annual salary for a 
10% deposit for the median 
property in their area has 
increased from 33% to 78% in 
the last 20 years. As a result, 
young people are struggling 
to get onto the housing 
ladder, increasing the risk of 
inequality between generations 
as older generations benefit 
at the expense of younger 
generations2.

1  English Housing Survey 2020/21

2 

Institute for Fiscal Studies, Barriers 
to home ownership for young adults

Chart: Labour Force Survey (LFS), ONS

Total young adults living at  
Total young adults living at home 
home (18-25 year olds)
(18-25 year olds) 

 350,000

 300,000

 250,000

 200,000

 150,000

 100,000

 50,000

 -

7
0
/
6
0
0
2

Government target

Owned

Rented

4.1

South of England and East

1
1
/
0
1
0
2

0
1
/
9
0
0
2

9
0
/
8
0
0
2

8
0
/
7
0
0
2
Net housing supply

2
1
/
1
1
0
2

3
1
/
2
1
0
2

4
1
/
3
1
0
2

5
1
/
4
1
0
2

6
1
/
5
1
0
2

7
1
/
6
1
0
2

8
1
/
7
1
0
2

9
1
/
8
1
0
2

0
2
/
9
1
0
2

1
2
/
0
2
0
2

New build completions

Owned

Rented

4.9

7.7

8.2

65%

60%

55%

50%

45%

7
9
9
1

9
9
9
1

1

0
0
2

3
0
0
2

5
0
0
2

7
0
0
2

9
0
0
2

1
1

0
2

3
1
0
2

5
1
0
2

7
1
0
2

9
1
0
2

1
2
0
2

10 MJ Gleeson plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

04

Rental prices 
have increased 
significantly 

Rental prices across the UK 
increased between 10.5% and 
12.0% in the 12 months to June 
2022. Lack of supply, partly 
driven by private landlords 
exiting the market, is pushing 
up rental prices, with some 
tenants being priced out of 
certain areas. In March 2022, 
34% of renters reported their 
rent had increased in the last six 
months, compared with the 19% 
of homeowners who reported 
their mortgage payments had 
increased1. 

As a result, rent affordability is 
becoming stretched with single-
person households spending 
37% of gross income on rent, 
up from the 10-year average 
of 36%, and 18.5% for sharers, 
up from 18%2. The rate of 
rental price growth is expected 
to ease this year to a more 
moderate 4.5% by the end of 
2022, but whether wage growth 
improves rent affordability 
remains to be seen3.

1  ONS The rising cost of living and its 
impact on individuals, April 2022

2  Savills UK housing market update, 

July 2022

3  Hometrack, UK Rental market report, 

Q1 2022

Chart: ONS Index of private housing 
rental prices and private sector 
measures of rents

05

Household bills 
impacting most 
at risk

Higher energy and housing 
costs have resulted in more 
adults reporting difficulty 
in paying their household 
bills. At March 2022, 34% 
of adults living in the most 
deprived areas of England 
found it difficult to pay their 
bills, compared with 17% in 
the least deprived areas of 
England. While rising bills will 
affect all households, they 
disproportionately affect those 
in deprived areas. 

In addition, a higher proportion 
of renters (37%) compared to 
homeowners (23%) reported 
finding it more difficult to pay 
household bills compared with 
a year ago. Property renters 
are more concentrated in lower 
income areas than homeowners 
and are therefore more affected 
by changes in the cost of living.

Source: ONS The rising cost of 
living and its impact on individuals, 
April 2022

06

Average 
selling prices 
are rising

UK average house prices 
increased by 12.8% over the 
year to May 20221. After the 
first UK lockdown, the end 
of 2020 saw average house 
price growth accelerate. This 
continued into 2021 and house 
price growth has remained 
strong since then. The UK 
average house price in May 
2022 was £283,000 for all 
dwellings (resale and new 
build) and £327,000 for new 
build alone.

Whilst average new build prices 
in the North of England and 
Midlands are comparatively 
lower (£266,000) than the 
South of England and East 
(£376,000), that does not 
make the prospects of home 
ownership any better. For 
example, the North East and 
Yorkshire and the Humber 
continue to have the lowest 
levels of home ownership in the 
country outside of London2.

1  Gov.uk UK House price index, 

May 2022

2  Gov.uk Dwelling stock by tenure  

and region, England

Chart: ONS Housing market simple 
average house prices

Private rental prices (new lets) percentage 
Private rental prices (new lets) 
change over the last 3 years 
annual percentage change

Percentage of adults reporting 
difficulty in paying their usual 
household bills

New build average selling prices

14.0
12.0
10.0
8.0
6.0
4.0
2.0
0.0
-2.0

2019

2020

2021

2022

Homelet rental index
Zoopla

Rightmove

Rightmove

Most deprived quintile

2021

2022

25%

34%

Least deprived quintile

2021

2022

10%

17%

South &
East of
England

North of
England and
Midlands

Gleeson
Homes

£376,000

£266,000

£167,300

MJ Gleeson plc 
Annual Report & Accounts 2022

11

Strategic ReportMarket Review
Market Review

CONTINUED
CONTINUED

Housing market dynamics (continued)

Challenges facing housebuilders

07

Too few homes 
built for first 
time buyers 

08

Too few homes 
built where 
needed  

01

Interest rates  
are expected  
to rise 

Linked to average selling 
price is the fact that the 
house building industry is not 
building enough homes for 
sale below £175,000. Only 
4% of new homes sold last 
year in the North of England 
and Midlands were below 
£175,000, compared to 96% 
that were resale properties. 
This compares to properties 
over £175,000, where 16% 
of properties sold were new 
build. This ratio highlights the 
under-supply of affordable 
new homes. 

Whilst there are many older 
houses in the resale market, 
the age and condition of these 
homes often makes them more 
expensive to maintain and run. 
It is 41% cheaper to heat and 
power a 2-bed Gleeson home 
versus an average comparable-
sized older dwelling. With 
energy prices rising, this will 
make a significant financial 
difference to the living costs of 
new build homeowners.

Source: Land Registry data

Housing transaction volumes 
in the North of England and 
Midlands

4%

16%

Below 
£175,000

Above
£175,000

96%

84%

New build

Resale

The majority of other 
housebuilders are focused on 
building homes in more affluent 
areas. Four out of five new 
homes built in 2021 were in 
more affluent areas, with less 
than one-fifth built in the most 
deprived areas in England1. This 
disparity shows clearly that not 
enough homes are being built 
in the areas that need them 
the most.

Whilst building new homes is 
part of the solution, creating 
jobs and opportunities in 
these areas will reverse levels 
of deprivation over time. 
Unsurprisingly, those in the 
most deprived areas have 
the highest levels of both 
employment deprivation 
and income deprivation. This 
is where the government’s 
“levelling up” ambition has 
an important role to play in 
creating employment in towns 
and cities across the North of 
England and Midlands.

1  Most deprived areas assessed as 

the lowest third using the indices of 
multiple deprivation

Chart: Land Registry data

Chart: Gov.uk Indices of multiple 
deprivation

In August 2022, the Bank of 
England raised UK interest 
rates from 1.25% to 1.75%. As 
the Bank struggles to contain 
inflation, rates will rise in the 
coming year. However, it is 
widely expected that inflation 
will return to more normalised 
levels and interest rates are not 
expected to reach the highs 
seen over a decade ago. 

The majority of new build 
buyers lock in their mortgage 
rates for between two and 
five years, thereby protecting 
themselves from the short-
term impact of interest rate 
increases. A further 0.5% rise in 
interest rates would add around 
£97 per month to the mortgage 
cost of the average new build 
home in the North of England 
and Midlands. 

Mortgage approvals over the 12 
months to May 2022 remained 
above the historic average 
of the last decade and the 
relaxation of mortgage lending 
rules from August 2022 will 
provide a benefit, especially for 
first time buyers. 

Source: Bank of England

New build homes sold in areas 
of deprivation, England

UK interest rates

Other housebuilders

17%

Third most
deprived areas

More affluent
areas

Gleeson Homes
Third most
deprived areas

More affluent
areas

21%

%
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0

83%

79%

0
0
0
2

2
0
0
2

4
0
0
2

6
0
0
2

8
0
0
2

1

0
0
2

2
1
0
2

4
1
0
2

6
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

0
2
0
2

2
2
0
2

12

MJ Gleeson plc 
Annual Report & Accounts 2022

02

Cost of building 
a home has 
increased 

03

Planning delays 
risk impacting 
new homes 

04

Environmental 
issues 
restricting land 

The cost of new housing 
materials rose sharply over the 
last 12 months, up 22% year-
on-year to April 2022. This 
includes changes to fuel duty in 
April 2022, which removed the 
entitlement to use red diesel 
and rebated biodiesel for most 
sectors, including construction.

Availability of materials has 
started to show signs of 
easing. In May 2022, 8.6% 
of construction companies 
reported not being able to get 
the goods, materials or services 
they needed compared to 17.5% 
a year earlier. 

However, labour shortages 
continued to be a factor. In June 
2022, 25.0% of construction 
firms reported experiencing 
worker shortages compared to 
24.6% six months earlier1.

In addition, new building 
regulations and the 
Environment Act will add 
significantly to the cost of 
building homes from next year.

1  Business insights and impact on the 

UK economy

Chart: Gov.uk Statistics of building 
materials and components

The granting of major 
planning applications suffered 
a significant decline when 
Covid-19 hit and has struggled 
to recover since. The planning 
process has been slowed not 
only by staff shortages in local 
councils, but also by local 
authorities holding back on 
reviewing their Local Plans 
while potential changes in 
policy are debated and subject 
to the political direction on 
housing strategy. What is clear, 
however, is that delays in the 
planning system are putting 
pressure on the delivery of 
new homes.

The majority of people are 
supportive of new homes; 
57% support more homes 
being built in their local 
area, whilst 23% oppose. As 
expected, opposition for new 
homes is higher from existing 
homeowners (28%) than private 
renters (15%) and from those 
over 45 compared to those 
aged 18-251.

1  British Social Attitudes Survey, 

October 2019 – Public attitudes to 
house building

Chart: ONS, Planning applications 
decided and granted, England

Construction material price 
index – new housing

Major residential planning 
applications granted in England 
2017–2022

160

150

140

130

120

110

100

7
1
-
n
a
J

7
1
-
r
p
A

7
1
-
l
u
J

7
1
-
t
c
O

8
1
-
n
a
J

8
1
-
r
p
A

8
1
-
l
u
J

8
1
-
t
c
O

9
1
-
n
a
J

9
1
-
r
p
A

9
1
-
l
u
J

9
1
-
t
c
O

0
2
-
n
a
J

0
2
-
r
p
A

0
2
-
l
u
J

0
2
-
t
c
O

1
2
-
n
a
J

1
2
-
i
p
A

1
2
-
l
u
J

1
2
-
t
c
O

2
2
-
n
a
J

2
2
-
r
p
A

1,800

1,700

1,600

1,500

1,400

1,300

1,200

1,100

1,000

7
1
0
2

7
1
0
2

7
1
0
2

7
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

9
1
0
2

9
1
0
2

9
1
0
2

9
1
0
2

0
2
0
2

0
2
0
2

0
2
0
2

0
2
0
2

1
2
0
2

1
2
0
2

1
2
0
2

1
2
0
2

2
2
0
2

Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1

New protections for nature and 
the environment in England are 
gathering pace, in part enabled 
by the Environment Act 2021. 
These include targets such 
as biodiversity net gain and 
restrictions to manage flood 
risk, water stress and nutrient 
neutrality in certain areas. 
The purpose of these is to 
restore and protect nature. The 
challenge is balancing these 
aims with creating habitable 
spaces and communities for 
people to live. 

Nutrient neutrality means 
that planning applications in 
certain areas are currently 
blocked unless developers 
can demonstrate there will be 
zero nutrient impact on rivers, 
estuaries and wetlands. The 
Home Builders Federation 
estimates that around 100,000 
homes are being held up by 
nutrient neutrality. Whilst there 
are solutions on the horizon, 
these may reduce the viability 
of new developments in 
affected areas and take time to 
implement fully.

The requirements for 
biodiversity net gain may 
also restrict development. It 
currently includes brownfield 
land sites, which can have a 
surprisingly high biodiversity 
value, particularly where 
a site has “rewilded”. The 
requirement to demonstrate a 
net biodiversity gain following 
completion may, therefore, have 
the adverse affect of limiting 
the viability of these sites and 
deterring regeneration.

MJ Gleeson plc 
Annual Report & Accounts 2022

13

Strategic ReportOur Business Model

Group business model
Gleeson Homes contributes 90% of Group revenue and operating profit and is 
the key driver of growth in the business. The Homes division requires significant 
capital investment in land and work in progress as we acquire new sites to build 
more high-quality, affordable homes. 

Gleeson Homes

Land acquisition

Planning

Designing homes

We acquire land in 
areas of deprivation, 
targeting brownfield 
land opportunities. We 
transform these into 
meaningful spaces for 
people to live.

We have clearly defined 
gateway processes to 
ensure we buy land in 
the right areas and at 
the right price. This is 
essential to keeping our 
homes affordable.

Gleeson Land

We plan our 
developments to 
transform sites into 
attractive and sustainable 
communities.

We work with local 
authorities, communities, 
residents and other 
stakeholder groups to 
achieve an implementable 
planning permission 
that is sympathetic to 
local needs.

Our homes are designed 
to exceed the latest 
planning and building 
regulations. 

For example, we are 
moving away from 
traditional gas central 
heating to highly-
efficient air source heat 
pumps. This technology 
will be used for all new 
specification Gleeson 
homes and all new homes 
from June 2023.

New sites

Promotion

Planning

We use land agents 
and in-house search 
capabilities to identify and 
carefully select new sites. 
We enter into agreements 
with landowners to 
promote their land 
through the planning 
process.

We engage with  
local authorities, 
residents, communities, 
stakeholder groups and 
statutory consultees 
to promote land for 
sustainable housing 
development, 
whilst balancing 
stakeholder  
needs.

We have in-house planning 
capabilities and work closely 
with planning and other 
specialist consultants to 

develop attractive, 
sustainable and 
well-designed 
plans for 
housing.

Key  
inputs
Financial capital
We have a robust 
capital model with 
high levels of liquidity 
to invest and grow the 
business.

Land
We buy land in areas 
of deprivation or 
brownfield land, where 
homes can be sold at 
an affordable price, 
often in areas where 
other housebuilders do 
not want to build.

Building materials
We look to sustainably 
source materials and 
use local suppliers 
where possible to 
supply our sites.

Our people
Our people are key to 
achieving the mission 
and vision of our 
business and share our 
core values.

Local authority 
relationships
We build relationships 
with local authorities 
and share our 
sustainable approach 
and vision.

Supply chain 
partnerships
We partner with our 
supply chain, using 
local subcontractors 
and labour where 
possible.

 Maddy and Jess, 
Erin Court,   
Chesterfield, 
Derbyshire

14

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022By contrast, Gleeson Land is low capital intensive and highly cash-generative. By 
promoting land in attractive areas where there is a strong housing need, it forms part 
of the supply chain for other housebuilders. Together, these divisions support the 
sustainable growth of the Group and contribute to the delivery of much needed new 
homes across England.

Build

Sales process

Outcome

Our health and safety 
procedures are designed 
to ensure everyone 
connected to our sites 
remains safe and free 
from harm.

We are reducing carbon 
emissions in our build 
activities and supply 
chain and working to 
reduce our impact on the 
environment including 
through waste reduction 
and recycling.

Our focus on quality is 
absolute and we will not 
hand over a home that we 
are not proud of.

We strive to provide 
a 5-star customer 
experience and this 
commitment to quality 
extends throughout the 
customer journey. 

We sell high-quality, 
affordable homes 
primarily to first time 
buyers or young 
families, many on low 
to average incomes.

We enable people to 
escape from housing 
poverty caused by 
the “rent trap” and 
into home ownership 
and wealth creation.

Technical

Sales process

Outcome

 We have our own in-
house technical expertise 
to ensure that our sites 
are supplied free from 
technical issues. In doing 
so, we provide developers 
with an “oven ready” site 
that is ready to start on.

 As one of the UK’s largest 
land promoters, we have 
strong relationships with 
medium- and large-sized 
housebuilders. We bring 
high-quality consented 
land to market and look 
to achieve best value for 
landowners.

 We supply high-
quality land that 
has the benefit 
of planning 
permission to other 
housebuilders, 
fulfilling a key stage 
in the process of 
delivering much 
needed new homes.

Value for 
stakeholders
Customers
We help our customers 
achieve long-term 
value creation, security 
and wellbeing through 
home ownership.

Shareholders
We generate 
sustainable value 
and returns for our 
shareholders.

Our people
We invest in our 
people, develop their 
skills and reward them 
appropriately.

Suppliers and 
subcontractors 
We create long-term 
relationships with 
our suppliers and 
subcontractors and pay 
them fairly and on time.

Communities
We regenerate deprived 
areas and brownfield 
land, leaving a positive 
lasting legacy for the 
communities who need 
it the most.

Society
We change the lives 
of people connected 
to our business for the 
better, bringing value 
to society through the 
delivery of new homes.

15

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Strategic ReportOur Business Strategy

Our business strategy 
incorporates our objective 
for growth, together with 
the environmental, social 
and governance priorities 
that are most important 
to the Group. 

Each of these strategic priorities has a link to 
the UN SDGs most relevant to our business as 
set out on page 5. It is through the achievement 
of these strategic priorities and targets that the 
Group creates sustainable value for stakeholders 
and society.

Sustainable growth

Objective
Increase the number of new homes built and extend our 
geographical reach.

Target 
Gleeson Homes achieved its medium-term target of selling 
2,000 homes per year and intends to continue a high-
growth trajectory over the medium to long term.

Progress
The platform for continued sustainable growth is in place 
with a healthy pipeline of sites and a strong regional and 
head office management team.

Link to sustainability performance
Our developments create communities that are inclusive, 
safe, resilient and sustainable. This year we enabled 2,000 
mostly young, first time buyers and people on 
low to average incomes to own their own home, escape the 
“rent trap” and enjoy the health, wealth and wellbeing 
benefits that home ownership provides. Our growth will 
enable more people to achieve these benefits in the areas 
that need it most. Our growth will also enable more people, 
including apprentices, to join Gleeson and be part of an 
inclusive and rewarding work environment.

Link to SDGs

Affordability

Objective
Keep our homes affordable by purchasing land at low cost, 
managing build costs, sourcing responsibly and building 
efficiently, using local suppliers and subcontractors where 
possible.

Target 
To ensure that a couple in full-time employment on the 
National Living Wage can afford to buy a home on any one 
of our development sites.

Progress
A couple working full time on the government’s National 
Living Wage continue to be able to afford to buy a home 
on 100% of our active sales sites.

Link to sustainability performance
Homes on our developments start from as low as £115,000 
and the median income of our customers is £24,000, with 
50% being single buyers.

We are committed to building high-quality homes that are 
affordable to those on the lowest incomes. 79% of the 
homes we sold this year were in the most economically 
deprived areas of England, where income deprivation 
is high.

Affordable housing in these areas is fundamental to allow 
people to remain close to friends and family, often in the 
communities they grew up in.

Link to SDGs

16

MJ Gleeson plc 
Annual Report & Accounts 2022

  Daisy and Charlie, Rainsborough Park, 
Knottingley, West Yorkshire

Build quality

Objective
Build high-quality, energy-efficient homes to the 
specification that our customers expect.

Target 
To be a 5-star housebuilder on all our development sites.

Progress
Our customer recommendation score is 90.7%, which puts 
us in line with the Home Builders Federation 5-star rating.

Link to sustainability performance
Our customers benefit from safe and affordable housing in 
areas that are often blighted by deprivation and neglect. 
Many existing houses in these areas, including private and 
social rented accommodation, fall short of the Decent 
Homes Standard and are often overcrowded. We are proud 
that our continued focus on quality, which is reflected in 
our strong customer recommendation score, means that 
our customers benefit from living in comfortable, modern, 
energy-efficient homes.

Link to SDGs

Climate change

Objective
Protect the environment and reduce carbon emissions for 
the homes that we build and sell.

Target 
To reduce our scope 1 and 2 carbon emissions by 30%  
to less than 1.75 tonnes per home within three years  
(2020 base year).

Progress
Our scope 1 and 2 carbon emissions per home sold reduced 
by 9% in the year, to 1.86 tonnes of CO2e per home sold. 
This is a 26% reduction over the last two years. We remain 
on track to achieve a 30% reduction by 2023.

Link to sustainability performance
We have made further progress in reducing scope 1 and 
2 carbon emissions this year and are making positive 
changes to our operations – see details on page 54. 
We have also completed trials of installing air source 
heat pumps and these will have a significant benefit in 
reducing the in-use emissions of the homes we build. 
We have controlled our waste generation through 
reduction, recycling and waste diversion – see details on 
pages 56 and 57. Our sustainable procurement policies 
ensure we continue to buy from reputable sources, 
including sustainably sourced timber.

Link to SDGs

17

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Strategic ReportOur Business Strategy

CONTINUED

Land – Gleeson Homes

Objective
Sustainably grow our land pipeline, sourcing land in areas 
that are in need of regeneration where homes can be built 
for sale at low cost.

Target 
To acquire land at an average cost per plot below 15% of 
expected selling price in order to keep our homes 
affordable, targeting land in areas of deprivation and in 
need of regeneration.

Progress
The average cost per plot acquired in the year was below 
15% of expected selling price and four out of every five 
sites in the land pipeline are either brownfield or in areas 
of deprivation.

Land – Gleeson Land

Objective
Source high-quality sites that are well located to deliver 
attractive residential planning consents for sustainable 
development.

Target 
To obtain more planning permissions in each financial year 
than sites sold.

Progress
We acquired seven sites this year. Of the 71 sites in the 
portfolio at 30 June 2022, three had the benefit of planning 
consent or resolution to grant. Only four sites achieved 
planning permission during the year, compared to six sites 
sold, due to severe delays in the planning system.

Link to sustainability performance
Our land pipeline stands at 16,814 plots on 160 sites. 78% of 
our pipeline plots are located on brownfield land or in the 
most deprived areas in England as measured by the indices 
of multiple deprivation. These are the areas most in need of 
regeneration across the North of England and Midlands. 
New sites are carefully selected considering the risks and 
mitigations for flooding or water stress, so that our 
developments do not unduly impact the land on which 
we build.

Link to SDGs

Link to sustainability performance
During the year we submitted planning applications 
for 10 sites with the potential to deliver 1,428 plots. 
Our applications are sensitive to the local environment, 
including protecting greenbelt, National Parks and 
Areas of Outstanding Natural Beauty (“AONB”). This 
inter-relationship between meeting housing need and 
protecting land, ecosystems and biodiversity requires 
careful planning and stakeholder engagement.

Link to SDGs

18

MJ Gleeson plc 
Annual Report & Accounts 2022

 Arthur, The Pastures,  
Newark, Nottinghamshire

People, wellbeing, health  
and safety

Objectives
Everyone who is involved with, or affected by, our business 
remains free from harm and returns home safe every day. 

To attract, retain and develop employees who share the 
values and culture of the Group and to promote a diverse 
and inclusive working environment.

Targets
To reduce our health and safety incident rate (“AIIR”) to 
lower than the industry average. 

To maintain our employee engagement score in the upper 
quartile of all surveyed companies.

Progress
Our AIIR for the year was 55 and was significantly below 
the Home Builders Federation’s industry average of 239. 

In our latest employee survey, we had a 90% 
engagement score, which maintains our position in the 
top quartile of all companies surveyed.

Link to sustainability performance
The safety of our people and everyone involved with 
our business remains the highest priority. We have 
increased the number and frequency of independent 
site inspections and the awareness and monitoring of 
incidents and near misses. Our health and safety results 
this year reflect these improvements. 

We are committed to having an inclusive and diverse 
workforce that protects human rights, achieves equality 
and empowers women in roles that have traditionally 
been male occupied. We are committed to developing 
young people at the start of their career through our 
apprenticeship and graduate programmes. Details 
about our people can be found on pages 48 to 51.

Link to SDGs

MJ Gleeson plc 
Annual Report & Accounts 2022

19

Strategic ReportKey Performance Indicators

Sustainability KPIs

Health and safety (AIIR1)

Employee engagement (%)

Customer recommendation  
score (%)

Link to strategy:  
5

Link to risk: 
9, 12

Link to strategy:  
5

Link to risk: 
7, 12

Link to strategy:  
2

Link to risk: 
6, 12

CO2e (scope 1 and 2) tonnes 
per home sold

First time buyers (%)

Waste (% of waste diverted 
from landfill)

Link to strategy:  
4

Link to risk: 
11, 12

Link to strategy:  
3

Link to risk: 
1, 2, 6, 12

Link to strategy:  
4

Link to risk: 
11, 12

Financial KPIs

Cash and cash equivalents  
net of borrowings (£m)

Group profit before tax  
(pre-exceptional items) (£m)

Return on capital employed2 
(%)

Link to strategy:  
1

Link to risk: 
1, 10

Link to strategy:  
1

Link to risk: 
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10

Link to strategy:  
1

Link to risk: 
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10

Total dividend (pence)

Link to strategy:  
1

Link to risk: 
1, 10

20

1  Accident Injury Incidence Rate measured 
as the number of reportable incidents 
per 100,000 employees and on-site 
subcontractors. 

2  Return on capital employed is calculated 
based on earnings before interest, tax 
and exceptional items (“EBIT”) from 
continuing and discontinued operations, 
expressed as a percentage of the average 
of opening and closing net assets after 
deducting deferred tax and cash and 
cash equivalents net of borrowings.

2019201820202021202241.330.316.834.333.82019201820202021202232.034.50.015.018.0201920182020202120222.412.462.822.051.8620192018202020212022No data available91889120192018202020212022908988No data available20192018202020212022807484808720192018202020212022989996No data available55635922824855201920182020202120222019201820202021202237.041.25.641.755.52019201820202021202226.625.93.121.425.4Return on capital employedMJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022  Kayden and Dale, Calverley View, 
Bradford, West Yorkshire

Operational KPIs

Gleeson Homes – 
Homes sold

Gleeson Homes –  
Average selling price (£)

S
S
t
t
r
r
a
a
t
t
e
e
g
g
i
i
c
c
R
R
e
e
p
p
o
o
r
r
t
t

Strategy

 Sustainable growth

 Build quality

 Affordability

 Climate change 

  People, wellbeing, 
health and safety

 Land 

Link to strategy:  
1

Link to risk: 
1, 2, 3, 4, 5

Link to strategy:  
3

Link to risk: 
1, 2, 3, 5, 12

 Read more about Our Business

     Strategy on pages 16 to 19

Gleeson Homes –  
Build sites (year end)

Gleeson Homes – 
Land pipeline (plots)

Risks

Link to strategy:  
1

Link to risk: 
1, 3, 4

Link to strategy:  
6

Link to risk: 
1, 3, 4

Gleeson Land – 
Portfolio (sites)

Link to strategy:  
6

Link to risk: 
1, 3, 4

 Economic environment

 Mortgage availability

 Land availability

  Government policy  
and regulations

 Build costs and availability

  Build quality and  
customer service

 People

  Cyber and IT systems

 Health and safety

  Financial control

 Climate risk

 Sustainability

 Read more about Risk Management  
on pages 34 to 39

MJ Gleeson plc 
Annual Report & Accounts 2022

21

123456123456789101112201920182020202120221,2251,5291,0721,8122,00020192018202020212022125,200128,900130,900145,800167,3002019201820202021202265697181872019201820202021202212,85213,57513,80115,86316,814201920182020202120226160687171 
 
 
Q&A with Management

Q What have been the main successes of the 
past year?
Five years ago we set a target to double the number 
of homes sold to 2,000 by 2022, and I am immensely 
proud to say we achieved that target this year despite 
the obvious challenges over the last two and a half 
years. We couldn’t have achieved this milestone without 
the commitment, collaboration and passion of every 
one of our colleagues.

Whilst hitting this target is one of the most visible 
successes, it is certainly not our only one. In Gleeson 
Homes we opened 23 build sites during the year and 
added 33 sites to our land pipeline. In Gleeson Land we 
sold six sites and added seven to our portfolio. 

We continue to make advances in our sustainability 
performance (more on that later) and our customer 
satisfaction score is 90.7%.

Our employee engagement score is top decile and we 
remain an employer of choice.

Q What have been the main challenges?
One of the main challenges for all housebuilders has 
been the availability and rising costs of both materials 
and labour. We have worked closely with our suppliers 
to ensure continued availability of materials and have 
been able to increase selling prices to offset the rise 
in costs, but we continue to monitor these closely and 
take appropriate actions to mitigate the impact. 

We also face the ongoing challenge of delays in the 
planning system, which is impacting our pipeline of 
sites with planning permission in both Gleeson Homes 
and Gleeson Land. Despite these challenges, we’ve 
been able to increase our geographical footprint and 
grow the number of sites on which we’re building.

We have faced 
a number of 
significant 
challenges this 
year, but we have 
been successful in 
navigating these 
to continue our 
sustainable growth 
trajectory.”

James Thomson
Chief Executive

22

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Q How has Gleeson improved its sustainability 
performance over the past year?
I am proud to say that we achieved, or are on track to 
achieve, each of the four key sustainability targets we 
set last year. Our health and safety incidents and carbon 
emissions decreased whilst our employee engagement 
and customer satisfaction scores increased. You can 
read more details about each of these on pages 62 
and 63. 

We have continued to embed sustainable practices 
into our operations and we have launched a number of 
new initiatives aimed at reducing our carbon emissions 
and environmental impact further, whilst continuing 
to provide the affordable, high-quality homes our 
customers expect from us. 

As always, there is more that we can, and should, do to 
improve our sustainability performance, and we have 
appointed a Group Sustainability Manager to drive this 
forward across the business. We have also laid out a 
number of actions we are committed to taking this year 
on page 65.

Q How has Gleeson invested in its colleagues 
over the past year?
As always, I believe that our colleagues are our greatest 
asset, and we have continued to invest in them this year. 
We created a new role for a Head of Organisational 
Development who is responsible for driving forward 
the development of talent throughout the business. 
This increased focus on development and progression 
has seen many of our colleagues promoted into 
more senior roles as we strengthen our succession 
planning across the business. In order to support 
our colleagues in management positions, our Human 
Resources team developed and implemented training 
for people managers, and over 1,200 hours of training 

were delivered to these managers. We also launched 
a Wellbeing Toolkit to ensure that all colleagues have 
easily accessible resources to support their financial, 
social, emotional and physical wellbeing. 

Q Why are you stepping down as CEO at the 
end of this calendar year?
I am not leaving Gleeson and will remain on the Board 
as a Non-Executive Director.

I joined Gleeson three years ago with two clear aims 
– deliver 2,000 home sales by 2022 and ensure that 
Gleeson has the people, organisational structures and 
resources in place to continue to deliver growth in a 
sustainable way for the medium and long term, which I 
have done. Together with the Board, I have also helped 
identify and recruit a new CEO, Graham Prothero, who 
has the experience and track record to take Gleeson 
forwards.

Q What are you most proud of in your tenure 
at Gleeson?
Gleeson would not be what it is without the colleagues 
that work here. I am incredibly proud of the passion 
that everyone has across the business for “Building 
Homes. Changing Lives.” Defining the vision, mission 
and values of Gleeson at the start of my tenure has 
meant that the business has a clear social purpose and 
one that everyone who works here is passionate about. 
During my tenure, employee engagement has improved 
to be in the top decile, our customer recommendation 
scores have improved to over 90% and our health and 
safety track record has improved considerably. That 
has been supported by investment in people, training, 
health and safety, site set-up and the workplace.

Saxon Grange, 
Boston, 
Lincolnshire

23

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Strategic ReportChief Executive’s Statement

Gleeson Homes builds high-quality, low-cost 
homes for first time buyers and people on 
low to average incomes, a part of the housing 
market that has been chronically underserved 
and where demand will continue to outstrip 
supply for the foreseeable future.

Five years ago, we set an ambitious target to double the 
size of Gleeson Homes with the aim of delivering 2,000 
new homes in 2022. Reaching this target has been a 
great achievement and everyone at Gleeson should feel 
proud of the part they have played.  

Whilst we are delighted to have delivered 2,000 new 
homes this year, we know that we are barely making 
a dent in demand. This drives our ambition and our 
resolve to change even more lives than we do today 
by building affordable, quality homes, where they are 
needed for those who need them most.

Results
Group
Profit before tax and exceptional items increased by 
33.1% to £55.5m (2021: £41.7m).

The Group ended the year with cash and cash 
equivalents of £33.8m (2021: £34.3m) and continues to 
have a strong balance sheet and significant liquidity to 
invest in new sites and future growth.

In signing the Department for Levelling Up, Housing 
and Communities’ (“DLUHC”) pledge in April 2022, 
the Group gave its commitment to investigate 
and remediate any life-critical fire-safety issues on 
buildings over 11 metres in which the Group had some 
involvement in developing over the last 30 years. 
Following a detailed assessment of the buildings 
covered by the pledge, an exceptional provision of 
£12.9m has been recorded this year. This estimate of 
the life-critical fire-safety remediation costs for these 
buildings is based on reviews and surveys completed 
to date. We are in the process of undertaking a 
programme of intrusive inspections and fire risk 
assessments, where permitted by the building owners. 

Like all housebuilders, we have also been subject to 
the additional 4% residential property developers tax 
(“RPDT”) from April 2022, which was designed to 
raise at least £2bn over a 10-year period towards the 
government’s cost of dealing with defective cladding. 
This comes on top of the planned rise in corporation tax 
from April 2023 from 19% to 25%.

Gleeson Homes
As a result of a strong performance in both volume 
and selling price, Gleeson Homes delivered a record 
operating profit pre-exceptional items of £51.2m, up 
36.9% on the previous year (2021: £37.4m).

The delivery of 2,000 homes this year represented a 
10.4% increase on the previous year (2021: 1,812 homes), 
which had been flattered by delayed completions 
carried over from the first Covid-19 lockdown. Growth 
in the second half of the year was notably strong with 
volumes up 24% following the opening of a record 27 
sites in the previous year and a planned step-up in build 
rate to pre-Covid levels. 

The result for 
the year was 
an outstanding 
performance, 
reflecting the 
inherent resilience of 
our business model.”

James Thomson
Chief Executive

24

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022The average selling price of homes sold during the 
year increased by 14.7% to £167,300 due to underlying 
selling prices increasing 11.8% and changes in the mix of 
homes sold. 

Whilst ensuring that our homes remain affordable, we 
were able to increase selling prices at a rate which 
ensured that we offset increases in material and labour 
costs. This enabled us to increase gross margin by 0.5% 
to 29.0% (2021: 28.5%). 

We successfully increased our operational footprint, 
opening 23 new Gleeson Homes sites and are now 
building on 87 sites across the North of England and 
Midlands (30 June 2021: 81 build sites). A further 73 
sites, which are progressing through a congested 
planning system, will allow us to continue growing our 
footprint over the coming years.

Gleeson Homes established a new regional office in 
West Yorkshire in July 2022 as a result of the growing 
pipeline of sites and strong customer demand across 
Yorkshire. This is the division’s newest office and brings 
the business to a total of nine regions.

We started the new financial year with a forward 
order book of 618 plots (2021: 841 plots) reflecting our 
intentional management of sales releases to optimise 
both prices and the customer journey.

Gleeson Land
Gleeson Land delivered a gross profit for the year of 
£13.8m (2021: £13.7m) and operating profit of £11.1m 
(2021: £11.1m). The division sold six sites during the year 
with the potential to deliver 1,443 plots for housing 
development (2021: eight sites, 1,978 plots). 

The pipeline of sites is strong and demand from 
medium and large housebuilders for well-located, 
consented sites continues unabated.

Market
The fundamentals of the housing market, driven by the 
structural under-supply of homes in the UK and new 
household formation, continue to ensure strong demand. 

In our core segment of the market, where the lack of 
supply is felt most keenly, we expect this to continue, 
reinforced by cost of living pressures which will further 
enhance the attractiveness of a Gleeson home even after 
factoring in future interest rate rises.

The average selling price of a new build home in our 
geographic regions is £266,000, 59% higher than the 
average selling price of a Gleeson home at £167,300. 
Gleeson Homes is therefore uniquely positioned to 
serve customers who might previously have been 
considering a more expensive property but who, in the 
current environment, will look at more affordable price 
points. We are already seeing interest from these value-
driven customers.

Employment levels remain high and mortgage 
availability, supported by the recent relaxation of 
lending rules, is robust. Whilst the withdrawal of the 
Help to Buy scheme, which closes for new applications 
in October 2022, means no government support for 
homebuyers for the first time in over 20 years, it is not 
expected to impact the affordability of, or demand for, 
a Gleeson home.

The market served by Gleeson Land for consented 
residential development land has also benefitted from 
strong demand from housebuilders looking to re-stock 
their immediate and short-term land pipelines. As the 
issues in the planning system show no signs of being 
resolved quickly, the demand for attractive, well-located 
sites with residential planning permission is expected to 
remain robust. 

Following recent corporate transactions in the sector, 
Gleeson Land is now one of only two large land 
promoters whose interests are aligned with landowners. 
Most other large land promoters are owned by a major 
developer promoting land for their own development 
purposes.

Investing in the future
In 2020 we put in place a number of medium-term 
initiatives to reinforce the operational resilience and 
performance of the business.  

This was underpinned by significant investment 
across our systems, operating structure and central 
services. We have completed a major review of our 
senior management and regional teams. We are now 
seeing significant benefits from the investment across 
our Commercial, Customer Care, Marketing, HR, H&S 
and IT functions. In addition, we have transformed 
the look and feel of our sites, and have improved the 
customer journey. 

We can always do more but, for now, we have 
significantly strengthened the business and ensured 
that it is well-positioned to grow at pace, sustainably.

Sustainability
Home ownership
Our vision of “Building Homes. Changing Lives.” 
and our mission of “Changing lives by building 
affordable, quality homes. Where they are needed, 
for the people who need them most.” supports UN 
Sustainable Development Goal 11 (“Sustainable cities 
and communities”) to provide access for all to “safe and 
affordable housing”. I am proud that a young working 
couple on the National Living Wage can afford to buy 
a high-quality home on any one of our developments. 
This year 82% of the homes that we sold were either 
in the most deprived areas of the country or on 
brownfield land in need of regeneration.

Climate and the environment
We have made good progress this year in further 
reducing the carbon emissions in our direct operations 
by 9%, down to 1.86 tonnes per home sold. This comes 
on top of the 18% reduction we achieved the previous 
year. The embodied carbon in the homes that we build, 
including from our supply chain and our homes in use, 
remains a key area of focus and we have significantly 
increased the accuracy and our understanding of this 
“scope 3” measure this year. We are already taking 
steps to switch to lower carbon materials, where viable, 
such as using concrete bricks or reconstituted stone 
rather than kiln-fired clay bricks. 

25

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Strategic ReportChief Executive’s Statement

CONTINUED

Government policy continues to have a significant 
impact on the design, construction and materials used 
in our homes, brought about through the Future Homes 
Standard and changes in building regulations. These 
requirements are built into our plans, most notably the 
changeover from gas boilers to air source heat pumps 
and installation of EV charging points. Whilst these 
technologies increase the cost and embodied carbon of 
each home we build, they will ultimately have a long-
term benefit in reducing the carbon emissions of our 
homes in use over their lifetime. 

We are supportive of the measures to improve energy 
efficiency and our homes already have better energy 
performance ratings than most other homes, with 97% of 
our homes having an EPC “B” rating or above. Customers 
also benefit from living in an energy-efficient and well-
insulated home. The average Gleeson home requires 49% 
less energy to heat and power than existing housing, and 
the average Gleeson buyer of a 2-bed home currently 
save over £700 per year on their energy bills based on 
actual usage data. The saving will continue to rise as the 
cost of energy increases.

The increasing push towards nationally described space 
standards (“NDSS”) has the unintended consequences 
of making homes larger and more expensive despite it 
being clear that this is not what many customers want, 
and will play a part in increasing the embodied carbon 
emissions of building our homes. 

People and health and safety
We could not have achieved our 2,000 homes target 
without the hard work, commitment, focus and passion 
of every single colleague as well as the support of our 
subcontractors, supply chain and other professionals. I 
am hugely proud of the contribution that everyone has 
made in helping us deliver our target.

Our independently-assessed people engagement score 
increased from 89% to 90% this year with a higher 
response rate across the Group, placing us amongst the 
top 10% of all companies surveyed across the country. 
As a result, we were recognised by People Insight and 
awarded the “Outstanding Workplace” award. This is 
an important recognition of the progress that we have 
made in developing the culture, values and people 
experience across the Group.

On health and safety performance, the number of 
reportable incidents fell from 10 last year to one this 
year, but we remain ever vigilant. Health and safety has 
been an area of significant investment with a focus on 
training, safe working practices, site inspections and 
reporting. Every development site receives a monthly 
visit by independent health and safety inspectors, 
which is an important control to ensure we benchmark 
ourselves against best-practice in the industry.

Build quality and customer service
Build quality remains a priority and for many customers 
buying a Gleeson home represents the single largest 
financial commitment of their lives. For this reason, we 
have to get it right and meet their expectations in terms 
of quality and customer experience. 

Putting the customer at the heart of what we do means 
understanding what our customers want as part of 

26

Carlisle Park, 
Rotherham, 
South Yorkshire

their home-buying experience. We have invested in our 
“Customer First” campaign this year and it is pleasing 
to see that this has helped us to maintain our customer 
recommendation score at 90.7% (2021: 90.6%), which 
keeps us in line with the Home Builders Federation 
5-star rating.

Gleeson is already registered under the New Homes 
Quality Code (“NHQC”) and we fully support its 
principles. Whilst we are already compliant with many 
of the NHQC’s obligations, some of our processes are 
being updated to meet these new requirements.

Land
Our pipeline of owned and conditionally purchased 
sites increased by 6.0% to 16,814 plots on 160 sites. We 
continue to target brownfield land and sites in areas of 
deprivation and 78% of our pipeline plots are located 
on brownfield land or in the most deprived areas. This 
is land most in need of regeneration across the North of 
England and Midlands.

Gleeson Land added a further seven sites to its portfolio 
and has a healthy pipeline of 71 sites, with the potential 
to deliver 20,241 plots and 25 acres of commercial 
land. Increasingly, to progress these sites successfully, 
Gleeson Land has to strike the right balance in delivering 
housing numbers with protecting land, ecosystems and 
biodiversity. Ultimately, developers are looking for well-
planned, well-located, sustainable sites and getting the 
balance right helps us to achieve best value.

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

Trading and outlook
We have had a good start to the current financial 
year. First time buyer demand, driven by the shortage 
of new homes, remains strong. Moreover, the cost of 
living challenges faced by many home buyers means 
the affordability of our homes is leading to additional 
interest from customers who might not previously have 
considered a Gleeson home.

Gleeson Land is also benefitting from the shortage 
of high-quality consented land, exacerbated by 
congestion in the planning system. The delays and 
complexities in the planning system serve only to fuel 
demand and maintain land prices as developers bid for 
consented land.

Importantly, we are now seeing the benefits of a 
significant investment programme across our systems, 
operating structure and central services which 
collectively will ensure that the Group has the ability to 
grow and expand its geographical reach in a controlled 
manner.

As a result, I believe Gleeson is well-positioned to 
deliver further profitable growth in the financial year. 

James Thomson
Chief Executive Officer

14 September 2022

MJ Gleeson plc 
Annual Report & Accounts 2022

27

 
Business Review

Gleeson Homes

Market context and position
• 

 Home ownership remains below 
aspirational levels

• 

• 

• 

 Gleeson Homes is distinct by focusing on 
quality, low-cost homes

 Gleeson Homes’ growth reflects strong market 
demand, which is expected to continue

 Affordable housing is a large, resilient and 
underserved segment of the market

The housing market remained strong throughout 
the year with house prices in the UK growing by 
12.8% over the year to May 20221. Whilst house price 
increases are widely expected to cool in the short 
to medium term, the under-supply of high-quality, 
energy-efficient housing is expected to continue to 
drive house building activity.

Gleeson Homes is one of the fastest-growing 
housebuilders in the sector, having doubled the 
number of homes sold over the last five years. We 
are focused on a distinctly underserved segment 
of the market – young, first time buyers on low to 
average incomes – where demand is expected to 
continue unabated. 

Competitive advantages
• 

 Affordability is the most important factor for our 
customers

• 

• 

• 

 It is cheaper to buy a Gleeson home than rent – 
with lower energy costs than existing housing

 Large and high-quality land pipeline – over eight 
years’ supply

 Well-designed homes that meet our customers’ 
needs and expectations

Gleeson Homes’ buyers are motivated to move 
by need. The average cost of a new build home in 
our geographic areas, the North of England and 
Midlands, is 59% higher than the average cost of a 
Gleeson home, at £167,300, and it remains cheaper 
to buy than to rent. 

As the cost of energy continues to rise, buyers are 
increasingly focused on energy efficiency, and the 
average Gleeson home uses 49% less energy than 
existing housing. Whilst the cost of living crisis 
may restrict the ability of some first time buyers 
to buy from other housebuilders, Gleeson Homes 
is well positioned to serve these customers as well 
as benefit from home movers who gravitate to our 
lower price point. 

1  Gov.uk UK House price index, May 2022

28

Results
Gleeson Homes delivered its medium-term strategic 
objective of doubling home sales within five years by 
completing the sale of 2,000 homes during the year 
(2021: 1,812 homes). This was an increase of 10.4% on 
the previous year, which had been flattered by delayed 
completions carried over from the first Covid-19 
lockdown. 

Revenue increased by 25.9% to £334.6m (2021: 
£265.8m), exclusively from home sales (2021: included 
£1.5m from land sales). The average selling price of 
homes sold during the year increased by 14.7% to 
£167,300 (2021: £145,800), driven by higher underlying 
selling prices up 11.8% and changes in the mix of site 
locations and house types. 

Strong selling price increases more than offset 
significant material and labour cost increases, albeit the 
issues with materials availability eased in the second 
half of the year. As a result, gross profit margin on 
homes sold increased to 29.0% (2021: 28.5%).

The increase in the volume of homes sold, average 
selling price and gross profit margin resulted in gross 
profit increasing by 28.0% to £96.9m (2021: £75.7m, 
including £0.4m from land sales). Operating costs were 
well controlled after the significant investment made 
in the business structure, operations and headcount in 
recent years. Administrative expenses as a proportion 
of turnover reduced from 14.5% to 13.8% which helped 
underlying operating profit increase by 36.9% to 
£51.2m (2021: £37.4m, including £0.4m land sales) and 
operating margin increased from 14.1% to 15.3%.

Building safety
The Group has established an exceptional provision of 
£12.9m for the estimated costs to remediate life-critical 
fire-safety issues on buildings over 11 metres in which 
the Group had some involvement in developing over the 
last 30 years. 

Sites
Gleeson Homes opened 23 new build sites during the 
year and started the new financial year with 87 active 
build sites (2021: 81), of which 61 were actively selling 
(2021: 61). This has been achieved despite the ongoing 
congestion in the planning system which continues 
to impact the time taken to obtain planning consent, 
agree pre-start conditions and acquire new sites. Our 
average active build sites and sales sites were 83 and 
63 respectively (2021: 78 and 64). 

Gleeson Homes’ developments are located across 
the North of England and the Midlands, with plans 
to continue expanding in existing areas and into 
neighbouring regions. The business expects to open 
a further 22 sites during the new financial year and be 
building on approximately 90 sites by 30 June 2023.

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022 
Pipeline
Land continues to be available at sensible prices. The 
pipeline of owned and conditionally purchased sites 
increased by 6.0% to 16,814 plots on 160 sites at 30 
June 2022, representing over eight years of sales (2021: 
15,863 plots on 152 sites). Of the total plots, 8,478 plots 
are owned (2021: 7,930 plots) and 8,336 plots have 
been conditionally purchased subject to receiving 
planning permission (2021: 7,933).

During the year, 33 new sites were added to the 
pipeline, whilst 25 sites were completed or did not 
proceed to purchase. In addition to owned and 
conditionally purchased plots, there are a further 
336 plots (2021: 205 plots) which are being actively 
considered for acquisition but will only proceed if they 
meet our strict criteria.

Help to Buy
The number of customers using the government’s Help 
to Buy scheme, which will close to new applications 
in October 2022, reduced as expected to 53% (2021: 
69%). The withdrawal of the scheme is not expected to 
impact demand and we continue to provide a range of 
other bespoke packages to assist potential customers. 
These include our Key Worker Priority Programme 
and Forces Property Direct programme, which provide 
priority access and vouchers toward optional extras for 
key workers and military personnel.

Outlook
Strong first time buyer demand, driven by the acute 
shortage of new homes, is expected to continue, albeit 
with more modest house price growth widely expected 
in the short term. Crucially, the affordability of our homes 
will help to mitigate the impact of both inflationary 
pressures and higher interest rates for first time buyers 
and home movers, which will continue to drive demand.

Pipeline

Total plots 
16,814
(2021: 15,863)

Total plots 
16,814
(2021: 15,863)

Plots owned
8,478 
(2021: 7,930)

Plots conditionally 
purchased 
8,336
(2021: 7,933)

Plots on brownfield 
land or areas of 
deprivation
13,189
(2021: 12,953)

Plots on greenfield 
land or more 
affluent areas 
3,625
(2021: 2,910)

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

Kelsey and Moustafa, 
Balderstones, Rochdale,  
Greater Manchester

Homes sold

2,000 homes

2021: 1,812 homes

Average selling price

£167,300

2021: £145,800

Operating profit
(pre-exceptional items) 

£51.2m

2021: £37.4m

Operating margin  
(pre-exceptional items)

15.3%

(2021: 14.1%) 

MJ Gleeson plc 
Annual Report & Accounts 2022

29

Strategic Report 
Business Review

CONTINUED

Gleeson Land

Market context and position
• 

 Gleeson Land is one of the largest residential 
land promoters in England
 Land promoters deliver two out of every five 
consented sites to housebuilders
 Planning delays are slowing the residential 
planning process
 Increasing demand for consented land is leading 
to higher land values

• 

• 

• 

The market for consented land remains strong, with 
demand being seen from housebuilders of all sizes. 
We are receiving a high number of bids on the sites 
we bring to market and bidders are seeking to be 
more competitive on their offers.

At the same time, the supply of consented land has 
been adversely impacted by planning delays which 
are affecting both developers and land promoters 
alike. The planning process has been slowed by staff 
shortages in local councils and local authorities 
holding back on reviewing their Local Plans whilst 
potential changes in planning policy are uncertain. 
Natural England’s guidance on nutrient neutrality, 
together with phosphate and nitrate mitigation 
requirements, has also caused further delays across 
the industry and Gleeson Land is currently unable 
to progress planning on nine sites until a resolution 
is agreed. These factors have led to pressure on 
land supply, which in turn has increased land values, 
with annual growth of UK greenfield residential 
development land values up 9.9% to June 20221. 

Competitive advantages
• 

 High planning success rate, including 
through appeal

• 

• 

 Strong relationships with all major housebuilders 

 Strong pipeline of sites held under promotion or 
option agreements

• 

 High cash conversion  

Gleeson Land specialises in sourcing high-quality 
land opportunities to promote for residential 
development. We have a dedicated and highly-
skilled team who navigate the complexities of the 
planning system, plus an in-house technical team 
experienced in dealing with drainage, flooding, 
landscaping and other physical site constraints. We 
have an outstanding planning success rate of over 
90% and bring high-quality, “technically solved” 
sites to market. 

The business operates a low capital intensity model, 
securing land interests either through option or 
promotional agreements rather than taking freehold 
land ownership, therefore avoiding the speculative 
risk on land value. Gleeson Land generates a high 
cash return which enables continuous investment in 
the portfolio and sites. Our reputation, experience 
and relationships with landowners, agents, local 
authorities and other stakeholders set us apart.

30

Results
During the year, the business sold six sites with 
residential planning permission for 1,443 plots (2021: 
eight sites, 1,978 plots) at an average of £9,550 gross 
profit per plot (2021: £6,910 per plot). These were 
sold to a range of housebuilders, and increasingly we 
are seeing housing associations and smaller private 
housebuilders bidding on equally competitive terms to 
major housebuilders. Total gross profit for the year was 
£13.8m (2021: £13.7m).

Revenue from land sales increased to £38.8m (2021: 
£22.8m), driven by the mix of option and planning 
promotion sites sold (which have different accounting 
treatments for revenue recognised on sale). Included 
within revenue is £2.5m relating to further phases of 
a legacy site sold in 2019. The sites sold in the year 
totalled 221 gross acres. 

Overheads for the business continue to be well 
controlled at £2.7m (2021: £2.6m). As a result, operating 
profit remained in line with the prior year at £11.1m 
(2021: £11.1m). 

Portfolio
This year Gleeson Land added seven sites (904 plots) 
to its portfolio secured under option and promotion 
agreements, and split two existing sites. Three legacy 
sites which were no longer viable to promote were 
aborted. 

At 30 June 2022, the business had a portfolio totalling 
71 sites (2021: 71 sites) with the potential to deliver 
20,241 plots (2021: 22,315 plots) plus 25 acres of 
commercial land (2021: 44 acres). 

The portfolio is expected to realise value over the short, 
medium and long term, driven by the planning context 
of each site. It continues to have a geographic bias 
towards the South of England where land values are 
highest. 

We continue to see opportunities to add well-located, 
attractive sites to the portfolio both through our strong 
relationships with land agents and through proactive 
in-house land sourcing. We carefully select sites where 
we see the potential for development and where we can 
unlock maximum value for landowners. 

Planning 
This year Gleeson Land submitted planning applications 
for 10 sites with the potential to deliver 1,428 plots 
(2021: 10 sites, 1,281 plots). Whilst in the prior year the 
slowdown in the planning system was attributable to 
the impact of Covid-19, other factors are now delaying 
applications in certain local authorities including 
potential changes to planning policy and environmental 
issues such as nitrate and phosphate mitigation and 
nutrient neutrality.

Whilst the planning system remains extremely 
congested, our team is experienced in navigating these 
challenges and we have a record number of sites being 
promoted through the planning system.

1  Savills Residential Development Land Q2 2022

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022 
m

0

0

1

0

8

0

6

0

4

0

2

0

1

0

0

-

5

7

8

-

A

B

H

:

r

e
b
m
u
N
g
n
w
a
r
D

i

t

u

o

y

a

L

e

t

i

S

d
e
r
u
o
o
C

l

:
e
l
t
i
T

1

2

.

0

1

.

9

1

:

e

t

a

D

g

n

i

r

e

m

g

n

A

,

e

n

a

l

r

e

t

a

W

f

o

h

t

r

o
N
d
n
a
L

:
t
c
e
o
r
P

j

m

0

0

1

0

8

0

6

0
4

0
2

0

g

n

i

r

e

m

g

n

A

,

e

n

a

l

r

e

t

a
W

f
o

h
t
r
o
N
d
n
a
L

:
t
c
e
o
r
P

j

1

0

0

-

5

7
8
-
A
B
H

:
r
e
b
m
u
N
g
n
w
a
r
D

i

t

u
o
y
a
L

e
t
i
S

d
e
r
u
o
o
C

l

:
e
l
t
i
T

1
2
.
0
1
.
9
1
:
e
t
a
D

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

Water Lane,  
North Angmering, 
West Sussex 
(525 plots)

Plots sold

1,443  
(6 sites)

2021: 1,978 (8 sites)

Portfolio

71 sites

2021: 71 sites

Operating profit 

£11.1m

2021: £11.1m

Outlook
Although the shortage of consented land in the market is 
having a positive increase in land values, a cautious approach 
is maintained for the future outlook. Land value growth is 
expected to slow as developers contend with more modest 
house price growth and supply chain pressures. However, 
Gleeson Land is well positioned to deal with the market 
dynamics with an agile, low capital intensity model and 
resources to invest in its portfolio. It has a strong pipeline 
of sites at different stages in the planning process that will 
continue to support profit delivery and growth.

Portfolio planning status
Sites with planning consent or resolution to grant

11
11

2020
2020

2021
2021

2022
2022

6
6

3
3

Sites awaiting planning decision

7
7

2020
2020

2021
2021

2022
2022

Portfolio (plots)

Planning consented or resolution to grant
Planning consented or resolution to grant
Planning submitted
Planning submitted

15
15

16
16

Total
20,241 
(2021: 22,315)

Promotion agreement: 
13,564 plots 
(2021: 14,583)

Held under option: 
6,188 plots 
(2021: 6,953)

Freehold: 
489 plots 
(2021: 779)

Planning consented or resolution to grant

MJ Gleeson plc 
Annual Report & Accounts 2022

31

Strategic Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial Review

The Group 
delivered a strong 
performance for the 
year with revenue 
up 29.4% and 
underlying profit 
before tax and 
exceptional items up 
33.1%.”

Stefan Allanson
Chief Financial Officer

32

Strong trading results – pre-exceptional items
Group revenue increased by 29.4% to £373.4m (2021: 
£288.6m) as a result of significant growth in Gleeson 
Homes and the mix of sites sold by Gleeson Land.

Gleeson Homes’ revenue increased by 25.9% to 
£334.6m (2021: £265.8m) driven by a 10.4% increase in 
the number of homes sold to 2,000 (2021: 1,812) and a 
14.7% increase in the average selling price (“ASP”) to 
£167,300 (2021: £145,800), driven by underlying selling 
prices up 11.8% and changes in the mix of sites and 
house types.

Gleeson Land sold six sites in the year (2021: eight 
sites). Revenue increased by 70.2% to £38.8m (2021: 
£22.8m), driven by the mix of sites sold under option 
and promotion agreements.

Underlying gross profit for the Group increased by 
24.0% to £110.7m (2021: £89.3m), with gross profit in 
Gleeson Homes increasing by 28.0% to £96.9m (2021: 
£75.7m). The gross profit margin for Gleeson Homes 
increased to 29.0% (2021: 28.5%) as increases in selling 
prices more than offset cost inflation. Gross profit for 
Gleeson Land remained relatively flat at £13.8m (2021: 
£13.7m) due to continued congestion in the planning 
system slowing the progress of sites in the pipeline.

Administrative expenses increased by £7.3m (15.5%) 
in the year to £54.5m (2021: £47.2m) as investment to 
support the future growth of the business continued.

Underlying Group operating profit was £56.8m, a 31.8% 
increase (2021: £43.1m) on the prior year. This growth 
was driven by the 36.9% increase in operating profit in 
Gleeson Homes to £51.2m (2021: £37.4m) with Gleeson 
Land operating profit remaining flat at £11.1m (2021: 
£11.1m). Group overheads were £5.5m (2021: £5.4m).  

Net finance expenses of £1.3m (2021: £1.4m) consisted 
of finance expenses of £1.5m (2021: £1.7m) being 
interest payable on bank facilities, bank charges and 
the unwinding of discounts on deferred payables, 
partly offset by finance income of £0.2m (2021: £0.3m) 
consisting of the unwinding of discounts on deferred 
receivables on land sales and shared equity receivables. 

As a result, the Group delivered underlying profit before 
tax and exceptional items of £55.5m (2021: £41.7m). 

Exceptional items – building safety provision 
In April 2022, MJ Gleeson plc signed the Department 
for Levelling Up, Housing and Communities’ (“DLUHC”) 
pledge, taking responsibility for performing or funding 
mitigation works to address life-critical fire-safety issues 
on buildings over 11 metres in which the Group had, 
over the last 30 years, some involvement in developing 
and to secure withdrawal of those buildings from the 
Building Safety Fund and ACM Funds.

Following the detailed assessment of the buildings 
covered by the pledge, an exceptional provision of 
£12.9m was recorded. This is management’s best 
estimate of the life-critical fire-safety remediation 
costs for these buildings based on reviews and surveys 
completed to date. We are in the process of undertaking 
a programme of intrusive inspections and fire risk 
assessments, where permitted by the building owners.

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Cash and bank facilities
The Group generated cash before financing activities 
of £9.7m (2021: £21.2m). After dividend payments of 
£9.3m, lease payments of £0.5m and the purchase 
of own shares of £0.4m, the Group had a net cash 
outflow of £0.5m (2021: £42.5m outflow, reflecting 
the repayment of borrowings of £60.0m in November 
2020). 

At 30 June 2022, the Group had cash and cash 
equivalents of £33.8m (2021: £34.3m).

The Group continues to have a £105m borrowing facility 
available, provided by Lloyds Bank plc and Santander 
UK plc.

Dividends
As a result of the strong financial performance in the 
year and our confidence in our future growth, the 
Board proposes a final dividend of 12.0p per share, 
which equates to £7.0m. The dividend will be paid on 
25 November 2022 to shareholders on the register at 
the close of business on 28 October 2022. Combined 
with the interim dividend of 6.0p per share paid in 
April 2022, the total dividend for the year will be 18.0p, 
representing an increase of 20% on the prior year (2021: 
total dividend of 15.0p per share).

The Board intends to maintain an earnings to ordinary 
dividend cover ratio of between three and five times 
and expects to continue paying a final dividend 
representing two-thirds of the total dividend each year.

Stefan Allanson
Chief Financial Officer

14 September 2022

Tax
The pre-exceptional tax charge was £10.0m, which 
represents an effective tax rate of 18.0%. Included in 
the tax charge is £0.1m related to the newly-enacted 
residential property developers tax (“RPDT”), which 
was effective from 1 April 2022 and applies to profit 
from residential development activity. 

A tax credit of £2.5m was recognised in respect of 
the exceptional provision. This resulted in a total tax 
charge for the year of £7.5m (2021: £7.8m), reflecting an 
effective tax rate of 17.7% (2021: 18.8%). 

The effective tax rate will increase from next year as a 
result of a full year of RPDT and the planned increase 
in the standard rate of corporation tax to 25% from 
April 2023. 

Profit for the year
Underlying profit after tax for the year increased 34.2% 
to £45.5m, while reported profit, net of the exceptional 
charge, increased 3.5% to £35.1m (2021: £33.9m).

Earnings per share
Underlying basic earnings per share increased by 
34.2% to 78.1 pence (2021: 58.2 pence). Reported basic 
earnings per share increased to 60.2 pence (2021: 58.2 
pence). 

Improved return on capital employed
Pre-exceptional return on capital employed increased 
400 basis points to 25.4% (2021: 21.4%) driven by the 
strong returns in Gleeson Homes.

Strong balance sheet
During the year to 30 June 2022, shareholders’ funds 
increased by 11.1% to £272.2m (2021: £244.9m). Net 
assets per share increased to 467 pence, an increase of 
11.2% year on year (2021: 420 pence).

Non-current assets increased during the year by 11.9% 
to £14.1m (2021: £12.6m). This was primarily due to an 
increase in property, plant and equipment of £1.4m, 
being mostly the cost of sales offices, show homes and 
site compounds. 

Current assets increased by 17.6% to £353.5m (2021: 
£300.5m), with inventories increasing by £46.9m to 
£286.9m, mostly as a result of investment in Gleeson 
Homes land and build activity, and trade and other 
receivables increasing by £6.8m to £29.2m (2021: 
£22.4m). Cash and cash equivalents reduced marginally 
from £34.3m to £33.8m. Corporation tax receivable 
decreased by £0.3m to £3.6m.

Total liabilities increased by £27.2m to £95.4m (2021: 
£68.2m). This includes the £12.9m building safety 
provision made in the year, as well as a £10.9m increase 
in accruals and deferred income to £37.9m (2021: 
£27.0m), and a £2.1m increase in trade payables to 
£36.5m (2021: £34.4m). Land creditors remained low at 
£10.7m (2021: £7.8m).

33

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Strategic ReportRisk Management

Effective risk management is essential to the achievement of our strategic priorities and  
risk management controls are integrated across all levels of our business and operations.

The Board has overall responsibility for the Group’s management and assessment of risk, supported by the Audit 
Committee. Our risk management framework includes a Group risk register which includes the key risks to the 
business. The register identifies both principal and emerging risks and informs a formal risk assessment process 
that considers the likelihood and impact of the identified risks together with any mitigating controls that are 
already in place or planned. This position is formally reviewed by the Audit Committee at the majority of its 
scheduled meetings, including consideration of emerging risk areas and changes in risk ratings.

Our risk management framework consists of the following components:

•  Sets the Group strategy 
and overall risk appetite

•  Reviews operational and 
financial performance

•  Has overall responsibility 
for monitoring key risks

The Board

Audit Committee

•  Monitors the Group’s 
systems, controls and 
integrity of reporting

•  Approves and advises 
on the internal audit 
plan and monitors 
the effectiveness of 
internal audit

•  Monitors the 
performance, 
effectiveness and 
independence of 
external audit

•  Monitors the 
management 
of principal and 
emerging risks

•  Monitor and manage day-
to-day operational and 
financial performance

Divisional Management Teams

• 

Identify operational and 
strategic risks

Internal Audit

•  Ensure internal control 

policies set by the Board 
are implemented

•  Undertakes a programme 
of risk-based internal 
audit activities

•  Provides assurance to the 

Audit Committee

•  Manages the Group’s 
insurance policies 

We categorise our risks into two sources:

  External – macro risks, outside of our direct control 

   Operational – risks related to the day-to-day 
operation of the business, within our control

The Group’s risk framework shows how the principal 
risks are rated by the Board in terms of their potential 
impact on the business and the likelihood of the risk 
transpiring. The risk matrix is presented after taking 
account of mitigating controls and actions. 

The Board has assessed the risks during the year and 
determined that the risk relating to the economic 
environment has increased due to the current economic 
climate and cost of living crisis, while the risk relating to 
sustainability has decreased due to mitigating actions 
taken by the Group. More detail can be found in the 
following risk table.

High

t
c
a
p
m

I

10

2

7

3

9

11

4

5

1

12

6

8

Low

Low

Likelihood

High

34

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Risk

1

Economic 
environment
Residual risk:  
High

Change in year: 
Increased

Strategic 
priorities: 
1, 3

2

Mortgage 
availability
Residual risk:  
Medium

Change in year: 
No change

Strategic 
priorities: 
1, 3

3

Land 
availability
Residual risk:  
Medium

Change in year: 
No change

Strategic 
priorities: 
1, 3, 6

Description of risk

Assessment

Mitigation

An economic downturn 
or uncertainty in 
the housing market 
could affect buyer 
confidence and the 
demand for new homes 
and consented land. 
This would have an 
adverse impact on 
Group revenue, profit, 
cash generation and 
carrying value of 
assets.

The availability of 
mortgage finance, 
particularly the deposit 
requirements for first 
time buyers, is crucial 
to our customers’ 
ability to purchase. 
Restrictions on 
mortgage funding 
could reduce demand 
for new homes and 
negatively impact 
Group revenue and 
profit.

An increase in land 
prices or decrease in 
land availability would 
reduce the viability of 
sites in Gleeson Homes 
given the high hurdle 
rates internally set, 
and would increase 
competition for land 
opportunities in 
Gleeson Land, driving 
down profitability and 
cash flow.

The rapidly-rising cost of 
living crisis together with 
rising inflation and interest 
rates all contribute to 
uncertainty in the housing 
and land markets and 
increase the risk of an 
economic downturn.

•  Lead indicators of the 

economy and housing market 
are closely monitored.

•  A cautious approach to 
funding is maintained.

•  Visitor and reservation rates, 
prices and incentives are 
regularly reviewed.

• 

Investment in new sites and 
spend are carefully controlled.

Mortgage availability 
remains relatively stable and 
mortgage approvals have 
returned almost to pre-
pandemic levels. Lending 
is supplemented by the 
government’s 95% LTV 
mortgage guarantee scheme 
and the relaxation of lending 
restrictions.

•  Lead indicators of mortgage 

availability are closely 
monitored.

•  Gleeson Homes provides a 

range of customer assistance 
packages.

•  We innovate to find new ways 
to support our customers.

•  We work with key lenders 
to ensure products are 
appropriate and available.

Although land prices have 
increased, we continue 
to find land available to 
purchase at prices that 
meet our hurdle rates to 
support the growth of 
Gleeson Homes.

Gleeson Land continues 
to source opportunities to 
sign up and promote good-
quality land for development 
across the South of England.

•  We have a clearly defined land 
strategy and geographic focus 
which are regularly reviewed 
by the Executive Directors.

•  We work closely with local 
authorities to identify and 
purchase land at sensible 
prices.

•  There is a formal gateway 
process and rigorous 
adherence to margin 
requirements and rates of 
return.

•  We have proactive land 

searching capabilities and 
strong relationships with land 
agents.

Strategic priorities

1 Sustainable growth

4 Climate change

2 Build quality

3 Affordability

5 People, wellbeing, health and safety

6 Land

Read more about Our Business 
Strategy on pages 16 to 19

35

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Strategic ReportRisk Management

CONTINUED

Risk

4

Government 
policy and 
regulations
Residual risk:  
High

Change in year: 
No change

Strategic 
priorities: 
1, 3

5

Build 
costs and 
availability
Residual risk:  
High

Change in year: 
No change

Strategic 
priorities: 
1, 2, 3

6

Build quality 
and customer 
service
Residual risk:  
Medium

Change in year: 
No change

Strategic 
priorities: 
2

Description of risk

Assessment

Mitigation

Planning regulation 
changes due to 
changes in government 
policy or delays within 
the system may affect 
the Group’s ability 
to secure planning 
consents on a timely 
basis. Other policy 
changes, including 
changes to building 
regulations, the Future 
Homes Standard and 
further legislation 
relating to building 
safety may adversely 
impact revenue, profit 
and cash flow.

Shortages or increased 
cost of materials or 
skilled labour, the 
failure of key suppliers 
or the inability to 
secure supplies on 
appropriate terms 
could increase costs 
and delay build 
programmes, reducing 
revenue and profit.

A failure to build 
new homes to the 
standard and quality 
that our customers 
expect, to not treat our 
customers fairly, or not 
respond adequately to 
complaints or rectify 
defects in a timely and 
professional manner. 
Adverse publicity from 
perceived poor build 
quality would damage 
our reputation, lead to 
lower sales and impact 
future revenue and 
cash flow.

Changes to building 
regulations continue to 
change the way our homes 
are built and impact build 
costs. 

Additional environmental 
requirements including 
biodiversity net gain, 
nutrient neutrality and 
phosphate and nitrate 
mitigation are also creating 
new obstacles in pursuing 
planning permissions.

Further legislative 
changes to building safety 
requirements may impact 
the costs required to 
remediate affected buildings.

Inflationary pressures, 
Covid-19, Brexit, and the 
war in Ukraine continue to 
impact the supply chain 
with price increases on 
certain labour and materials 
together with availability 
constraints. Whilst some of 
these pressures have eased, 
there remains ongoing risk.

•  Our planning and technical 
experts closely monitor 
changes to legislation.

•  Forthcoming changes to 

building regulations are built 
into site cost plans. 

•  We consult with government, 
local authorities and industry 
bodies to understand proposed 
changes and highlight issues.

•  The Board closely monitors 

the changes in building safety 
legislation and engages with 
industry bodies.

•  The Group is strategically 

procuring supplies ahead of 
issues or stoppages on sites.

•  Price increases are mitigated 

by rising average selling prices. 

•  Group purchasing 

arrangements are in place to 
ensure continuity of supply.

•  We have strong, established 

relationships with key suppliers 
and subcontractors.

The customer and customer 
experience are at the heart 
of what we do. We will not 
hand over a new home 
where it does not meet our 
quality requirements and 
we have a strict inspection 
process in place. We have 
already committed to the 
New Homes Quality Code 
and we have continued to 
invest in our customer care 
team and after sales support 
to ensure any defects or 
issues are rectified quickly.

•  We registered early for the 

New Homes Quality Code.

•  A strict final inspection process 
identifies issues and allows 
us to remedy these before 
handover.

•  Our Gleeson Quality Charter 
sets out what our customers 
can expect in terms of quality.

• 

Independent build inspections 
and buyer surveys ensure a 
high level of quality control.

•  We continue to invest in our 

customer care team.

36

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Description of risk

Assessment

Mitigation

Risk

7

People
Residual risk:  
Medium

Change in year: 
No change

Strategic 
priorities: 
5

Failure to attract, 
develop and retain 
good-quality people 
with the right skills may 
result in overstretched 
and demotivated staff, 
decreased productivity 
or quality and stifled 
growth opportunities. 
Inadequate succession 
planning could result in 
inefficiency and a loss 
of key knowledge from 
the business.

The focus on recruitment, 
development, and 
recognition is reflected in 
high scores on our annual 
employee survey. The 
leadership development 
and succession programme 
has continued to strengthen 
the management team. Our 
focus on making Gleeson 
one of the best companies to 
work for will help to attract, 
develop and retain good-
quality people.

8

Cyber and    
IT systems
Residual risk:  
Medium

Change in year: 
No change

Strategic 
priorities: 
1

Failure of the Group’s 
IT systems or 
unauthorised access 
to systems due to 
inadequate protection, 
controls, processes 
or cyber attack could 
result in data loss, 
business disruption, 
reputational damage or 
financial loss.

New working protocols were 
put in place following the 
sudden shift to working from 
home in 2020 to mitigate 
the risk of fraud and cyber 
crime. We continue to 
invest significantly in our IT 
systems and networks so 
these remain secure and up 
to date, whilst continuing to 
support remote working as 
needed.

•  We have a clear mission, 

vision and values that our 
people share.

•  We have regular performance 
and development reviews.

•  Action is taken from the 

feedback gained from our 
employee surveys.

•  Our people have access to 
training throughout their 
career at Gleeson.

•  Our remuneration policy is 

reviewed and benchmarked to 
ensure it remains attractive.

• 

Industry-standard systems are 
managed by a central IT team 
with outsourced support.

•  Contingency plans are in place 

and regularly tested.

•  The majority of data is held 

on secure external servers and 
backed up regularly.

•  Regular testing is conducted 

on the security of our systems. 

•  Enhanced network and 

cyber controls have been 
implemented during the year.

9

Health and 
safety
Residual risk:  
Medium

Change in year: 
No change

Strategic 
priorities: 
5

Health and safety 
failures can result in 
injuries to employees, 
subcontractors or 
site visitors, resulting 
in harm to people, 
delays in construction, 
additional cost, 
reputational damage, 
criminal prosecution or 
civil litigation.

The health and safety of 
our people and anyone 
associated with our 
developments is paramount 
to our business, and we 
continued to improve our 
training and awareness 
across the business.

•  Experienced health and safety 

team in place to provide 
regional support, inspections 
and training.

•  Our “HomeSafe – everyone, 

every day” campaign promotes 
the focus on health and safety 
awareness across the Group.

•  Regular independent 
inspections of all 
development sites.

• 

 We have specific actions to 
improve health and safety 
reporting and performance.

•  Documented policies and 

procedures are updated to 
ensure continued focus and 
improvement.

37

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Strategic ReportRisk Management

CONTINUED

Risk

10

Financial 
control
Residual risk:  
Medium

Change in year: 
No change

Strategic 
priorities: 
1, 3

11

Climate risk
Residual risk:  
Medium

Change in year: 
No change

Strategic 
priorities: 
4

Description of risk

Assessment

Mitigation

The Group could 
suffer losses from 
financial fraud or error, 
poor financial or tax 
controls, credit risk 
or through having 
inadequate insurance. 

An inability to meet 
obligations as they 
fall due could result in 
insolvency. 

Lack of liquidity 
may also limit the 
Group’s ability to take 
advantage of business 
opportunities as they 
become available 
and be a possible 
impediment to future 
growth.

The physical effects of 
climate change could 
result in reduced land 
availability, disrupted 
build programmes or 
shortages of materials 
due to more frequent 
extreme weather 
events. 

The risk of financial fraud or 
error is closely monitored 
by management, the 
Audit Committee, and 
the Board. Although the 
financial regulatory and 
tax environment continues 
to evolve, the Group has 
adequate knowledge and 
experience to maintain 
compliance, supported by 
third-party advisers. The 
Group maintains a strong 
relationship with its lenders, 
insurance providers and 
investors.

•  The Group has robust financial 
and tax controls designed to 
segregate duties and minimise 
opportunities for fraud or error.

•  The Group has committed 
banking facilities of £105m 
until October 2024, shared 
between two established 
lenders.

•  The Group maintains security 
over the majority of land sold 
on deferred terms.

•  External firms are used to 

provide “health checks” over 
systems and processes.

•  External experts are employed 
to support the production 
of corporation tax and other 
returns.

The speed at which climate-
related legislation and 
expectations on corporate 
business to respond 
to climate change is 
accelerating. The Group is 
taking progressive action 
to monitor and reduce the 
impact of our activities on 
the environment both now 
and in the future.

•  We undertake detailed 

flood, environmental, and 
biodiversity assessments as 
part of preparing planning 
applications.

•  We set clear targets to reduce 
our carbon emissions and 
waste from sites.

•  We track carbon emissions, 

waste and other initiatives to 
evaluate the success of our 
actions. 

38

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Risk

12

Sustainability
Residual risk: 
Medium 

Change in year: 
Decreased

Strategic 
priorities: 
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6

Description of risk

Assessment

Mitigation

Stakeholder expectations 
relating to corporate 
sustainability are rapidly 
evolving. We continue to 
actively engage with our 
stakeholders to understand 
expectations, and monitor  
sustainability best practice.

The risk has decreased 
in the year due to the 
appointment of a new Group 
Sustainability Manager and 
a full year of oversight by 
the Sustainability Committee 
(established partway 
through the prior year), as 
well as the implementation 
of additional controls and 
monitoring relating to our 
sustainability targets. 

•  The Sustainability Committee 
oversees the development, 
implementation, and reporting 
of sustainability initiatives.

•  A new Group Sustainability 

Manager was appointed during 
the year and is responsible for 
embedding the sustainability 
strategy into operations.

•  We publish and monitor clear 
targets to ensure our business 
operates in a sustainable and 
socially responsible way.

•  We report in line with the 
recommendations of the 
Financial Stability Board’s 
Task Force on Climate related 
Financial Disclosures (“TCFD”) 
and Sustainability Accounting 
Standards Boards (“SASB”) 
Standards.

The Group could 
fail to meet the 
expectations of our 
stakeholders relating 
to our sustainability 
responsibilities 
including climate 
change, health and 
safety, governance, 
build quality and 
customer service.  

Failure to ensure we 
remain a sustainable 
business could affect 
the Group’s ability to 
secure sites, planning 
permissions, attract 
house buyers, recruit 
new employees, appeal 
to investors or raise 
finance when needed.

By not having clear 
targets and effective 
communication of our 
sustainability strategy, 
this could result in 
damage to the Group’s 
reputation.

Hardwicke Place, 
Hartlepool, 
County Durham

39

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Strategic ReportBuilding homes.

We build homes our customers want to live in, that are 
designed around their needs. 

We build two, three and four-bed homes in a variety of 
styles and floorplans designed to suit modern living. All 
of our homes feature stylish and well-designed kitchens, 
gardens at the front and back of the house and private 
driveways for off-street parking. We also offer a wide 
range of custom specifications and optional upgrades 
including flooring, appliances, landscaping and more, 
allowing our customers to tailor their homes to their 
taste, needs and budget. 

We use high-quality, cost-effective materials in building 
our homes and regularly review these to ensure they 
continue to best suit our needs. We have sustainable 
Group procurement policies for materials, packaging 
and waste management and carefully consider the 
environmental impact of the elements that go into 
building our homes. This year we have significantly 
enhanced our understanding of the embodied carbon 
emissions from our supply chain as part of quantifying 
our scope 3 carbon emissions. More details can be 
found in the Environment section on pages 52 to 60. 

We recently refreshed the exterior designs of our 
homes and are rolling this out across our new 
development sites. These have an updated look and 
modern feel. We have also added rendering and 
reconstituted stone exteriors, as well as contemporary 
doors, windows and dormer styles on certain sites.  

Communities

We put our 
customers 
and their 
communities  
at the heart  
of everything  
we do.

Our vision and mission are not just 
words on a page; they are built into 
the fabric of what we do and how 
we operate. 

Our vision: 

Building Homes. 
Changing Lives.

Our mission:

Changing lives 
by building 
affordable, 
quality homes. 
Where they are 
needed, for the 
people who need 
them most. 

40 MJ Gleeson plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

 
Changing lives.

Buying a Gleeson home does not just provide our 
customers with a place to live, it can change their lives 
in many ways. The customer stories shared here speak 
for themselves, and are only a few of the 2,000 lives 
changed this year. 

In addition to the health and wellbeing benefits that 
come from home ownership, there are clear financial 
benefits. According to a recent independent report, 
nearly half of all homeowners with a mortgage agree 
they are able to save more because their mortgage 
is cheaper than renting, and 1 in 3 homeowners see 
their mortgage as a means to invest in their future. The 
typical homeowner can generate wealth of £326,000 
over thirty years compared with renting, even before 
any potential house price gains are factored in.

Wealth creation through  
home ownership

Home ownership

Home ownership

Private rental

Private rental

£209,000
Equity gained 
after 30 years

£209,000
Equity gained 
after 30 years

No asset

No asset

Wealth 
created 
from buying 

£326k 

£357,000
Total 
payments

£357,000
Total 
payments

£474,000
Rental 
payments

£474,000
Rental 
payments

Source: Equity Release Council. Rent assumes the average rent rising 
by 2% p.a. Homeowner assumes £220,000 home bought with a 30-
year repayment mortgage, and subsequent remortgages. Analysis 
includes other costs of ownership including insurance and repairs

Customer case study – to see more visit mjgleesonplc.com

Changing the lives of
Katie & Liam

Out of their parents’ houses and into their own home

At the ages of 24, Katie and Liam 
were ready to move out of their 
parents’ homes and into their 
own space. Katie is a keen baker 
and yearned for her own kitchen 
to cook in and Liam was 
desperate for a garage for his 
bike and tools. 

After visiting Gleeson’s Greencroft 
View development, Katie and 
Liam were surprised and pleased 
to find that they would be able to 
afford a detached home with a 
garden and garage for their first 
home, and that their mortgage 
would only be £400 per month. 
Additionally, using the government’s 
Help to Buy scheme meant they 
only needed a 5% deposit, allowing 
them to purchase their first home 
sooner than they expected. 

Katie and Liam are thrilled with 
their own space and are enjoying 
the independence that has come 
from home ownership. Liam’s 
commute to work has been cut in 
half following the move, giving 
him a better work-life balance, 
and the couple have made new 
friends on their development.

Katie said: “After looking at other 
developers, we felt like Gleeson 

offered the best value for money 
and the customer service was 
second to none. The Sales 
Executive who guided us through 
the process was really friendly 
and knowledgeable and answered 
any questions we had. As first 
time buyers, this was invaluable 
and made our buying experience 
feel really easy, especially in the 
early stages when we were 
finding our feet with the process.”

Buyers: Katie and Liam (both 24)
Occupations: Recruitment Assistant and Glassblower
Date of purchase: June 2021
Development: Greencroft View, Stanley, County Durham
House type: Kilkenny, 3-bed detached + garage
Purchase price: £139,995
Mortgage cost: £400 per month
Previous rental cost: Lived with parents

Liam said: “Since moving into our 
new home, we have a new sense 
of freedom and responsibility. We 
are really grateful that Gleeson 
has given us the opportunity to 
get onto the property ladder and 
that we have been able to afford 
a three-bedroom detached home 
at just 24 years old.”

41

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Strategic ReportCommunities

CONTINUED

Customer case study – to see more visit mjgleesonplc.com

Changing the life of Amber 

Giving her the freedom she dreamed of, while saving her money

Amber had dreamed of buying her first 
home before she turned 30, which 
Gleeson made possible. 

Previously, Amber was living with her 
partner and renting a small one-bedroom 
flat with no outdoor space or parking, 
paying £550 per month in rent.

Buyer: Amber (29)
Occupation: NHS Clerk 
Date of purchase: April 2022
Development: Linkswood Park, Rotherham,
South Yorkshire 

House type: Kerry, 2-bed semi 
Purchase price: £117,775
Mortgage cost: £380 per month 
Previous rental cost: £550 (1-bed flat)

When her relationship ended and 
Amber was looking for her own home, 
she was drawn to Linkswood Park, her 
local Gleeson development, because 
her brother had bought a Gleeson 
home on a different development three 
years earlier. Through her brother’s 
experience and recommendation, she 
already knew our homes were 
affordable and great quality.

Amber found the plot of her dreams and 
reserved it as soon as it was released 
for sale. She was even more delighted 
that her mortgage would be £170 per 
month less than her previous rent. 
Amber is thrilled that she chose to buy 
a Gleeson home and is enjoying 
decorating her blank canvas with none 
of the restrictions she had when renting. 

Amber said: “I was blown away by the 
affordability of a Gleeson home. In my 
rented flat I was paying £550 per 
month and in my beautiful new home, 
which is twice the size, I’m only paying 
£380 per month on my mortgage. Plus, 
in my new home my energy bills are 
really affordable because it is so well 
insulated and cosy. I am over the moon 
that I’ve got a garage; it helps with 
storage and I love that my car is not 
parked on a busy main road anymore. 

Having my own garden is brilliant too! 
I’ve made friends with my neighbours 
and have already had them over for a 
barbecue. The sense of community on 
our development is great and just what 
I wanted as a single buyer. I love my 
new sense of freedom, being able to 
decorate and personalise my home, 
having so much more space, and I’m 
saving money too!”

Customer case study – to see more visit mjgleesonplc.com

Changing the lives of Ben & Rebecca’s family

From cramped military accommodation to a spacious family home

After 11 years of living in military accommodation, Ben 
and Rebecca were thrilled to move into their Gleeson 
home in Hull with their two children in December 2021. 
After living with the restrictions of military housing 
for so long, the couple were ready for their own space 
that they could personalise and make their own. 

Ben and Rebecca heard about Gleeson through Forces 
Property Direct who helped them with their mortgage 
process and paperwork, tailoring their advice to the 
needs of military personnel. After years of living in 
three-bedroom terraced properties with minimal outdoor 
space, the detached Renmore, complete with a driveway 
and a big garden, was the clear winner for their family. 

The couple were delighted to discover how affordable 
home ownership actually is, enjoying a relatively low 
mortgage cost and low monthly bills due to the energy 
efficiency of their new home. 

Rebecca said: “It’s a breath of fresh air to have a brand 
new home that we can call our own. Prior to buying 
with Gleeson, in our rented military houses we couldn’t 
put our own stamp on the décor; we had always 
dreamt of choosing our own kitchen design or being 
able to paint the walls, which Gleeson made possible 
with their fantastic options and extras range. Ben has 
always wanted a spacious kitchen of his own for 
cooking and entertaining, which the Renmore provides.”

Ben said: “Our lives have completely changed for the 
better since buying with Gleeson. We love that every 
room in our home is a blank canvas with plenty of 
space and our sons both have their own bedrooms, 
which is brilliant. We’re now closer to family, good 
schools and jobs, so it has been a win-win all around. 
We’re not wasting our money on rent, and can really 
plan for the future in our beautiful new home.”

42

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Buyers: Julie (68) and Neville (66)
Occupations: Retired Social Services Care
Worker and Retired Engineer 

Date of purchase: November 2021
Development: Barnburgh View, Barnsley,
South Yorkshire 

House type: Wicklow, 3-bed semi
Purchase price: £164,995
Mortgage cost: Mortgage free

Customer case study – to see more visit mjgleesonplc.com

Changing the lives of Julie & Neville 

Living mortgage free in their forever home

Retirees Julie and Neville were ready to get away 
from their noisy, terraced house on a busy road and 
enjoy a quieter life. Their old house was too small for 
family gatherings and made it difficult to have their 
three-year-old granddaughter stay overnight. 

Since moving in, Julie and Neville have made friends 
with a number of their neighbours. They love having 
family over to their new home, and enjoy taking their 
granddaughter to the park that Gleeson built on the 
development. 

Julie and Neville considered buying an older home 
but were worried about how much work they would 
need to do and the running costs. Prior to discovering 
Gleeson, they were put off by the high cost of other 
new build homes, and were thrilled to discover they 
could live mortgage free in a Gleeson home.

When they visited our Barnburgh View development, 
they immediately felt at home. They loved the rolling 
fields and picturesque views the development 
provided, and felt very welcomed by the Gleeson 
sales team. Julie and Neville chose the Wicklow 
house style after seeing its open staircase, ample 
storage, and roomy bedrooms. 

Julie said: “It’s great being mortgage free in our dream 
home; we will never need to move again. We love our 
home and it’s very energy efficient, which keeps our bills 
low. We hardly ever need to have our heating on but are 
always warm and cosy, plus being mortgage free means 
that we have more money left over at the end of the 
month to spend on treating our grandchildren!”

Neville said: “We’re so pleased that we chose to buy a 
new build. We’ve loved moving into a freshly-painted 
blank canvas, and have enjoyed furnishing it and 
creating rooms tailored to our needs. It’s much easier 
to have family over now we live in a larger home, and 
we’re relishing being able to entertain. Our garden is 
ideal with space for the grandkids to play in, a shed, a 
bird table, and even an agility station for our dogs.” 

Buyers: Ben (32) and Rebecca (36)
Occupations: Armed Forces Chef and Hairdresser
Date of purchase: December 2021
Development: Dane Park, Dunswell, Hull
House type: Renmore, 3-bed detached
Purchase price: £176,000
Mortgage cost: £600 per month
Previous rental cost: £456 (military accommodation)

43

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Strategic ReportCommunities

CONTINUED

Building affordable, quality homes.

Affordability is one of our key strategic objectives 
(see page 16) and supports target one of UN SDG 11 to 
“ensure access for all to adequate, safe and affordable 
housing”. The UN SDGs we support can be found on 
page 5. 

Homes on our developments can start from as low as 
£115,000 for a 2-bed semi-detached house, depending 
on location, and the average selling price is significantly 
below the average cost of all new build homes in 
England of £327,0001.

Whilst our average selling price increased this year 
to £167,300, buying a Gleeson home remains highly 
affordable and we continue to meet our requirement 
that a couple in full-time employment on the National 
Living Wage can afford to buy a home on every one of 
our developments. 

Additionally, the average selling price of other new build 
homes in the North of England and Midlands is 59% 
higher than the average selling price of a Gleeson home. 

Average selling price of new build homes 
in the North of England and Midlands

£266,000

£167,300

Owning a Gleeson home is cheaper than renting. 
Mortgage costs are less than the equivalent rental 
cost, and with energy costs continuing to increase, the 
savings generated from owning an energy-efficient 
Gleeson home are significant.

Owning a Gleeson home costs less 
than renting – typical 2-bed home

Total
£736

Energy bills4
£142

Rent3
£594

Total
£596

Energy bills4
£83

Mortgage2
£513

Gleeson
Homes

All other
housebuilders

Gleeson
home

Private
rental

1  ONS House price simple averages.

2  Mortgage payments: Standard 90% LTV, 35-year repayment mortgage, fixed payments for five years, from a high street bank at August 

2022. Mortgage payments based on average price of a 2-bed Gleeson home during the year.

3  Rental payments: ONS average private rental costs for a 2-bed house in the North of England and Midlands as at June 2022 (adjusted 

for 6% p.a. inflation). 

4  Energy bills: Average electricity and gas usage using energy prices per August 2022. Gleeson Homes based on actual usage data 
provided by British Gas. Private rental based on “Great Homes” website using data from the National Energy Efficiency Database 
(gov.uk).

Our focus on affordability does not mean that we 
sacrifice on quality in any way. Building high-quality, 
energy-efficient homes is one of our key strategic 
objectives (see page 17). Our independently assessed 
customer recommendation score of 90.7% puts us in 
line with the Home Builders Federation 5-star rating, 
and we achieved the Gold Award for customer 
satisfaction from In-house Research, an independent 
third party who conducts our customer 
satisfaction surveys.

We proudly offer a Gleeson Quality Charter to all our 
customers as our commitment to both a quality home 
and exceptional service all the way through the buying 
journey and beyond. We have a customer care portal, 
MyGleeson, for customers to log issues and receive 
updates, and dedicated customer care teams to 
promptly deal with issues as they arise. All our homes 
come with a 2-year Gleeson warranty and a 10-year 
NHBC Build Mark Warranty or similar, and we have 
already committed to the government’s New Homes 
Quality Charter.

44

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Where they are needed.

We build mostly in areas of deprivation or on 
brownfield land, preferring to regenerate areas that 
have been left derelict, rundown or neglected, which 
are often a blight to the local area. We transform this 
land into thriving communities, providing much-needed 
homes for local residents. 

Our customers are often from the local area, with over 
half living within 10 miles of their new Gleeson home. 
We often have younger customers buying homes near 
to their families, or family members buying homes 
on the same development to stay near to each 
other. Our developments open up new housing 
opportunities in locations where there are not 
enough high-quality homes available for people 
who want to live in the area. 

The map shows Gleeson Homes active build sites and  
pipeline sites in our target areas in the North of England and 
Midlands based on average selling price (shaded darker green) 
and affordability (hashed).

For the people 
who need them most.

Our customers are often young, first time buyers who 
are escaping the “rent trap” or moving out of their 
parents’ homes. 

We know that this will be the largest purchase many of 
our customers have made in their lives, and we support 
them through the journey. We can talk potential 
customers through a range of support options including 
Help to Buy, First Homes and shared ownership options, 
as well as recommending trusted mortgage advisers. 
We have recently launched a first time buyer podcast 
with weekly episodes to help our customers with advice 
and tips when buying their first home.  

We offer special incentive packages for key workers 
and members of the armed forces and are proud to 
support these individuals and families as they support 
our wider communities. 

Gleeson
customers are:

Young

29 years old median buyer age

74%

first time buyers

50%

single buyers

on a low to average income 

£24,000

median buyer income

45

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Strategic ReportCommunities

CONTINUED

Pride in home ownership.

What we don’t do:

We don’t 
build flats

We don’t 
sell leasehold

We don’t 
do part-exchange

We don’t 
sell to investors

We foster a sense of pride in home ownership and 
engagement in the local community by only selling to 
owner occupiers. All our homes are sold with a covenant 
that restricts our customers and future owners from 
privately letting their homes. We also believe that home 
ownership should include the land on which it is built, 
and we sell our homes as freehold wherever possible.

We have one remaining development in the North 
West where we do not own the land ourselves, and a 
peppercorn ground rent is payable on these homes.  
We also sell a small number of homes to registered 
housing providers who offer shared ownership 
opportunities as a way of making home ownership 
accessible for more people.

Community beyond our customers.

Our commitment to the community extends 
beyond our customers as we aim to make a 
difference in the areas in which we build and 
contribute in a positive way.

We have a long history of partnering with 
local schools, including giving health and 
safety talks, inviting school trips onto our 
sites for children to learn about house 
building and holding “design a bedroom” and 
“street naming” competitions. We want our 
developments to be part of the community 
and get children involved in creating and 
burying time capsules or planting flowers 
and trees.  

We recognise the health and wellbeing 
benefits that local sports teams and charities 
can bring and offer support and sponsorship 
to those local to our developments.  

Additionally, our colleagues regularly get 
involved in fundraising efforts for local causes. 
The Bradley Lowery Foundation, on the next 
page, is one such example. 

46

MJ Gleeson plc 
Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Our commitment to our communities also 
extends to good corporate practices. For the 
past 10 years, the British public has voted 
corporate tax avoidance as the number one 
issue that businesses need to address1. We are 
proud to do our part in addressing this by 
paying our taxes fairly and responsibly, and 
reporting on them transparently. This 
commitment is demonstrated by our 
accreditation with the Fair Tax Mark 
Foundation, which we have held since 2020, 
when we were the first housebuilder to 
achieve accreditation.

1 

IBE Survey: Attitudes of the British Public 
to Business Ethics 2022, by the Institute of 
Business Ethics

  
The Bradley Lowery 
Foundation

One charity that is close to the 
hearts of our colleagues is the 
Bradley Lowery Foundation in 
the North East. The 
Foundation is named after 
six-year-old Bradley Lowery, 
who lost his fight to stage 4 
high risk neuroblastoma, a rare 
and aggressive form of 
childhood cancer. The Bradley 
Lowery Foundation aims to 
support families who are 
fundraising for treatment or 
equipment that is not readily 
available or covered by the 
NHS. Gleeson got involved 
with the Foundation because 
Bradley used to live across the 
street from our Hardwicke 
Place, Blackhall Colliery 
development in Tees Valley. In 
addition to naming two streets 
on the development after him 
– Bradley Lowery Way and 
Sunshine Place – our colleagues 
in the region have undertaken 
numerous fundraising events 
including skydiving and 
walking the equivalent of 
Land’s End to John O’Groats 
to raise almost £9,000.

The Foundation is currently 
developing plans to build a 
holiday home called “Super 
Brad’s Pad” for sick children 
and their families and we are 
supporting this build both with 
our fundraising efforts as well 
as involving our suppliers and 
contractors where we can.

Annual Report & Accounts 2022 47

MJ Gleeson plc 

Strategic ReportMonitoring our culture
Our annual Your Voice survey is one of our engagement 
tools and helps us monitor the views of our colleagues 
across the business. 

This is our third year running the survey, and both 
participation and overall scores have increased every 
year. 76% of our colleagues completed the survey this 
year, up from 68% last year. Our overall engagement 
score increased to 90% which puts us in the top decile 
of companies surveyed across the country for employee 
engagement. We are incredibly proud that we have 
been awarded an “Outstanding Workplace” award, 
which reflects this achievement. 

We use our personal development review process as a 
way to engage with all colleagues in a structured way 
at least twice a year. Our people reflect on how they 
have demonstrated our shared values and engage in 
meaningful conversations with their line manager about 
their aspirations, development needs and performance.

People

Our values  
and culture

We are Passionate
We are passionate about building 
high-quality homes that are 
affordable for everyone.

We are passionate about our 
customers and ensuring they enjoy 
buying their home from us. Where 
we get things wrong, we aim to 
put it right quickly and fairly.

We are proud of the strong 
relationships we build with our 
suppliers and subcontractors who 
work alongside us.

We are Collaborative
We work together collaboratively, 
with shared goals, where 
information, knowledge and ideas 
can be discussed openly, honestly 
and free from judgement.

We listen to our customers and 
work with them throughout their 
buying journey.

We collaborate with our external 
partners and value their part in 
helping us achieve our goals.

We are Respectful
We respect the right to a safe 
working environment on all our 
sites and in all our offices and are 
fully committed to ensuring our 
colleagues and those who work 
on, or visit our sites and offices, 
return HomeSafe – everyone, 
every day.

We are respectful of our 
customers, colleagues and 
partners by listening to them and 
treating them equally and fairly.

We undertake our business in an 
ethical way, and we respect the 
environment.

48

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Achieving our goals relies on 
having people in the right roles, 
with the right training and 
development, who share our vision, 
mission and values.

One of our key strategic objectives is to attract, retain 
and develop employees who share the values, culture 
and objectives of the Group.

How we attract the right employees 
Attracting the best candidates and developing talent in 
our business is crucial to ensure that we have the right 
skills for operational delivery and future growth. 

Apprentices
We have a long-standing and active apprenticeship 
programme across the business, and we currently 
have 79 apprentices – approximately 10% of our total 
workforce – training in a variety of office and site-based 
roles, including 20 colleagues completing training 
through an apprenticeship route as part of further skills 
development. Our apprentices get an average of two 
years on-the-job training and an NVQ or equivalent. 

In many cases, they stay on with us for further training 
or move into permanent roles once their apprenticeship 
is completed.

Graduate programme
In August 2021, we launched our first graduate 
programme with 11 new Land Graduates in the Gleeson 
Homes land team. This is a two-year structured 
programme for university graduates that includes a 
blend of on- and off-the-job learning. Graduates receive 
mentoring from Gleeson colleagues as well as attending 
workshops covering topics including technical land 
issues, planning, valuation and commercial management 
and interpersonal skills. 

Early Talent Partner 
In recognition of the importance of attracting and 
developing talent early in their careers, we have 
appointed a new Early Talent Partner to specifically 
focus on developing our apprentice and graduate 
programmes and support the development of our 
colleagues in these programmes.

Tom, Land Graduate,  
Richard, Land Manager,  
Rob, Head of Technical, Hardwicke Place,  
Hartlepool, County Durham

Supporting our apprentices as they progress
Name: Katie Wilson 
Job title: Assistant Quantity Surveyor 
Location: Midlands

Why did you choose  
a Gleeson apprenticeship?
I chose a Gleeson apprenticeship as it 
was a great opportunity to get into the 
construction industry and train in an area 
that I wanted to progress in. Gleeson has 
really supported me in my role and allowed 
me to learn and develop to be the best I 
can be. 

How did you progress following your 
apprenticeship? 
I started as an Apprentice Quantity 
Surveyor and in June 2021 I completed my 
Level 3 BTEC Diploma in Construction and 
the Built Environment with Distinctions, 
along with an NVQ in Construction 
Contracting Operations. I am now an 
Assistant Quantity Surveyor and am 
studying for a Level 4 HNC in Construction 
and the Built Environment as part of my 
Level 4 Quantity Surveying Apprenticeship 
Standard.

What made you want  
to progress within 
Gleeson? 
Gleeson has taken 
the time to support 
my development and 
aspirations. I have 
developed incredible on-the-job skills and 
practical understanding that wouldn’t have 
been possible only by attending college. 

What are your future  
development aspirations? 
I am currently working towards becoming  
a fully qualified Quantity Surveyor. 

What advice would you give to someone 
considering doing an apprenticeship? 
Be confident and always be open to taking 
on new things!

49

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Strategic ReportPeople

CONTINUED

How we develop our employees
Continuous development is important both for 
individuals as they progress through their careers, and 
for the success of our business as we continue to grow. 
We support our colleagues’ development in a number 
of ways, including:

New appointments 
In recognition of the importance of talent development 
across the business, we appointed a Head of 
Organisational Development, who leads a team made 
up of a Learning and Development Manager and the 
Early Talent Partner. Together this team is responsible 
for driving forward the development of talent 
throughout the organisation. 

People management training 
A new training programme for people managers 
was created during the year. People managers 
attended three workshops that covered topics 
such as manager responsibilities, team wellbeing, 
performance management, effective communication 
and employment law. Over 1,200 hours of training were 
delivered to people managers across the business and 
this training is now included in the onboarding process 
for new people managers coming into the business as 
well as those promoted internally. 

Supply Chain Sustainability School 

This year we partnered with the 
Supply Chain Sustainability School 
which aims to upskill those working 
within the built environment sector. 
This partnership enables us to provide 
additional training to colleagues and 
to work collaboratively with other 

housebuilders, subcontractors and suppliers in the 
construction industry to achieve common goals in areas 
such as climate action, resource use and biodiversity. 
Throughout the next 12 months we will be developing 
targeted learning pathways based on job roles to help 
upskill and further develop colleagues throughout the 
business. 

What we do to help retain our employees 
We believe that retaining good people depends on 
a variety of factors that extend beyond just financial 
incentives and are constantly reviewing ways to make 
Gleeson an even better place to work. 

Communication and engagement
We recognise the importance of keeping employees 
informed of operational, financial, and strategic 
business matters and do this in a number of ways, 
including:

•  @Home – a weekly newsletter from the Chief 

Executive sent to all colleagues;

•  Gleeson Employee Roadshows and Q&A – twice 
a year the Executive Directors host all-employee 
roadshows to update on progress in the year, 
communicate important messages, and answer 
questions;

• 

the Hub – our company intranet which contains up-
to-date information for employees; and

•  videos – over the past two years we have produced 
a range of videos introducing Gleeson Homes, 
Gleeson Land, our approach to sustainability, 
recruitment, and many more which can be found on 
our website, mjgleesonplc.com.

In addition, our annual Your Voice survey provides an 
opportunity for all employees to provide anonymous 
feedback on a wide range of topics. We were pleased 
that both participation and overall engagement 
increased again this year for the third year in a row.   

Wellbeing 
In January 2022, we launched our Wellbeing Toolkit, 
which is available to all employees on the Hub, the 
company intranet. It includes advice, guidance, tips, 
support services and information on all areas of 
wellbeing including financial, social, emotional and 
physical aspects. It also includes details of mental 
health support services and contact information for our 
Mental Health First Aiders. 

We also provide an Employee Assistance Programme 
for all employees, and our private healthcare policy 
includes up to eight free counselling sessions.

Our focus for the next 12 months will continue to be 
targeted around how we can encourage and support 
our employees with looking after their wellbeing, 
including an emphasis on financial wellbeing due to the 
ongoing increases in the cost of living.

Recognition
Our STAR awards are a way to recognise our people for 
their commitment, drive and willingness to work above 
and beyond expectations. Colleagues can nominate 
one another on a monthly basis and the winners are 
recognised in our weekly newsletter and win prizes. 
Employee recognition is an area of focus and we 
are continually looking to innovate and improve its 
effectiveness for both office and site-based colleagues.  

Other employee information
Real Living Wage

We are proud to be accredited 
as a real Living Wage employer, 
which means that we pay all of 
our colleagues and subcontractors 
at least the real Living Wage, an 
independently-calculated rate of 
pay that is based on the actual 
cost of living. The real Living 

Wage exceeds the National Living Wage (set by the 
government) and covers all employees aged 18 and 
older, with the exception of apprentices. Receiving this 
accreditation demonstrates our clear commitment to 
our colleagues as well as making it clear that we expect 
the same from our suppliers and subcontractors.

Diversity and inclusion 
We aim to create a working environment that provides 
equal opportunities for all. Promoting and embedding 
our values of being passionate, collaborative and 
respectful forms the foundation for a diverse and 
inclusive work environment.

50

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Health and Safety Manager nominated  
for 100 Most Influential Women in Construction

Paula Clark, Health and Safety Manager 
for the North East division, has been 

nominated in the National 
Builder Federation Top 100 
Most Influential Women 
in Construction Awards. 
These awards are aimed at 
showcasing women in the 
sector in order to make female 
and non-binary role models 

more visible and accessible, and help to 
shine a light on those that are working to 
support equality, diversity, inclusion and 
equity across the industry through their 
actions and support of others.

Paula has been at Gleeson for two years and 
has been influential in improving awareness 
and reducing the risk of accidents and near 
misses across her region. We wish her the 
best of luck in the awards!

Selection for 
employment and 
promotion is based 
on merit, following an 

objective assessment of ability and experience, after 
giving full and fair consideration to all applications. We 
are also committed to ensuring that our workplaces are 
free from discrimination and that everyone is treated 
with dignity and respect. All new employees receive 
mandatory diversity and inclusion training as part of 
their induction. 

Every effort is made to retain and support employees 
who become disabled while working within the Group 
and we continue to remove physical barriers for 
disabled colleagues or applicants.

Promoting women in construction
We, and the construction industry overall, need to do 
more to promote women working in the industry. We 
are continuously seeking ways to reduce the barriers 
to women entering and advancing their careers in 
construction. We work in partnership with Women in 
Construction and Women in Property to develop new 
ways of recruiting more females into our organisation 
and we are making progress; of the 11 new Land 
Graduates hired in the year, eight are female. 

We continue to look at the roles in the business 
that females occupy and review how our succession 
planning programme fits with these roles, including a 
talent-mapping exercise. Since beginning this exercise, 
many of our internal promotions have been to females 
taking on more senior roles, and this is an area which 
continues to receive focus.

Gender pay gap
In 2022, our median gender pay gap was 3% (2021: 11%). 
This shows that we are making progress on closing the 
gap and 48% of women now occupy the upper two pay 
quartiles compared to 44% in 2021. Further information 
about our gender pay gap and what we are doing to 
address it is included in our Gender Pay Gap Review 
which is available at mjgleesonplc.com. 

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

Gender breakdown:

Male

Chairman

Female

Non-Executive Directors

Executive Directors

Senior management

Other employees

531

257

One employee

10 employees

We recognise the importance of gender 
equality and inclusivity and understand that 
the gender identification employees have on 
record may not match how all employees self-
identify as some employees may not identify 
as either male or female. For data purposes 
none of our colleagues have identified as non-
binary at the time of reporting.

MJ Gleeson plc 
Annual Report & Accounts 2022

51

 
45 tonnes CO2e...

Carbon emissions
Carbon emissions over the life of a Gleeson 
home (tonnes)

109

45

43

1.86

Scope 1, 2 & 3 
build

Scope 3 in-use 
(60 years)

Scope 1 & 2 build

Scope 3 build

Lifetime carbon emissions from a Gleeson home
An average Gleeson home currently generates 154 tonnes 
of CO2e over its life, with 45 tonnes attributable to the 
build process, including supply chain and materials 
emissions, and 109 tonnes attributable to the in-use 
emissions of the home over a 60-year period.

We have reduced scope 1 and 2 emissions by 9% this year 
(26% in total over the last two years) and have started to 
take actions to reduce embedded scope 3 emissions. We 
recognise the majority of emissions arise from the build 
process and in-use emissions and are examining the ways in 
which we can reduce these.

For the detailed analysis and methodology used in calculating 
our scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions, see pages 59 and 60. 

The carbon cost of building a home
Gleeson and our supply chain generate an average of 45 
tonnes of CO2e for every home built. Last year we estimated 
that an average Gleeson home contributed 30 tonnes 
of CO2e. This year we have been working closely with 
our supply chain to calculate embodied emissions more 
accurately. Total emissions for a Gleeson home range from 
38 tonnes to 60 tonnes, depending on the house type and 
size. This has been independently verified by an external 
sustainability consulting expert. Based on our latest data 
and the mix of house types sold in the year, the average 
emissions for a Gleeson home was 45 tonnes.

Environment

Building 
homes involves 
the use of 
materials and 
construction 
processes 
which have 
an impact on 
the natural 
environment. 

We are committed to taking all 
reasonable measures to minimise 
our impact on the environment, 
whilst balancing the need to 
deliver affordable, quality homes. 

Our environmental priorities 
are reducing carbon emissions, 
carefully managing our use 
of natural resources, and 
minimising waste. 

Carrwood Park,  
Bradford, West Yorkshire

52

MJ Gleeson plc 
Annual Report & Accounts 2022

 
...the carbon cost of building a home

*Internal & external walls 34%

Plaster finish 1%

Bricks 9%

Cement 14%

Insulation 2%

Timber 2%

Steel 1%

Blocks 5%

Roof 4%

Heating & plumbing 6%

Windows & doors 5%

Internal & external walls* 34%

Kitchen and bathroom 7%

Other (including waste) 14%

Foundations & substructure 13%

Roads & infrastructure 8%

Energy used on site and offices 9% 

Regulatory changes – Future Homes Standard

The government has introduced significant changes 
to building regulations to support its Future Homes 
Standard, requiring new build homes in England to 
produce 31% less carbon emissions compared to the old 
regulations by 2023 and 75-80% less emissions by 2025. 
The Future Homes Standard requires new build homes 
to be “future-proofed with low carbon heating and 
world-leading levels of energy efficiency”. This requires 
significant changes such as the removal of gas boilers, 
increased insulation, the installation of electric vehicle 
charging points and increased space requirements.

The immediate impact of these regulatory changes is to 
increase the embodied carbon emissions from building 
our homes, which requires additional carbon-intensive 
materials. This will result in the average embodied 
carbon intensity increasing from 45 tonnes to 54 tonnes 
per home built. 

However, when taken over the lifetime of a home, 
which is notionally assessed over 60 years, the in-use 
emissions for our customers from heating and powering 
their homes falls significantly. This will, in part, be driven 
by the wider decarbonisation of the electricity grid as 
the UK switches to more renewable energy sources.

Impact of the Future Homes Standard on 
total CO2e emissions over 60 years (tonnes)

154

109

45

Current

Build emissions

94

40

54

Future Homes 
Standard1

In-use emissions
(60 years)

1 

Includes assumption of decarbonisation of the UK electricity 
grid based on BEIS Updated energy and emissions 
projections 2019.

53

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Strategic ReportEnvironment

CONTINUED

How are we reducing carbon emissions?
Scope 1 and 2
Carbon emissions from scope 1 and 2 activities reduced 
from 2.05 tonnes of CO2e per home in 2021 to 1.86 in 
2022, a decrease of 9% in the year and 26% since 2020 
(adjusted for the impact of Covid-19). This puts us well 
on track to achieving our strategic target of reducing 
CO2e by 30% to 1.75 tonnes in the three years to 2023. 

Scope 1 and 2 emissions comprise direct emissions 
from energy purchased and used by the Group, such 
as diesel, natural gas and liquid petroleum gas used 
on sites and in our offices, as well as the emissions 
associated with the consumption of energy from 
purchased electricity. This year we have continued 
to make changes to our business operations, without 
sacrificing quality or efficiency, in order to reduce these 
direct emissions. 

Our largest carbon-emitting fuel is diesel, which is used 
by forklift trucks, plant and machinery and generators, 
so we have focused on ways to reduce diesel usage 
across the business. 

Forklift trucks – Last year we announced that we 
had upgraded 59% of our forklift truck fleet to newer 
models which included lower carbon-emitting engines, 
start/stop function and tracking to monitor usage and 
idle time. We have now completed this transition and 
100% of the forklifts on our sites are the newer, more 
energy-efficient models, reducing CO2e from forklift 
trucks by 8%. This has generated a saving of 144 tonnes 
of CO2e this year.

Generator usage – Over the past two years we have 
significantly reduced our generator usage – which 
use diesel to power them – through more considered 
planning of on-site temporary facilities. In particular, 
we have changed the timing of our site build and sales 
activities in order to reduce generator usage, which has 
been a significant factor in the 26% reduction in CO2e in 
the past two years.  

Biodiesel/HVO fuel – This year we trialled the use 
of hydro-treated vegetable oil (“HVO”) fuel as an 
alternative to red diesel and regular diesel on 14 sites. 
The outcome of this trial was encouraging and we 
saved 143 tonnes of CO2e versus regular diesel and 154 
tonnes of CO2e versus red diesel, equivalent to 93% and 
94% respectively. Extrapolated across all of our sites, 
this could generate potential savings of circa 2,000 
tonnes of CO2e, reducing our CO2e per home built 
by 0.9 tonnes. Following this trial, we implemented a 
Group-wide fuel policy that promotes the use of HVO 
fuel where it is available at a reasonable price and will 
continue to monitor price, usage and availability. 

Eco-cabins – This year we trialled eco-cabins on seven 
new build sites. The eco-cabins consist of a number of 
energy-efficient features, including 100W solar panels 
to provide enough power for periods of low activity, 
supplemented by a small diesel generator for periods 
of peak usage, motion-activated lights, water-saving 
technologies, and battery charging systems that use 
less energy to charge. Our trial showed the eco-cabins 
generated a fuel saving of approximately 50 litres 
of diesel per week, equivalent to a carbon saving of 

54

approximately 126kg of CO2e per week. Our colleagues 
on the trial sites also reported that the eco-cabins are 
much quieter without having a noisy generator running 
continuously to provide power.

Our second largest carbon-emitting fuel is petrol and 
diesel for business mileage. In order to address this, 
we implemented a new company car policy this year 
to incentivise employees to choose low-emission 
and electric vehicles and placed a cap on vehicle 
carbon emissions. In addition, the new policy offers 
a significantly improved choice of vehicles to our 
colleagues, enhancing the company benefits. We will 
begin to see the positive impact of this change and the 
associated carbon emission savings more fully in 2023. 

Scope 3 – build process
An average of 43 tonnes CO2e scope 3 emissions were 
emitted for every home sold during the year. 

As part of our commitment to understanding and 
reducing the sources of embodied carbon in our supply 
chain, we have been working closely with our supply 
chain to obtain Environmental Product Declarations 
(“EPDs”) for 62% of the materials we use. Where we 
have not been able to obtain EPDs industry standards 
have been used.

Undertaking detailed analysis has allowed us to 
understand the main contributors of embodied carbon 
in the homes that we build. The top 10 contributors, 
which account for 60% of the total embodied carbon in 
a home, are set out below:

Top 10 CO2e contributors in the 
build process

Tonnes of 

CO2e % of total

Cement mortar
Clay brick
Fuel used on site
Concrete blocks
Ready mix concrete
Windows and doors
Road surfacing
Radiators
Cavity wall insulation
Fiberglass roof materials
Total

6.6

3.7

3.2

3.0

2.7

2.2

1.8

1.7

1.0

0.9

26.8

15%

8%

7%

7%

6%

5%

4%

4%

2%

2%

60%

We are working closely with our supply chain partners 
to identify alternative materials with lower embodied 
carbon without sacrificing quality.

We started with clay bricks and identified that changing 
to concrete bricks could achieve a 49% reduction in 
CO2e when compared with clay. This year we built 52 
homes using concrete bricks, including reconstituted 
stone. This equates to a carbon saving of 94 tonnes of 
CO2e on bricks alone. 

Whilst concrete bricks have significantly lower 
embodied carbon than clay bricks, concrete products 
still have high levels of embodied carbon, and we are 
continuing to evaluate lower-carbon alternatives.

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Air source heat pumps
As part of the Future Homes Standard, new homes 
will be required to produce 75-80% less in-use 
carbon emissions compared with pre-transitional 
regulations. One of the largest sources of carbon 
emissions in homes is heating a home with a gas 
boiler. Finding an alternative heat source is therefore 
critical in reducing in-use emissions. 

We engaged with industry-leading manufacturers 
and subcontractors to research and design an 
efficient and cost-effective solution, and selected air 
source heat pumps (“ASHP”) as the best solution for 
our homes.

Air source heat pumps are located outside of the 
home. Much like a refrigerator working in reverse, air 
is pulled into the ASHP and pushed through a coil 
of fluid. The fluid is then compressed, which causes 
it to heat up, and pushed into the heating system to 
heat the home. By harnessing this process, an ASHP 
can take a single kilowatt of electricity and make 
three kilowatts of heat energy, making it extremely 
energy efficient.

We installed our first ASHP in a detached home 
on Erin Court, Derbyshire, in September 2021. In 
partnership with Sheffield Hallam University we ran 
a number of tests, including assessing the efficiency 
and running costs. These test results showed an 
impressive efficiency of 293% compared to the 94% 
efficiency of a gas boiler.

Since this initial test we have continued to work 
with Sheffield Hallam University and our ASHP 
manufacturer to make changes, and further testing 
is now under way to provide a better understanding 
on the effects of seasonality on ASHP efficiency. 

As these continue, we have taken the decision 
to move from traditional gas boilers to ASHP 
technology. We are already installing ASHPs on 
certain developments, and they will be installed in 
all new homes built from June 2023.

Fuel used on site is another large contributor of 
embodied emissions. Our efforts to reduce these 
emissions is set out in the scope 1 and 2 section on 
the previous page, particularly the changes to forklift 
trucks, generator usage and biodiesel/HVO fuel. 

We continue to include embodied carbon intensity 
considerations into our procurement processes as well 
as considering sustainable packaging and suitable 
alternatives to reduce waste. 

As our supply chain catches up with understanding 
the carbon intensity in their own value chain, we will 
continue to request key material suppliers to disclose 
their environmental impact and carbon reduction plans 
and to offer lower-carbon alternatives. One of our key 
areas of focus will be on cement mortar that we source 
from a number of suppliers and is our number one 
contributor to carbon emissions.

Scope 3 – in-use emissions 
The largest contributor of carbon emissions from a new 
build home arises from the in-use emissions over the 
lifetime of a home. Over a 60-year period, the in-use 
emissions are estimated to be 109 tonnes of CO2e – 
almost 2.5 times higher than the embodied carbon in 
building the house. 

We build high-quality, affordable homes that are 
energy efficient. 97% of our homes achieve an energy 
performance rating (“EPC”) of B or above compared to 
the house building industry average of 86%. 

When compared to existing dwellings, a Gleeson home 
produces 48% lower carbon emissions due to its higher 
energy efficiency.

Annual emissions to heat and power 
a home (CO2e tonnes)

2.7

1.4

Gleeson
home

Existing 
homes

The Future Homes Standard is designed to reduce the 
emissions over the lifetime of the house and this is 
being implemented by changes in building regulations. 
One significant change is the move away from gas-fired 
boilers in homes. Alternative technologies are being 
widely taken up and one of the most efficient is air 
source heat pumps.

55

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Strategic ReportEnvironment

CONTINUED

Natural resources 
Land
Our developments are located in areas where there is a 
need for regeneration; typically areas of deprivation or 
brownfield sites that would otherwise remain derelict 
or unused. 82% of our homes sold this year were in 
the third most deprived areas of the country or on 
brownfield land. 

management during construction for site processes 
such as dust suppression. Our strategy will also 
include improving the tracking of water consumption 
across sites with actual usage data, rather than using 
estimates. We will be engaging with water companies 
to identify supply risks, improve data and maximise 
water reduction opportunities. 

Water consumption

2022

2021

We invest in our sites, creating attractive and well-
planned developments with green open space and 
access to local facilities. We continue to purchase 
land in areas that are in need of regeneration, but 
with good transport links and access to local facilities 
and employment. Page 58 sets out an example of the 
brownfield land remediation that we undertake. 

Water stress
Areas of serious water stress are areas where the 
demand for water is a high proportion of the rainfall 
which is available to meet that demand, or will be in 
the future. Where demand is higher than availability, 
this places significant stress on the environment 
as additional resources are needed to make up the 
shortfall. 

We typically acquire sites and build in areas of relatively 
low water stress, being located in the North of England 
and Midlands. For the year to 30 June 2022, 23% of 
homes sold were in areas of serious water stress. In 
total, 38% of plots in the Gleeson Homes land pipeline 
are classified as being in an area of serious water stress. 
We do not undertake any water abstractions from 
ground or surface waters. 

Licenced water usage
We recognise that water is a valuable resource and 
during the next 12 months, we will be developing a 
water strategy to reduce our reliance on licenced 
water supply. As part of the work supporting the 
development of our strategy, we will evaluate the 
feasibility of incorporating grey water usage into our 
operating activities, including exploring initiatives such 
as rainwater harvesting and the use of surface water 

Cubic metres of water 
consumed
Cubic metres of water 
consumed per home sold
Cubic metres of water 
consumed per build site

90,692

78,143

45

43

1,093

1,007

All our homes are fitted with dual-flush toilets, low-flow 
taps and showers and water meters. They are designed 
to achieve an internal water use of less than 110 litres 
per person per day. This is 12% lower than the maximum 
allowance specified by building regulations, saving both 
natural resources and our customers on their water 
bills. We are working to design further efficiencies and 
collaborating with our supply chain with the aim of 
reducing this to less than 100 litres per person per day.

Waste
In the year, we diverted 99% (2021: 98%) of waste 
generated in our operations away from landfill through 
recycling or conversion to energy. We continue to 
maintain our commitment of zero waste to landfill1. 
We will continue to engage with specialist waste 
management providers and implement initiatives such 
as pallet repatriation, re-use of waste materials on site 
and engage with our supply chain to minimise incoming 
packaging waste. We will also be developing targeted, 
role-specific training and awareness including waste 
management practices. 

1  The common interpretation of “zero waste to landfill” is that at 

least 99% of waste diversion from landfill is achieved.

56

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Supply chain and sustainable materials
We are committed to reviewing the impact on the 
environment throughout our supply chain and, in 
particular, are taking the following actions: 

•  We source 99.9% of the timber we use in 

construction from FSC or PEFC certified sources.

•  We engage with suppliers to use packaging 

materials that are recyclable or biodegradable where 
possible.

•  We continue to evaluate alternative materials to 
those currently used, where these have lower 
embodied carbon emissions and can be more easily 
recycled or reused.

In 2022, Gleeson partnered with The Supply Chain 
Sustainability School. This enables us to upskill 
colleagues and work collaboratively with other 
housebuilders, contractors and suppliers to achieve 
common goals in delivering a sustainable future. 

Additional information
We take our environmental responsibilities seriously; 
we meet all of our compliance obligations and 
are committed to protecting the environment and 
preventing pollution. During the year, Gleeson has 
not been subject to any environmental prosecutions, 
enforcement or warnings.

57

Our total waste this year amounted to 12,272 tonnes 
(2021: 13,511 tonnes), a waste intensity of 6.1 tonnes 
(2021: 7.5 tonnes) per home sold. Absolute waste 
has decreased by 9% despite the 10.4% increase in 
homes sold as a result of the measures being taken 
on sustainable procurement, packaging and waste 
management. We continue to work with our supply 
chain and internal stakeholders to firstly reduce waste 
generated, then to maximise waste recovery options. 

Hazardous waste is generally limited to packaging 
containing hazardous residues such as paint tins, 
sealant and adhesive cartridges. These are specifically 
handled by our specialist waste management providers.

Biodiversity
From November 2023, biodiversity net gain 
requirements, which were introduced in the 
Environment Act 2021, require developers to ensure 
that all new developments demonstrate a 10% increase 
(net gain) in habitat value for wildlife compared with 
a pre-development baseline. On many brownfield sites 
that have been rewilded by nature, this can be more 
challenging to achieve than an equivalent agricultural or 
greenfield site. However, we are working towards these 
targets on all future developments and developing our 
biodiversity strategy not only to meet the obligations, 
but also provide significant increases to biodiversity 
where it is viable to do so. 

We recognise the importance of the linkage between 
biodiversity and environmental amenity within the 
built environment. Our developments incorporate 
design features such as open spaces, sustainable 
drainage systems (“SuDS”) and soft landscaping such 
as plants and trees to complement the surrounding 
natural infrastructure and support the wider natural 
environment. Every Gleeson home sold includes 
garden space which provides the opportunity for our 
customers to create outdoor living spaces to enjoy. 

During the coming year we will be strengthening 
our team with ecology expertise and aligning our 
biodiversity actions into a focused biodiversity strategy 
(see targets on page 65).

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Strategic ReportEnvironment

CONTINUED

Case study: Regenerating land 
Kilner Park, South Yorkshire

Coal, coke and bottles
Kilner Park is named after the world famous Kilner 
jars, which were manufactured at nearby Providence 
Glassworks in Conisbrough up until 1937.

Kilner Park is situated on the old Denaby Main colliery 
and coking plant which served the Kilner jar factory. 
The colliery operated from the 1860s, finally closing in 
1968. The area was left derelict until the land was 
developed for the “Earth Centre”, opening in 1999 and 
then closing in 2004.

Land degradation
100 years of coal mining and coking had taken its toll 
by significantly degrading the land through physical 
use and contamination, primarily from the coal mining 
and processing wastes, which often include various 
heavy metals, polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons and 
other contaminants which are damaging to the natural 
environment and to human health. 

Regeneration of the land
The site underwent significant remediation works to 
remove contaminants, demolition waste and other 
detritus before work began on the Earth Centre. 
Following its closure the site was largely demolished 
and remained vacant for a considerable number 
of years before further significant remediation was 
undertaken to remove fly tipped waste and clear 
invasive plant species. Large amounts of road 
surfacings and the existing capping material used for 
the Earth Centre car park were removed, with new 
layers of capping placed in readiness for build. 

A legacy for the future
Kilner Park has 175 plots comprising of two, three and 
four-bed family homes. Designs were carefully 
considered by engaging with stakeholders from the 
local community and the local authority who had clear 
visions on how they wanted to see the site developed. 
The development provides affordable, quality homes 
with easy access to public transport infrastructure and 
amenities, and sits alongside other redevelopment 
serving to elevate the entire area and leave a lasting 
legacy for future generations of home owners. 

58

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Carbon emissions – detailed information

Our scope 1 and 2 emissions in detail 
The table below shows the energy usage and carbon emissions for the Group in line with the Streamlined Energy 
and Carbon Reporting (“SECR”) requirements. All energy and carbon emissions originate in the UK. Our carbon 
emissions are calculated in accordance with the Greenhouse Gas Protocol – a Corporate Accounting and Reporting 
Standard.

Scope 1 and 2

Gas oil / diesel
Car fuel
HVO fuel / biofuel
Electricity
Gas
Liquid petroleum 
gas (“LPG”)
Total scope 1 and 2
Per home sold

2022

2021

2020

Tonnes of 
CO2e

Energy usage

Tonnes of  
CO2e

Energy usage

Tonnes of  
CO2e

Energy usage

2,009

750,257 litres

2,288

829,440 litres

2,071

750,974 litres

783

328,960 litres

9

55,900 litres

518 2,676,613 kWh

290 1,576,126 kWh

490

0.25

380

203,871 litres

1,500 litres

1,788,610 kWh

479 2,615,295 kWh

427

176,650 litres

–

331

149

–

1,420,709 kWh

810,795 kWh

105

488,701 kWh

84

392,472 kWh

45

210,968 kwH

3,714

1.86

3,721

2.05

3,024

2.821

1  Removing the impact of Covid-19 gives an adjusted carbon intensity reference of 2.50 tonnes per home sold for 2020.

Scope analysis 

Scope 1 and 2

Scope 1 – burnt fuels
Scope 2 – electricity
   – location based1
   – market based1
Per home sold 
(location based1)
Per home sold 
(market based1)

2022 
Tonnes of 
CO2e

2021 
Tonnes  
of CO2e

2020 
Tonnes  
of CO2e

3,196

3,341

2,692

518

260

1.86

1.73

380

196

331

331

2.05

2.822

1.95

2.822

1  The Group reports location-based and market-based scope 2 
electricity data. Market-based data is based on the emissions 
from electricity purchased by the Group. Location-based uses the 
average emissions intensity of the UK electricity grid. Purchased 
renewable sources of electricity used on our sites is supported by 
Renewable Energy Guarantees of Origin (“REGO”) certificates.

2  Removing the impact of Covid-19 gives an adjusted carbon 
intensity reference of 2.50 tonnes per home sold for 2020.

Divisional analysis 

2022

2021

Scope 1 and 2 
(tonnes of CO2e)

Gleeson 
Homes 

Gleeson 
Land

Gleeson 
Homes

Gleeson 
Land

Scope 1 – 
burnt fuels
Scope 2 – 
electricity
Total

3,172

509

3,681

24

9

33

3,327

369

3,696

14

11

25

Scope 1 and 2 methodology
The Group reports the sources of material greenhouse 
gas emissions from its main activities, categorised as 
scope 1 and 2. Scope 1 comprises direct emissions from 
sources purchased and used directly by the Group, 
such as diesel, natural gas and liquid petroleum gas on 
sites and in our offices. Scope 2 comprises emissions 
associated with the consumption of energy from 
purchased electricity.

Our largest carbon emitting fuel is diesel, which is used 
by forklift trucks, generators, plant and machinery. 
Emissions are calculated using the volume of litres 
purchased during the year and multiplying by the 
applicable conversion factor to convert into CO2 
equivalent. In April 2022, the government prohibited 
the use of red diesel in the construction industry and 
as an alternative we have switched to a combination of 
regular white diesel and HVO biodiesel. 

Our second largest carbon emitting fuel is petrol 
and diesel for company vehicles. This is calculated 
by taking the total litres of each fuel purchased, split 
proportionally based on business mileage submissions. 
This is multiplied against a standard conversion factor 
to convert this into CO2 equivalent. 

Our scope 3 emissions in detail

Tonnes of CO2e

Plot build
Infrastructure
Total scope 3 (excluding in-use)
Per home sold
In-use emissions (60 years)
Total scope 3 (including in-use)
Per home sold

Restated1 
2021

2022

 78,729 
 7,450 
 86,179 
 43 
 218,639 
 304,818 
 152 

 71,169 
 6,750 
 77,918 
 43 
 197,402 
 275,320 
 152 

1  2021 reported figures have been restated to reflect the increased 

detail of bill of quantities, supplier EDPs and our improved 
understanding of scope 3 emissions.

59

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Strategic ReportEnvironment

CONTINUED

Scope 3 methodology
For emissions from build, all of the materials used for 
each house type plus emissions from construction 
work on site (including infrastructure such as roads and 
sewers), transport and end-of-life replacements are 
used to estimate the embodied carbon emissions. 

We use the “bill of quantities” to understand every 
individual component of our homes and the volume 
of materials required for the build, including an 
apportionment of site infrastructure such as roads and 
utilities. To date, we have obtained EPDs reporting 
the embodied carbon emissions for 62% of the 
materials used in our homes and applied these, where 
appropriate, in calculating the scope 3 build emissions. 
The remaining 38% are calculated based on standard 
industry emissions data by material.

This assessment was carried out for our most common 
house types, collectively accounting for 89% of total 
homes sold in the year to 30 June 2022. The remaining 

11% is extrapolated based on floor area and other known 
material quantities in the remaining house types to give 
the total annual emissions from house building. 

The figures reported for 2021 have been restated to 
reflect the increased detail of bill of quantities, supplier 
EPDs and our improved understanding of scope 3 
emissions.

For in-use emissions, actual energy spend data from 
customers is converted to energy consumption and 
carbon emissions, then projected forward (assuming 
broadly stable energy usage) to arrive at the 60-year 
in-use carbon emissions total for each house type.

Our methodology and calculation of our scope 3 
emissions have been independently verified by an 
external consultant for accuracy, completeness and to 
ensure we are reporting in accordance with the GHG 
protocol.

Springfield Meadows,  
Bolsover, Derbyshire

60 MJ Gleeson plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2022

MJ Gleeson plc 
Annual Report & Accounts 2022

61

Strategic ReportSustainability Targets

Progress against our 2022 improvement targets

Health and safety incident rate (“AIIR”) will be reduced to the industry  
standard or lower in the year 

Target achieved

Reportable incidents (“RIDDORs”) reduced significantly to a single incident during the year. As a result, our AIIR for 
the year to 30 June 2022 reduced to 55 (2021: 556) and was below the HBF industry average of 239. 

2022 actions

Update

Result

Introduce independent, unannounced 
safety inspections on every active build site 
at least once per month.

These were introduced. 704 independent site inspections were 
completed during the year with 89% achieving at or above our 
90% benchmark. The average site score was 94%.

Launch a training and development 
passport mandatory for all apprentices.

Training and development passports have been rolled out for all 
apprentices.

Enhance working-at-height procedures 
through additional training and enhanced 
working practices.

An updated and improved scaffolding specification was 
introduced in January 2022 and implemented across all sites.

Provide bi-annual supply chain and 
subcontractor HomeSafe workshops 
focusing on health and safety.

Workshops were undertaken in a number of regions but had 
not been completed bi-annually by the end of the year due to 
resource constraints.

Deliver a company-wide campaign on slips, 
trips and falls and manual handling training.

A campaign on slips, trips and falls was delivered and manual 
handling training has been provided to all colleagues.

Enhance tracking and reporting of near 
misses and raise awareness of importance.

A Group-wide awareness campaign on near misses was 
launched and a centralised data-capture system introduced.

Assess feasibility and implement digital 
recording of personnel on all sites.

A feasibility assessment was successfully completed and 
implementation of the new system has commenced. This has 
not yet been introduced on all sites. 

Our employee engagement will be maintained in the upper quartile of  
all companies

Target achieved

Our independently-assessed employee engagement score increased to 90% this year (2021: 89%) and 89% of 
colleagues (2021: 88%) are proud to say that they work for Gleeson. This places Gleeson in the upper decile of all 
UK companies surveyed. 

2022 actions

Update

Result

Enhance communication across the Group 
including online forums, regional roadshows 
and company-wide communications.

All-employee roadshows, a weekly newsletter, @Home, and “At 
a Glance” notice boards on all our sites and regional offices are 
used to communicate regularly with colleagues.

Launch employee “Wellbeing Toolkit” which 
will give all of our employees the resources 
to obtain relevant support.  

The Wellbeing Toolkit was launched in the year. Regular 
reminders are sent out in @Home reminding employees and 
signposting them to the Toolkit. 

Further develop the apprenticeship 
programme to broaden skills and retain 
talent.

Training and development plans are in place for all apprentices 
which record their progression and support requirements. 

Enhance our recognition schemes to 
incorporate Company values and improve 
on-site participation.

We are exploring options to enhance our recognition 
programme, but further work is required to include site-based 
employees who do not have access to a company laptop. This 
action was not met and will be carried over into 2023.

62

MJ Gleeson plc 
Annual Report & Accounts 2022

We will maintain our 5-star customer recommendation status 

Target achieved

We achieved an independently-assessed customer recommendation score of 90.7% (2021: 90.6%) this year. This is 
equivalent to a Home Builders Federation (“HBF”) 5-star rating.

2022 actions

Update

Result

Roll out a “Customer First” campaign 
across all developments.

“Customer First” programme has been rolled out, and is 
integrated into onboarding and training processes.

100% quality inspections to be achieved 
within 48 hours of obtaining CML 
(Certificate for Mortgage Lending).

We have inspected 100% of plots within 96 hours of legal 
completion, with 68% inspections within 48 hours of CML. The 
inspections not achieved within 48 hours of CML are a result of 
resource limitations during the first half of the year. 

Improve customer care systems and 
reporting to integrate all elements of 
inspections, defect management and 
customer care.

We have improved systems and processes for pre-completion 
inspections and established weekly divisional, regional and 
site-level defects reporting. We have developed applications to 
measure sales administration performance and generate action 
logs for issues identified.

Engage and provide training to third-
party subcontractors and suppliers on our 
“Customer First” requirements.

Nine regional seminars and presentations were held during 
the year for selected subcontractors to further embed our 
Customer First programme.

We will reduce our carbon emissions by 30% over three years to  
1.75 tonnes by 2023

On track

As set out on page 59 our scope 1 and 2 emissions for the year were 1.86 tonnes of CO2e per home sold  
(2021: 2.05 tonnes, 2020: 2.50 tonnes adjusted for the impact of Covid-19). 

This is a 9% reduction from 2021 and 26% reduction from 2020, which puts us well on track to meet our CO2e 
reduction target of 1.75 tonnes per home sold by next year.

2022 actions

Update

Result

All forklift trucks to be upgraded to the 
newer models within one year.

All forklifts have been replaced with the new, more fuel-
efficient models. 

Complete our eco-cabin trial and, if 
successful, roll out across all new sites.

Eco-cabin trial completed and carbon emission savings of 
126kg CO2e per week generated. We will continue rolling 
out eco-cabins on all new sites in 2023.

Complete our biodiesel trial and, if 
successful, roll out across sites.

Biodiesel trial completed and carbon emissions savings of 
154 tonnes generated. We have implemented a fuel policy 
to promote the use of biodiesel across the Group.

Review energy efficiency measures in 
each of our offices.

We have engaged an energy broker and consultant to 
develop an efficiency plan which will commence in 2023.

Ensure electricity purchased for sites 
continues to come from certified 
renewable sources with Renewable 
Energy Guarantees of Origin (“REGO”).

We continue to procure electricity on a 100% renewable-
sources tariff which is supported by REGO certification.

Launch a generator usage policy to 
reduce generator fuel usage.

Our generator usage policy has been successfully launched 
and implemented across the business.

MJ Gleeson plc 
Annual Report & Accounts 2022

63

Strategic Report 
Sustainability Targets

CONTINUED

What we want to improve

Health and safety
Our incident rate (“AIIR”), at 55 per 100,000 
employees, has reduced significantly and is 
lower than the industry average reported by 
the Home Builders Federation. We want to 
continue to improve our health and safety 
performance through training, awareness and 
proactive engagement with all colleagues.

Staff engagement
We want all our colleagues to continue to 
be happy, motivated and engaged in their 
work. We want them to share the values and 
strategy of the business. 

Customer satisfaction
We want to continue improving our build 
quality and customer journey, and our 
focus will be on the systems, training and 
ongoing engagement with our suppliers and 
subcontractors to support this.

Carbon emissions
Our scope 1 and 2 emissions have reduced 
significantly but remain higher than some 
other housebuilders. We want to fully 
understand our office energy consumption to 
identify and realise energy efficiencies across 
all offices.

Greencroft 
View, Stanley, 
County Durham

64

MJ Gleeson plc 
Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Our 2023 sustainability targets

Health and safety 
incident rate 
(“AIIR”) will be 
lower than the 
industry average in 
the year

Our employee 
engagement will 
be maintained in 
the upper quartile 
of all companies

We will maintain 
our 5-star status 
with a 90% or 
above customer 
recommendation 
score1 

We will reduce our 
carbon emissions 
by 30% over 
three years to 1.75 
tonnes in 2023

Actions:

Actions:

Actions:

Actions:

•  Deliver enhanced 
temporary-works 
training and 
implement focused 
action plans.

•  Enhance our 

campaign on slips, 
trips and falls 
across all sites and 
offices.

•  Provide training to 

all site management 
colleagues on 
underground 
services and 
utilities.

Introduce additional 
spot checks on 
monthly health and 
safety focus areas. 

• 

•  Further develop our 
digital near miss 
reporting systems 
to deliver improved 
data and root-cause 
analysis. 

•  Enhance our new 

starter onboarding 
programme to 
improve pre-
commencement 
support and 
communication.

•  Create regional 
focus groups to 
target and action 
key findings from 
the annual Your 
Voice employee 
engagement 
survey.

•  Provide resources 

for site-based staff 
to enable them to 
participate more 
easily in the Your 
Voice survey. 

•  Deliver targeted 
learning and 
development 
pathways for our 
colleagues. 

•  Undertake 

quarterly talent 
mapping meetings 
to gain insights 
into development, 
performance and 
succession plans. 

•  Develop and 
implement a 
digitised quality 
inspection and 
monitoring system 
for key build stages.

• 

Implement an 
enhanced customer 
contact workflow 
to improve pre-
completion 
communication. 

•  As an early adopter 

of the New Homes 
Quality Code, 
ensure adherence 
to its standards. 

•  Enhance “My 
Gleeson” data 
recording to enable 
better root-cause 
understanding and 
allow preventative 
actions to be taken.

• 

• 

Increase our 
percentage of 
issues resolved 
within 30 days 
by 10%.

Improve our 
customer 
satisfaction 
score for 
“Communication” 
(pre completion)  
by 5%.

• 

Install eco-cabins, 
which reduce 
carbon emissions, 
on all new sites. 

•  Trial the use of 
more efficient 
generators for use 
on sites to reduce 
fuel consumption.

• 

Improve energy 
efficiency across 
our offices.

•  Promote the use of 
biodiesel across all 
of our sites.

•  Continue to 
enhance our 
company car 
scheme to 
encourage more 
colleagues to 
switch to electric or 
hybrid vehicles.

•  Continue to 

progress actions in 
respect of reducing 
scope 3 emissions 
as set out on pages 
54 and 55.

Other environmental actions
We are also committed to a number of other actions aligned with our strategic objective of protecting the 
environment beyond reducing carbon emissions, including, but not limited to:

•  Develop a Group-wide water strategy to address water consumption, waste and re-use of water.

•  Develop a biodiversity strategy that will align with and complement our existing activities and planning 

strategies.

•  Achieve zero waste to landfill by further improving waste management practices and data recording.

•  Deliver sustainability training through targeted learning and development pathways in collaboration with the 

Supply Chain Sustainability School.

1  As polled by an independent survey company, which is equivalent to the Home Builders Federation 5-star rating

65

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Strategic ReportTask Force on Climate-Related  
Financial Disclosures

The Financial Stability Board created the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures 
(“TCFD”) to improve and increase reporting of climate-related financial information. 

Responding to the TCFD requirements, we aim to 
continually enhance our disclosures in line with its 
recommendations and market practice. We also 
disclose climate-related governance, strategy, risk 
management and metrics as part of the Carbon 
Disclosure Project (“CDP”).

Governance
The organisation’s governance around climate-
related risks and opportunities.
The Board has ultimate responsibility for climate-related 
risks and opportunities, with the day-to-day approach 
in responding to climate-related risks and wider 
sustainability targets being managed by the Executive 
Directors. 

The Sustainability Committee is a sub-committee of 
the main Board and meets to discuss the strategic 
direction of the Group in respect of sustainability, 
climate-related risks and opportunities and to assess 
progress on ongoing sustainability projects, including 
carbon emissions reduction. Find out more on pages 
106 to 109.

Regular updates are provided to the Audit Committee 
and Board outlining any changes to the assessment of 
sustainability risks, material issues, policies, disclosure 
requirements and progress against sustainability 
targets. 

Below the Board, operational directors and heads 
of department have responsibility for sustainability 
matters in their respective areas, including managing 
compliance with the Group’s sustainability policies:

•  climate and environment;

•  sustainable procurement;

•  sustainable packaging;

•  sustainable timber usage; 

•  sustainable fuel usage; and

•  sustainable waste management.

This year we appointed a Group Sustainability Manager 
who supports senior management and the Executive 
Directors in delivering our sustainability strategy. 
The Group Sustainability Manager is responsible 
for managing carbon emissions reduction projects, 
environmental compliance and developing strategies 
for water and biodiversity, amongst other matters.

During the year we also created a Sustainability 
Action Team and Climate Action Team which are 
responsible for the development and delivery of our 
wider sustainability initiatives, including progressing 
our current year actions as set out on page 65. These 
teams include the Chief Financial Officer, the Managing 
Director of Gleeson Homes, and other members 
of senior management who are held accountable 
for delivering measurable progress against our 
sustainability targets. 

Risk management
How the organisation identifies, assesses, and 
manages climate-related risks.
The Board has overall responsibility for the Group’s 
management and assessment of risks, supported by the 
Sustainability and Audit Committees. 

The Group risk register is formally reviewed by the 
Audit Committee at the majority of its meetings, 
including consideration of emerging risk areas 
or changes to existing risks. Climate change and 
sustainability have been identified as principal risks for 
the Group. Find out more on pages 38 and 39. 

The Group’s risk management framework includes a 
separate sustainability risk register, which includes key 
climate-related and other sustainability risks for the 
business. 

The sustainability risk register identifies both 
principal and emerging risks and informs a formal 
risk assessment process that considers the likelihood 
and impact of the identified risks together with 
any mitigating controls that are already in place or 
planned. This position is reviewed by the Sustainability 
Committee as part of its bi-annual review of the 
sustainability risk register. 

Any changes to risk scores on the sustainability risk 
register are then considered in the context of the 
Group risk register in respect of the principal risks of 
climate change and sustainability. Proposed changes 
are reported to the Audit Committee and Board as 
part of its monitoring of principal and emerging Group 
level risks.

During the year, the Group completed an exercise to 
define the risk classification criteria in respect of its risk 
term, likelihood and impact. This is outlined below.

Risk term 
Risk term was determined by considering the four risk 
scenarios, set out on pages 68 and 69, and balancing 
the anticipated timescales of the climate-related 
scenarios against the actions and mitigations required. 
Our risk terms have been defined as:

• 

1-3 years = short term

•  4-10 years = medium term

• 

10+ years = long term

Likelihood and impact
Internal stakeholder meetings were undertaken 
to discuss the risk scenarios and the likelihood of 
occurrence together with the impact they would have 
on the business. 

Impact was assessed based on the estimated financial 
costs attributable to the realisation of part, or all, of 
these scenarios:

•  Less than £1m = low impact

•  £1m-£3m = medium impact

•  £3m+ = high impact

66

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Moorland Green, 
Gateshead,  
Tyne and Wear

Strategy
The actual and potential impacts of climate-
related risks and opportunities on the 
organisation’s businesses, strategy and financial 
planning where such information is material.
Climate change has the potential to significantly impact 
our business strategy through regulatory changes, 
government policy, stakeholder expectations and the 
direct effects of climate change such as weather events, 
loss of developable land and the impact on biodiversity 
and the wider natural environment. 

During the year we have used the process of scenario 
planning to aid our assessment of climate-related 
risks and opportunities and the potential impact on 
the Group, its strategy and any financial impacts. As 
part of this evaluation, we have identified the four 
most significant climate-related risk scenarios that 
could impact the Group. Each of these risks has been 
assessed against its defining risk category, risk term, 
likelihood and financial impact. These four risk scenarios 
are set out in the table on pages 68 and 69.

Risk category 
TCFD places climate-related risks into two major 
categories:

•  Transition risks focus on financial and reputational 
risk relating to transitioning to a lower-carbon 
economy and include four sub-categories of policy 
and legal risk, technology risk, market risk and 
reputation risk.

•  Physical risks relate to the actual or potential 

impacts of climate change and include two sub-
categories of acute and chronic. Acute risks are 
event-driven such as flooding, and chronic are 
longer-term events such as rising temperatures and 
sea-level rise.

Metrics and targets
The metrics and targets used to assess and 
manage relevant climate-related risks and 
opportunities where such information is 
material.
Our climate performance is measured by reference to 
a carbon-intensity target. In 2020, we set a target of 
reducing our scope 1 and 2 emissions by 20% per home 
sold within three years. This would have resulted in a 
carbon intensity of less than 2.0 tonnes of CO2e per 
home sold. Due to the significant progress made during 
2021, we increased our carbon reduction target from 
20% (2.0 tonnes of CO2e) to 30% (1.75 tonnes of CO2e) 
by the end of 2023. This year we have reduced our 
scope 1 and 2 carbon emissions to 1.86 tonnes of CO2e 
per home sold and remain well on track meet our CO2e 
reduction target by next year. Our carbon emissions 
figures can be found on page 59.

Our climate performance metric for scope 1 and 2 
emissions is calculated by the total metric tonnes of 
CO2e from our direct operations, divided by the number 
of legally completed house sales in a financial period. 
We report both “market-based” and “location-based” 
metric for our scope 2 (electricity) usage.

During the year, we have progressed our understanding 
and data accuracy of scope 3 emissions which 
covers the indirect upstream and downstream 
carbon emissions of our value chain. This includes 
the emissions generated by our supply chain in the 
services and materials they provide to our business, the 
construction process, and over the life of the homes 
that we build. This level of accuracy of scope 3 data will 
be critical in developing our carbon reduction pathway.

The embodied scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions per home 
sold of 45 tonnes of CO2e will be used internally for the 
purposes of assessing our principal and emerging risks, 
as well as further carbon reduction strategies.

Further details on our scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions, 
including methodology, can be found in the 
Environment section on pages 52 to 60. Sustainability 
KPIs are set out on page 20.

67

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Strategic ReportTask Force on Climate-Related  
Financial Disclosures CONTINUED

Climate scenarios
We have considered a +1.5⁰C, a +2.0⁰C and a “business as usual” +4⁰C scenario. Climate-related emerging regulation 
is considered to be a +1.5⁰C scenario as it is driven by the UK government in line with the Paris Agreement. We have 
assumed a +4⁰C scenario (worst case) for the remaining risks.

Risk

Climate-
related 
emerging 
regulation

Risk category 
and scenario

Description

Targets and  
actions

Transition 
– policy 
and legal

+1.5⁰C 
scenario

The Future Homes Standard requires 
new build homes in England to produce 
31% less carbon emissions compared 
to the old regulations by 2023 and 
75-80% less emissions by 2025. These 
require changes such as the removal 
of gas boilers, increased insulation, 
the installation of electric vehicle 
charging points and increased space 
requirements. 

We fully support the UK government in 
their carbon reduction commitments, 
however, there is an inherent financial 
impact to our business to meet the 
requirements of the new building 
regulations.  

In response to the Future Homes 
Standard, we are switching from 
our existing gas boiler specification 
to a more efficient air source heat 
pump installation. 

The air source heat pump will 
remove the dependence on 
gas for heating our homes and 
capitalise on the benefits of the 
decarbonisation of the electricity 
grid. We expect this to reduce 
in-use emissions by 54 tonnes per 
home over the 60 year assessment 
period. 

We are also required to improve 
the thermal efficiency of new 
build homes. As a result, improved 
insulation is required with the aim 
of reducing the amount of energy 
required to heat a home.  

Increased frequency and severity of 
adverse weather events are likely to 
cause increased disruption to our build 
programmes and pose increased health 
and safety risks if not managed carefully. 

Our sites are set up to minimise the 
effects of normal weather events 
as much as reasonably possible. 
Extreme events, including extreme 
rainfall, pose a significant risk. 

We will be developing our water 
strategy in the coming year, which 
will include mapping out actions to 
improve resilience to these types of 
adverse weather events.

Risk term 
Short

Likelihood
Virtually 
certain

Financial  
impact 
High

Risk term 
Medium

Likelihood 
Likely

Financial  
impact 
Low

Adverse 
weather 
events 
affecting 
build 
progress

Physical 
– acute/ 
event driven

Current 
trajectory

+4⁰C scenario

Loss of 
developable 
land due to 
flooding

Physical – 
chronic

Current 
trajectory

+4⁰C scenario

68

Extreme rainfall poses significant 
risks to construction sites and makes 
activities such as working at height 
more dangerous. It can also make other 
site activities such as groundworks 
virtually impossible due to poor working 
conditions. 

Site flooding and storm damage are likely 
to have further impact on our business 
as build delays and remedial works cause 
additional disruption to build rate.

As a result of climate change, the UK 
has become wetter over the past few 
decades. Increased seasonal flooding 
and sea-level rise may pose greater 
risk to available land for development. 
Loss of developable land will impact 
the geographic locations of our 
developments, reducing the available 
land bank and leading to increased land 
costs. 

Additionally, there is greater emphasis 
on designing better water management 
solutions across our developments 
and the inclusion of flood-resilient 
design measures, which can impact the 
number of plots per development and 
increase costs.

We acquire and develop land 
following planning regulations 
including addressing flood risk. 
Virtually all of our developments 
incorporate sustainable drainage 
systems (“SuDS”) to reduce surface 
run off. Further development of 
flood prevention measures and 
mitigations will be undertaken in 
line with any changes to planning 
or building regulations.

Risk term 
Long

Likelihood 
Likely

Financial  
impact 
High

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022 
Risk

Biodiversity 
loss and 
net gain

Risk category 
and scenario

Description

Targets and  
actions

In addition to satisfying planning 
compliance obligations, we will 
be developing our biodiversity 
strategy during 2023. We are proud 
of the fact that our developments 
already include green spaces and 
soft landscaping to complement 
and provide a linkage to the 
surrounding natural environment 
and existing green infrastructure.

Risk term 
Short

Likelihood 
Likely

Financial  
impact 
Medium

Physical – 
chronic

Current 
trajectory

+4⁰C scenario

From November 2023, the Environment 
Act 2021 will require developers to 
ensure that all new developments 
achieve a 10% increase (net gain) in 
habitat value for wildlife compared with 
a pre-development baseline.

When brownfield sites have been left 
for a period of time they often become 
“rewilded” by nature, making it more 
challenging to achieve a net gain in 
biodiversity as the baseline measure 
is often far greater than a comparable 
greenfield development. 

All development works undertaken 
are compliant with relevant legislation 
and with appropriate mitigation being 
undertaken where required, including 
protected species and the management 
of invasive and injurious plant species. 
This can result in increased costs. 
The additional space required for 
biodiversity may reduce the number of 
plots per development and could make 
some future sites unviable.

Saphron, Dane Park, Hull, East Yorkshire

69

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Strategic Report 
Sustainability Accounting Standards Board

Land use and ecological impacts

Code / SASB criteria

Our approach

IF-HB-160a.1
Number of (1) lots and 
(2) homes delivered on 
redevelopment sites

In the year to 30 June 2022, we added 1,475 (2021: 2,740) brownfield land plots to our land pipeline. 
This accounted for 58% (2021: 52%) of plots acquired in the year. The total number of brownfield 
plots held at 30 June 2022 was 6,262 (37%) (2021: 7,606, 48%).

In the year to 30 June 2022, we had 1,211 (2021: 1,387) home sales on brownfield sites. This 
accounted for 61% (2021: 77%) of our total annual completions.

Notes: We consider brownfield land to include sites upon previously developed land, below 
ground disturbance (including mining or waste disposal) or land that contains contamination from 
previous use. 

In the year to 30 June 2022, we acquired 1,202 plots in regions of serious water stress. This 
accounted for 47% of plots acquired in the year (2021: 1,767 plots, 33%). The total number of plots 
in areas of serious water stress at 30 June 2022 was 6,433, 38% of the pipeline (2021: 2,945, 19%).

In the year to 30 June 2022, we had 457 (2021: 106) home sales in areas of serious water stress. 
This accounted for 23% (2021: 6%) of our total annual completions. 

In July 2021, the Environment Agency (“the EA”) changed their classification of areas of water 
stress from a “Low”, “Moderate”, “Serious” scale to a “Serious” or “Not Serious” scale. This change 
in classification has resulted in sites previously classified as “Moderate” increasing to “Serious” in 
the year. 

Notes: Serious water stress is defined as “the current household demand for water is a high 
proportion of the current effective rainfall which is available to meet that demand; or, the future 
household demand for water is likely to be a high proportion of the effective rainfall which is likely 
to be available to meet that demand”. 

The water stress method takes a long-term view of the availability and demand for public water 
supply, rather than a snapshot of shorter or peak periods. It accounts for future population 
growth, climate change, environmental needs and increased resilience. It reflects and supports the 
commitments that water companies have made to reduce leakage and water consumption. 

We incurred no monetary losses in relation to environmental matters in the year. 

Site selection
We operate a “gateway” procedure in our site acquisition process to ensure that each site meets 
our hurdles at various stages throughout the purchase. At the earliest step, gateway 1, a site will 
be reviewed at a high level to ensure that it meets our guiding core principles and requirements; 
of particular importance at this stage is our objective to bring forward development of affordable 
homes on mostly brownfield sites or sites in areas of deprivation in a manner which safely and 
sustainably returns such sites back into meaningful use whilst simultaneously alleviating any 
environmental issues which may have been left behind by previous landowners. On clearing this 
hurdle, further due diligence is carried out, in part guided by our in-house appraisal document 
which carries a checklist to prompt consideration of all factors affecting sustainable development 
including matters of contamination, noise, odour, impact on ecology and biodiversity, proximity to 
transport links and local facilities. 

Site design
We work with a panel of partner architects to ensure that our designs accord with National and 
Local Planning Policy and Guidance, whilst providing a development where our customers want to 
live and which is sympathetic to existing constraints including existing local development. Through 
the planning process we will procure the expertise of third-party consultants in various technical 
disciplines including all aspects of environmental assessment such as ecology, contamination, 
noise and odour to ensure that any constraints are appropriately integrated into our designs, 
or appropriate mitigation measures are identified in order to bring forward appropriate and 
sustainable development. 

When designing the layout for our sites we undertake an initial assessment of development 
schemes using the generic Dwelling Emission Rates in order to improve energy efficiency of 
each type through orientation and plotting. This assessment considers landform, layout, building 
orientation, landscaping and other surrounding features of each home. All of our homes have 
driveways for off-street parking and outdoor garden space for customers to enjoy. 

IF-HB-160a.2
Number of (1) lots and 
(2) homes delivered 
in regions with High 
or Extremely High 
Baseline Water Stress

IF-HB-160a.3
Total amount of 
monetary losses 
as a result of 
legal proceedings 
associated with 
environmental 
regulations

IF-HB-160a.4
Discussion of 
process to integrate 
environmental 
considerations into site 
selection, site design, 
and site development 
and construction

70

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Code / SASB criteria

Our approach

IF-HB-160a.4
(continued)
Discussion of 
process to integrate 
environmental 
considerations into site 
selection, site design, 
and site development 
and construction

Site development and construction
Material selection is carefully considered during the construction of our homes as the specification 
and quality of build materials can directly influence the projected CO2e emissions. All of our 
properties are currently built with traditional cavity wall construction, thermally-efficient light 
aggregate blocks and high-performance insulation within the cavity. 

Where contractors are required to source materials for key building elements, we stipulate that 
they use suppliers capable of demonstrating certification to high tier levels in the Chain of Custody 
certification process and have been independently certified by the BRE Framework Standard for 
Responsible Sourcing (BES 6001) or ISO 14001. 

We take waste management very seriously and the segregation of all waste materials is paramount 
in reducing the amount of waste taken to landfill. This is managed by having the following 
procedures in place: 

•  Target benchmarks for resource efficiency set in accordance with best practice. 

•  Procedures and commitments to minimise non-hazardous, construction waste at design stage. 

•  Procedures for minimising hazardous waste. 

•  Monitoring, measuring and reporting of hazardous and non-hazardous site waste production 

according to the defined waste groups. 

•  Diversion of waste from landfill should adhere strictly to the principles of the waste hierarchy of 

reduce; reuse; recycle; recover. 

Our site operations report their fuel consumption by type of plant and machinery on a monthly 
basis so we can identify and target any inefficiencies within our construction activities. 

We also have a number of initiatives ongoing in order to reduce the environmental impact of our 
sites, with further details on pages 54 to 57.

Workforce health and safety

Code / SASB criteria

Our approach

IF-HB-320a.1
(1) Total recordable 
incident rate (“TRIR”) 
and (2) fatality rate for 
(a) direct employees 
and (b) contract 
employees

We measure health and safety performance using an Annual Injury Incidence Rate (“AIIR”) metric. 
Our AIIR for reportable injuries per 100,000 employees and contractors was 55 in 2022 (2021: 556). 
The industry average for the house building sector was 239 (2021: 264) (Source: Home Builders 
Federation).

In the year we reported one RIDDOR incident (2021: 10 RIDDOR incidents). The improvement in 
performance has come from various actions completed during the year, with further details set out 
on page 62.

There were no fatalities.

Notes: Reportable injuries are aligned to the UK’s Reporting of Injuries, Diseases and Dangerous 
Occurrences Regulations (“RIDDOR”). The figure reported is the consolidated figure for all direct 
employees and contractors. 

Design for resource efficiency

Code / SASB criteria

Our approach

IF-HB-410a.1
(1) Number of homes 
that obtained a 
certified HERS® Index 
Score and (2) average 
score

IF-HB-410a.2
Percentage of installed 
water fixtures certified 
to WaterSense® 
specifications

The Energy Performance Certificate (“EPC”) is the UK equivalent to the HERS Index. 

96.8% of our homes achieve an EPC rating of B or higher due to efficient design and build 
characteristics in each of our standardised house types (2021: 98.2%). 

WaterSense is not applicable in the UK.

All our homes are fitted with dual-flush toilets, low-flow taps and showers and water meters. 
They are designed to achieve an internal water use of less than 110 litres per person per day; the 
specification for sanitary ware and fittings to be used throughout the homes has been modified to 
suit this requirement. 

This is 12% lower than the maximum allowance specified by building regulations, saving both 
natural resources and our customers money on their water bills. We are working to design further 
efficiencies in collaboration with our supply chain to reduce this to less than 100 litres per person 
per day. 

71

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Strategic ReportSustainability Accounting Standards Board 

CONTINUED

Code / SASB criteria

Our approach

IF-HB-410a.3
Number of homes 
delivered certified 
to a third-party 
multi-attribute green 
building Standard

IF-HB-410a.4
Description of risks 
and opportunities 
related to 
incorporating 
resource efficiency 
into home design, 
and how benefits are 
communicated to 
customers

All of our homes are subject to UK building regulations which include standards for energy and 
water efficiency as detailed in criteria IF-HB-410a.1 and IF-HB-410a.2.

There are no widely-adopted green building standards that outline specification or sustainability 
credentials of homes in the UK. 

The historic Code for Sustainable Homes was withdrawn by the government with the view that 
these requirements would be embedded into the latest building regulations. 

Throughout the design stage of our homes, we apply a “fabric first” approach to energy efficiency 
by bringing together a house type range and specification designed to reduce the consumption of 
energy by the homeowner. An energy consultant is appointed on every site to provide site and plot-
specific energy ratings. Testing regimes and certification is issued to assist in the control of the quality 
of construction which in turn reduces the carbon emissions of each home by ensuring we build a 
thermally-efficient, well-insulated building with low heat losses.

In order to further improve on building regulation compliance, the following are also incorporated into 
the design of our homes: 

•  energy-efficient boiler or air source heat pump;

• 

time and temperature zone control for boiler systems;

•  air permeability rating of five or better; and

•  natural / positive input ventilation.

Reviews are carried out on a six-monthly basis to monitor forthcoming changes to building regulations 
and consider optional extras that can be offered to customers in line with trends and expectations. 
These often lead to updates in specification and design, allowing improvements to be made where 
practicable. Any proposed changes are carefully considered as we balance the impact of changes with 
the need to keep our homes affordable, which is fundamental to our sustainable business strategy.

Smart meters are provided as standard where available, so that our customers can easily keep track of 
their energy usage and efficiencies. 

We use sustainable materials where possible, such as introducing concrete bricks to our build material 
specification. Concrete bricks have significantly lower embodied carbon emissions compared to a 
traditional kiln-fired clay brick allowing us to reduce our scope 3 emissions. More details can be found 
on pages 54 and 55. 

These benefits are communicated to customers as part of the handover process, in our new home 
handbooks and our Gleeson first time buyer podcast, which was launched during the year. This explains 
to customers what to expect when they become homeowners, how to get the most out of their new 
home and minimise their running costs. 

We are installing electric vehicle charging points in our homes on some of our sites to understand the 
associated infrastructure requirements in advance of “Part S” building regulations being implemented. 

Community impacts of new developments

Code / SASB criteria

Our approach

IF-HB-410b.1
Description of how 
proximity and access 
to infrastructure, 
services, and economic 
centers affect 
site selection and 
development decisions

We always consider matters such as access and proximity to existing infrastructure and services, 
as well as economic and employment centres when selecting our sites. We aim to bring forward 
developments which are in close proximity to existing services, with good access to services and 
facilities. This often comes hand-in-hand with our objective to develop brownfield sites, in areas of 
deprivation which often have a high provision of surrounding rental properties, as these target site 
typologies are already well served. 

Where access to facilities is more limited, we work with consultants and the local authority to 
identify mitigation measures that might be taken to improve services and access. Often this will 
form part of a Transport Assessment and Travel Plan which might identify improvements to local 
public transport infrastructure to improve the sustainability of the site, or ways in which other 
sustainable (non-car) transport methods can be promoted.

Notes: The UK government’s National Planning Policy Framework (“NPPF”) also requires 
consideration of the opportunities presented by existing or planned investment in infrastructure.

IF-HB-410b.2
Number of (1) lots and 
(2) homes delivered on 
infill sites

91% (2021: 90%) of our developments were infill sites at 30 June 2022.

In the year to 30 June 2022, we completed the sale of 1,900 (2021: 1,731) homes on infill sites 
representing 95% (2021: 96%) of total homes sold.

Notes: Infill sites are sites served by existing infrastructure such as roads, power lines, sewerage and 
water, and other necessary facilities.

72

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Code / SASB criteria

Our approach

IF-HB-410b.3
(1) Number of homes 
delivered in compact 
developments and (2) 
average density

We consider all of our sites to be cluster developments which meet the definition of a “compact 
development”. As a result, we delivered 2,000 homes on such developments in the year to 30 June 
2022 (2021: 1,812 homes). 

Gleeson Homes typically builds low-density developments delivering on average 100-150 homes per 
site. The average density of our developments is 14 homes per net acre with some developments 
having a density as low as 11 homes per net acre.

Notes: A cluster development is defined as a development that “produces very attractive and 
marketable communities and makes it easier for developers to preserve environmentally sensitive 
lands such as wetlands and forests by allowing lots to be grouped on certain portions of a site, 
rather than spread uniformly across a site, so that other areas of the site may remain undisturbed as 
open space.”

Climate change adaptation

Code / SASB criteria

Our approach

IF-HB-420a.1
Number of lots located 
in 100-year flood 
zones

In the year to 30 June 2022, we acquired 625 plots in regions within flood zone 3. This accounted 
for 25% of plots acquired in the year (2021: 1,481 plots acquired, 28% of plots acquired). 

The total number of pipeline plots within areas of flood zone 3 at 30 June 2022 was 2,158 (13%) 
(2021: 2,687 pipeline plots, 17% of total pipeline).

In the year to 30 June 2022, we had 222 home sales within areas of flood zone 3. This accounted 
for 11% of our total annual completions (2021: 235 home sales, 13% of total completions).

Notes: As per the Environment Agency, flood zone definitions are set out below:
•  Flood Zone 1 – land assessed as having a less than 1 in 1,000 annual probability of river or sea 

flooding (<0.1%)

•  Flood Zone 2 – land assessed as having between a 1 in 100 and 1 in 1,000 annual probability of 
river flooding (1%-0.1%), or between a 1 in 200 and 1 in 1,000 annual probability of sea flooding 
(0.5%-0.1%) in any year

•  Flood Zone 3 – land assessed as having a 1 in 100 or greater annual probability of river flooding 
(>1%), or a 1 in 200 or greater annual probability of flooding from the sea (>0.5%) in any year

These flood zones refer to the probability of river and sea flooding, ignoring the presence of 
defences.

IF-HB-420a.2
Description of 
climate change risk 
exposure analysis, 
degree of systematic 
portfolio exposure, 
and strategies for 
mitigating risks

Climate risk has been identified as a principal external risk for the Group as set out on page 38. The 
Group risk register is formally reviewed by the Audit Committee at the majority of its scheduled 
meetings, including any changes to risk ratings and any mitigations. Climate risk has been classified 
as having a medium level of residual risk. This is assessed both from the potential physical aspects 
of climate change and how they will impact our business strategy, and also the compliance 
aspects of climate change with increased regulation, including changes to building regulations and 
disclosure requirements.

Further analysis of the climate risks we have identified are reported within our disclosures in 
accordance to TCFD on pages 66 to 69.

Activity metrics

Code / SASB criteria

Our approach

IF-HB-000.A
Number of controlled 
lots

IF-HB-000.B
Number of homes 
delivered

IF-HB-000.C
Number of active 
selling communities

At 30 June 2022, our owned land pipeline stood at 8,478 plots (2021: 7,930 plots).

In the year to 30 June 2022, we completed 2,000 homes (2021: 1,812 completions).

Notes: Completions mean all legally completed sales to customers during the year. 

In the year to 30 June 2022, we were actively selling from an average of 63 sales sites (2021: 64 
active sales sites). 

Notes: Active sales sites are sites which are actively selling homes and typically average 28 home 
sales per year. 

73

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Strategic ReportSection 172 Statement

As required by s172 of the Companies Act 
2006 (“the Act”), a director of a company 
must act in the way they consider, in 
good faith, would most likely promote the 
success of the company for the benefit of 
its members as a whole, and in doing so, 
have regard, among other matters, to: 

a.  the likely consequences of any 

decision in the long term;

b.  the interests of the company’s 

employees;

c.  the need to foster the company’s 

business relationships with suppliers, 
customers and others;

d.  the impact of the company’s 

operations on the community and the 
environment; 

e.  the desirability of the company 

maintaining a reputation for high 
standards of business conduct; and 

f.  the need to act fairly between the 

members of the company. 

Springfield 
Meadows, 
Bolsover, 
Derbyshire.

Board decision-making 
Ahead of matters being put to the Board for 
consideration, we undertake significant levels of 
engagement with relevant stakeholders so that full 
consideration is given to how such decisions will 
impact on our key stakeholders. 

Our key stakeholders include:

•  shareholders;

•  employees; 

•  customers; 

•  suppliers and subcontractors;

•  banks;

• 

local authorities; and 

•  government and regulators. 

Key examples of stakeholder engagement 
enhancing strategic decision making and 
promoting the success of the Group are set out in 
the table on pages 75 to 77.

74

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Decision

Signing the 
Department for 
Levelling Up, 
Housing and 
Communities’ 
(“DLUHC”) 
pledge letter 

Initiating safety 
inspections 
of mid-rise 
and high-rise 
buildings the 
Group played 
a part in 
developing

Investing 
in talent 
development

Discussion topics with, and feedback from, 
stakeholders

Action taken by the Board as a result of 
stakeholder feedback

The Directors engaged with government 
departments, the Home Builders 
Federation (“HBF”), shareholders and 
insurers when considering the impact 
of signing DLUHC’s pledge letter in 
April 2022, which commits developers 
to remediating mid-rise and high-rise 
buildings with life-critical fire-safety 
defects. 

The Directors engaged with government 
departments, the HBF, shareholders and 
advisers to discuss the responsibilities of 
the Group in remediating mid-rise and 
high-rise buildings that the Group played 
a part in developing over the last 30 years. 

The Board considered the impact of the 
letter, stakeholder feedback, and the Group’s 
responsibility to residents of those buildings 
which the Group played a part in developing 
over the last 30 years and elected to sign and 
publish the pledge letter. 

The Board initiated a review on all buildings over 
11 metres tall that the Group played a part in 
developing in the last 30 years. This involved an 
extensive exercise to locate records and compile 
a list of buildings affected. Desktop surveys were 
then undertaken and a programme of intrusive 
inspections and fire risk assessments has 
commenced where permitted by the building 
owners. 

The Directors recognise the value of 
retaining talent within the business 
to reduce workforce attrition rates 
and support the development of each 
employee. Through engagement with 
the workforce and external stakeholders 
including local colleges, they identified 
a need for the Group to grow and retain 
talent organically. 

The Board supported the introduction of a Land 
Graduate programme, a two-year structured 
programme to harness the talent of recent 
graduates and develop their skills to support 
the future growth of the Group. The Board has 
also supported the development and delivery 
of people manager training across the Group, 
while members of the senior management team 
received professional development coaching.

Prioritising 
the health and 
safety and 
wellbeing of our 
colleagues and 
subcontractors 

The Directors engaged with the workforce, 
external advisers and stakeholders 
including the Health and Safety 
Executive, the National House Building 
Council (“NHBC”), the HBF and private 
health and safety consultants regarding 
health and safety matters across the 
business and the Group’s commitment to 
prioritise the wellbeing of employees and 
subcontractors. 

The Board is keen to maintain its reputation 
for high standards of ethical and business 
conduct and supports our HomeSafe approach, 
which encompasses a number of new policies, 
procedures and objectives for health and safety 
on both development sites and in offices. 
Significant activities to promote the HomeSafe 
brand and key health and safety reminders have 
been undertaken throughout the year. The Board 
supported the launch of the “Wellbeing Toolkit” 
in the year, accessible to all employees. 

75

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Strategic ReportSection 172 Statement

CONTINUED

Key examples as to how the Board has regard for the s172 factors can be found in the table below:

Factor considered

Long-term 
consequences  
of any decisions

Interests of our 
employees

Interests of 
our suppliers, 
customers and 
others

How this factor has been considered 
in the year

Actions taken by the Board  
as a result

•  The Group undertakes future 

planning up to five years in critical 
areas and develops a strategy which 
will enable it to deliver its long-term 
objectives.

•  The Group invests in information 
technology and cyber security to 
enable it to meet new technological 
demands and protect the business 
against cyber threats. 

•  Extensive analysis and forecasting work 
was undertaken on securing the Group’s 
land pipeline.

•  A long-term talent mapping pipeline has 
been developed across the business.

•  A Land Graduate programme was 

introduced to strengthen the talent pipeline 
and build for the future.

• 

Invested in both personnel and new IT 
systems to improve quality, streamline 
processes, increase productivity and 
mitigate the risk of cyber threats. 

•  The Group arranges an anonymous 
and independently conducted 
employee engagement survey called 
Your Voice.

•  The Group conducts an annual pay 

and benefits benchmarking exercise.

•  Directors carry out regular site and 

office visits and undertake roadshows 
to communicate with all employees, 
including interactive question-and-
answer sessions.

•  An open-door culture is reinforced 

from the top down.

•  Responded to the action points arising 

from the Your Voice surveys. 

•  Changed the participation rules of our 
Share Incentive Plan so that employees 
become eligible to join as soon as they 
complete their probationary period.

•  Enhanced pay and benefits packages 
where the external benchmarking 
identified a gap.

•  Made significant investment in recruitment, 
training and development which included 
an expansion of the Human Resources 
department to include an Organisational 
Development team.

•  Customer feedback and satisfaction 
scores are considered at Board 
meetings. The Board is committed 
to focusing on our customers and 
prioritising the customer journey.

•  The Group conducts supplier and 

subcontractor roadshows in order to 
engage with our supply chain and 
encourage open communication.

•  The Group holds open discussions 

with our supply chain about 
productivity, quality and health and 
safety.

•  Customer feedback is obtained 

through surveys conducted by a third 
party. 

•  Target to be a 5-star builder across 
all divisions built into Executive 
bonus targets. 

•  Appointed a new Customer Excellence 

Director during the year and launched our 
"Customer First" initiative.

•  Registered with the New Homes Quality 
Board and have signed up to the New 
Homes Quality Code.

•  Made further improvements to our 

purchase-to-pay process and reduced the 
average time taken to pay suppliers and 
subcontractors.

•  Updated consultant appointment 

documents to manage risk and ensure clear 
communication with all parties. 

•  Signed up to the government’s First Homes 

scheme. 

•  Set ambitious sustainability targets for 

people, environment and communities in 
line with our sustainable business strategy 
and embedded these within the Executive 
bonus structure.

76

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Factor considered

Impact on our 
community and 
environment

Maintaining a 
reputation for 
high standards  
of business 
conduct

How this factor has been considered 
in the year

Actions taken by the Board  
as a result

•  The Sustainability Committee and 
Sustainability Action Team closely 
monitor progress against the 
sustainability targets set for the year.

•  Focus on the Group’s existing 

Community Matters programme to 
work closely with the communities 
where we build.

•  Developed and published new 

sustainability policies.

•  Set ambitious sustainability targets for 

the short and medium term, including the 
reduction of carbon emissions. 

•  Appointed a Group Sustainability Manager.

•  Sustainability targets delegated to senior 
management and linked to Executive and 
senior management bonuses.

•  The Group has policies and 

procedures in place to ensure it 
operates to the highest standards of 
conduct. 

•  Our employees are paid at least the 
real Living Wage and we require our 
subcontractors to do the same. 

•  The Group achieved re-accreditation 
from the Fair Tax Foundation for 
paying its fair share of taxes.

•  Zero tolerance on violations of 

•  Compulsory compliance training modules 
undertaken across the business, including 
Whistleblowing, Bullying and Harassment, 
Modern Slavery and Anti-Bribery and 
Corruption.

•  Due diligence checks are completed on 

our supply chain to ensure they uphold our 
standards.

•  Regular reporting on governance 

and compliance matters to the Audit 
Committee. 

human rights, slavery, bullying or 
harassment.

• 

Instructed an external GDPR audit to assess 
our data protection credentials. 

Need to act 
fairly between 
members of the 
Company

•  The Company has one class of shares 
in issue so all shareholders benefit 
from the same rights as set out in the 
Company’s Articles of Association.

•  Following the closed-door AGM in 2020 

due to Covid-19 restrictions, the Company 
returned to an in-person AGM in 2021 with 
access to all shareholders.

•  Engaged major shareholders in preparing 

the proposed Remuneration Policy.

77

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Strategic ReportNon-financial Reporting

The following table summarises our approach to internal and external stakeholder engagement 
to comply with the Companies Act 2006 requirements regarding non-financial reporting:

Statement

Ways we engage

Read more

•  Employee policies on diversity, recruitment, equality 

•  Page 133 

and all significant life events

•  Anti-Harassment and Bullying Policy, Health and 

•  mjgleesonplc.com 

Safety Policy, Equal Opportunities Policy 

•  Approach to employee relations and the involvement 

•  Page 131 

of our Workforce Representative

•  Health and safety reporting and improving the safety 
and welfare of colleagues and visitors to our sites 
and offices 

•  Commitment to employing local people, training and 
developing all our colleagues, especially apprentices, 
and promoting women in construction

•  Gender pay gap reporting

•  Pages 62 and 65 

•  Pages 48 to 51 

•  Pages 51 and 112 and  
mjgleesonplc.com

•  Whistleblowing Policy and monitoring of malpractice 

•  Page 104 and  

reporting

•  Approach to anti-bribery and corruption

mjgleesonplc.com

•  Pages 104 and 105

•  Anti-Bribery Policy, Anti-Money Laundering Policy, 

•  mjgleesonplc.com 

Corporate Criminal Offence Policy 

•  Reporting of registers of gifts and hospitality given or 
received by Directors and employees of the Group

•  Page 105

•  Modern Slavery and Human Trafficking Policy 

•  Page 105 and  

mjgleesonplc.com

•  Payment terms and performance in relation to 

•  gov.uk and  

payment practices

mjgleesonplc.com

•  Commitment to pay the real Living Wage or higher to 

•  Pages 50 and 112 

our employees

•  Commitment to provide freehold ownership, selling 
our customers the land on which their home is built 
and not selling under leasehold

•  Page 46 

•  Data Protection Policy 

•  mjgleesonplc.com

Employees
We are committed 
to ensuring that all 
our colleagues and 
stakeholders are treated 
fairly and equitably. We 
have a culture that values 
passion, collaboration 
and respect.

Anti-bribery and 
corruption
We are committed to 
the highest standards 
of ethics, honesty and 
integrity and expect the 
same from all parties we 
engage with.

Human rights and 
social matters
We are committed to 
upholding human rights 
across our business and 
with all our stakeholders. 
Our employee policies 
cover all aspects of 
human rights and our 
grievance and fair 
treatment at work 
policies ensure anyone 
connected with our 
business can speak up 
about concerns without 
fear of retribution.

78

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022 
 
 
Statement

Ways we engage

Read more

Environmental 
matters and 
community
We are committed to 
creating more sustainable 
ways of undertaking our 
operations to conserve 
energy, reduce waste and 
minimise our impact on 
the environment. We also 
invest in the communities, 
local areas and the 
supply chain around our 
development sites.

Other information
Additional non-financial 
information required 
under the Companies Act. 

•  Monitoring and reporting of carbon emissions (scope 1, 

•  Pages 52 to 60 

2 and 3) related to our homes

•  Target set to reduce our scope 1 and 2 carbon 

•  Page 65 

emissions 

•  Focus on more efficient and more sustainable materials

•  Pages 54 and 55

• 

• 

 Sustainable Procurement Policy, Timber Sourcing 
Policy, Climate & Environmental Policy, Waste Policy, 
Packaging Policy

Investment in the communities, schools and areas in 
which we operate

•  mjgleesonplc.com 

•  Pages 46 and 47

•  Our Business Model

•  Pages 14 and 15

•  Principal risks affecting the Group and mitigating 

•  Pages 34 to 39 

actions undertaken

•  Sustainability and operational key performance 

•  Pages 20 and 21

indicators

Strategic Report approval statement
The Strategic Report contained in pages 2 to 79 has been approved by the Board of Directors and is signed on its 
behalf by:

James Thomson 
Chief Executive Officer 

14 September 2022

79

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Strategic Report 
Corporate 
Governance

Chairman’s Introduction

Board of Directors

Corporate Governance Report

Nomination Committee Report

Audit Committee Report

Sustainability Committee Report

Remuneration Committee Report

Annual Report on Remuneration

Remuneration Policy Report

Directors’ Report

Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities  
in Respect of the Financial Statements

82

86

88

94

98

106

110

113

123

132

136

80

MJ Gleeson plc 
Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Stefan Allanson,  
Chief Financial Officer,  
and Fiona Goldsmith,  
Non-Executive Director, 
Canal Walk,  
Burnley, Lancashire

 
MJ Gleeson plc 
Annual Report & Accounts 2022

81

Corporate GovernanceChairman’s Introduction

In a year in which the housing sector experienced a 
wide variety of challenges, the Board ensured that our 
Executives and operatives were able to work within a 
clearly-defined and coherent strategic framework. 

This made it possible for the Group to achieve its 
medium-term target of doubling annual sales to 2,000 
homes. I would like to take this opportunity to thank all 
our colleagues for the very great efforts they made to 
achieve this important milestone.

The Board’s overall strategy gives high priority to 
environmental, social and governance issues, and its 
commitment to sustainability is embedded in all its 
operations. Details of how we put sustainability into 
practice are within the Strategic Report on pages 40 
to 60. 

Board changes 
Andrew Coppel resigned from his role as Non-Executive 
Director on 16 March 2022, and the Board is in the 
process of seeking a suitable replacement. Fiona 
Goldsmith has been appointed as the new Senior 
Independent Director of the Board and Elaine Bailey 
has become the Interim Chair of the Remuneration 
Committee. The Board is committed to increasing the 
number of independent Non-Executive Directors and 
also to achieving greater diversity in its composition in 
the course of the current financial year. 

On 27 April 2022 the Board announced that James 
Thomson will be stepping down from his role as Chief 
Executive Officer from 31 December 2022. He will be 
replaced from 1 January 2023 by Graham Prothero, who 
is currently Chief Operating Officer of Vistry Group plc. 
James will remain on the Board as a Non-Executive 
Director.

Further details can be found in the Nomination 
Committee Report on pages 94 to 97.

Culture
The Board continues to promote and embed our vision, 
mission and values, which are described in more detail 
on pages 40 and 48. The results of the latest employee 
engagement survey, Your Voice, indicated that 
employee engagement has once again increased and 
overall satisfaction is very high.

I am pleased that the Board members, both collectively 
and individually, were able to visit a number of our sites 
this year. It was humbling to see the great work that is 
being undertaken daily by our colleagues to support 
the strategic growth of the business. 

I am confident that the Board and management 
continue to embed an honest and transparent culture 
within the Group, which enhances our long-term 
prospects.

I am pleased to 
present the Corporate 
Governance Report  
for the year ended 
30 June 2022.”

Dermot Gleeson
Chairman

82

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Meadowcroft, 
Winterton, 
Lincolnshire

Building responsibly
The Board is committed to building responsibly. 
In April 2022 the Group announced it had signed 
the Department for Levelling Up, Housing and 
Communities’ (“DLUHC”) pledge confirming that 
we will take responsibility for performing or funding 
mitigation works to address life-critical fire-safety 
issues on buildings over 11 metres which the Group had 
some involvement in developing. We are committed 
to working with the owners of those buildings to 
investigate and remediate, where necessary, any life-
critical fire-safety issues in order to protect the lives of 
residents and ensure their homes are mortgageable. 

Code compliance 
During the period under review, the Company, as a 
premium listed company, was subject to the 2018 
edition of the UK Corporate Governance Code (the 
“Code”) issued by the Financial Reporting Council (the 
“FRC”). The Board and its Committees are responsible 
for ensuring that, wherever possible, compliance with 
the Code is achieved. This is demonstrated throughout 
this Corporate Governance Report and, in particular, 
in the Code principles as set out on page 84. Where 
the Board has not complied with provisions of the 
Code, these are set out in the compliance statement on 
page 85.

Our commitment to  
engaging with stakeholders
The Board embraces the ethos behind the requirements 
of Section 172 of the Companies Act, and information 
on how we engage with our stakeholders is set out in 
our Section 172 Statement on pages 74 to 77.

Dermot Gleeson
Chairman

14 September 2022

83

Corporate GovernanceMJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Chairman’s Introduction

CONTINUED

Section of the Code

How we have applied the Code

Board leadership  
and Company 
purpose
See pages 86 to 90 

The Group is led by an effective and experienced Board, which promotes the 
long-term success of the Group and engages with its shareholders and other 
stakeholders.

The Board has established the Group’s purpose and strategy and is satisfied that 
these are aligned with the Group’s culture and values.

The Board has established and oversees an effective governance and risk 
framework.

The Board promotes effective engagement with the workforce, with open lines 
of communication where employees can raise matters of both concern and 
opportunity.

Division of 
responsibilities
See pages 90 and 92

The Chairman leads the Board, which includes a combination of Executive 
Directors and Non-Executive Directors. Board relations are constructive and 
Board members are able to demonstrate objective judgement.

There is a clear division of responsibility between leadership of the Board (the 
Chairman of the Board) and the Executive leadership of the Group’s business 
(the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer). The Non-Executive 
Directors provide constructive challenge, strategic guidance and advice, and have 
sufficient time to meet their Board responsibilities.

There are relevant policies and processes in place for the Board to receive timely 
and clear information and function effectively and efficiently.

Board appointments are subject to a formal, rigorous and transparent procedure, 
based on objective criteria that promotes diversity. A comprehensive and tailored 
induction programme is in place for new Directors joining the Board, led by the 
Chairman, Company Secretary and Executive Directors. 

The Nomination Committee oversees an effective succession plan, which takes 
into consideration a desired combination of skills, experience, knowledge and 
diversity of the Board. The Board is subject to an annual evaluation that considers 
Group and individual Director performance.

Composition, 
succession and 
evaluation
See pages 94 to 97

Audit, risk  
and internal control
See pages 98 to 105

The Board has established formal and transparent policies and procedures 
to ensure the independence and effectiveness of internal and external audit 
functions, and has satisfied itself on the integrity of financial and narrative 
statements.

The Board presents a fair, balanced and understandable assessment of the 
Group’s position and prospects.

The Board has established procedures to manage risk, oversee the internal 
control framework and determine the nature and extent of the principal risks of 
the Group to achieve its strategic objectives.

Remuneration
See pages 110 to 131

The Board has designed the remuneration policies and practices to support the 
Group’s strategy and promote long-term sustainable success.

Executive remuneration is aligned with the Group’s purpose and values and is 
clearly linked to the successful delivery of our sustainable strategy.

There is a formal and transparent procedure for developing the Executive 
remuneration policy and determining Director and senior management 
remuneration. The Remuneration Committee is able to exercise independent 
judgement and discretion when authorising remuneration outcomes, taking into 
account Group and individual performance.

84

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Louise, Group Sales Director, and 
Amanda, Marketing Director

Code compliance statement 
The Company has complied with all of the principles 
of the Code for the year ended 30 June 2022 and the 
vast majority of its provisions. However, as in previous 
years, there are some instances where the Company has 
chosen to take advantage of the flexibility offered with 
the “comply or explain” principle when applying certain 
provisions.

The Code recognises that good governance can be 
achieved by other means and the Board believes the 
approach taken is the most appropriate for the Group 
and its shareholders, whilst remaining consistent with 
the spirit of the Code.

Provisions 9 and 19 
The Chairman of the Board, Dermot Gleeson, was 
appointed to the Board in 1975 and has previously been 
Chief Executive, Chairman and Chief Executive, and 
Executive Chairman, and therefore was not considered 
independent at the time of his appointment as 
Chairman of the Board. The Board continues to support 
his appointment based on the extensive knowledge of 
the Group and industry that Dermot brings to the role 
and to Board discussions. 

Provision 11
Christopher Mills represents a major shareholder, 
Harwood Capital LLP, and is therefore not considered 
to be independent within the definition of that term 
contained in the Code. As a result, following the 
resignation of Andrew Coppel, less than half of the 
Board, excluding the Chairman, are Non-Executive 
Directors who are considered to be independent under 
the terms of the Code. The Board has begun a search 
for an additional independent Non-Executive Director. 

Provision 38 
The Chief Financial Officer received a pension 
contribution of 9% in the year. This reflects the 
voluntary reduction previously reported from 15% to 
6.5% over a three-year period to align his Company 
pension contributions with the level available to the 
majority of the workforce. From 1 July 2022, Company 
contributions reduced to 6.5%. Further details can be 
found in the Annual Report on Remuneration on pages 
113 to 122.

85

Corporate GovernanceMJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022 
Board of Directors

Dermot Gleeson 
MA CANTAB

James Thomson 
MA (OXON), ACA

Stefan Allanson  
ACMA, FCT

Fiona Goldsmith 
FCA

Chairman 

Chief Executive 
Officer 

Chief Financial 
Officer 

Non-Executive Director, 
Senior Independent 
Director and Workforce 
Representative 

Committee membership
N(C)

Committee membership
S

Committee membership 
S 

Committee membership 
A(C) N R  

Appointment to the Board
Dermot was appointed  
to the Board in 1975.

Appointment to the Board
James was appointed to 
the Board in June 2019. 

Appointment to the Board
Stefan was appointed to 
the Board in July 2015. 

Background and 
experience 
Dermot became Chief 
Executive of the Company 
in 1988 and Chairman in 
1994. He relinquished the 
post of Chief Executive 
in 1998. Formerly the 
Chairman of the Major 
Contractors Group, a 
Board member of the 
Housing Corporation 
and a Director of the 
Construction Industry 
Training Board.

Key strengths
House building and 
construction. Public 
limited companies. 
Corporate governance. 
Risk management. 
Strategy development. HR. 
Commercial. 

External appointments
None.  

Background and 
experience 
James was previously 
Chief Executive of 
Keepmoat Homes and 
Group Finance Director 
and Chief Operating 
Officer of DTZ (now part 
of Cushman & Wakefield). 
He qualified as a Chartered 
Accountant with 
PricewaterhouseCoopers 
and spent ten years in 
investment banking.

Key strengths
House building and 
construction. Public 
limited companies. 
Health and safety. 
Strategy development. 
Organisational culture. 
Acquisitions and mergers.

External appointments
A local authority councillor 
for the City of London, 
Chair of the City of 
London Police Authority 
Board, and Non-Executive 
Director of the Serious 
Fraud Office. 

Background and 
experience 
Stefan was previously 
Deputy Chief Financial 
Officer of Keepmoat 
Homes. He qualified as 
an accountant in 1994, 
following which he held 
senior finance roles at 
Honda Motor Co, BTP 
plc, The Skills Market, The 
Vita Company and Tianhe 
Chemicals.

Key strengths
House building and 
construction. Public 
limited companies. 
Accounting and finance. IT. 
Business continuity. Risk 
management. Strategy 
development. Commercial.

External appointments
None. 

Appointment to the Board
Fiona was appointed to 
the Board in October 2019.

Background and 
experience 
Fiona previously held 
executive finance roles 
at First Choice Holidays 
plc and Land Securities 
Company plc. She was also 
Non-Executive Director at 
Walker Greenbank. Fiona 
qualified as an accountant 
at KPMG.

Key strengths
Accounting, finance and 
audit. Risk management. 
Corporate governance. 
Acquisitions and 
mergers. Compliance and 
regulation.

External appointments
Non-Executive Director 
and Chair of the Audit 
Committee of Safestyle 
UK plc, and Non-Executive 
Director of KCOM Group 
Limited.

86

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Christopher Mills 

Elaine Bailey 

Leanne Johnson  
LLB

Non-Executive Director
(Non-independent) 

Independent Non-
Executive Director 

Head of Legal and 
Company Secretary 

Appointed as Company 
Secretary in March 2020, 
Leanne is a qualified 
solicitor and is Head of 
Legal for the Company. 
Leanne trained at Irwin 
Mitchell and was Legal 
Counsel for Keepmoat 
Homes before joining MJ 
Gleeson plc.

Leanne is also a graduate 
Chartered Governance 
Professional.

Key strengths
House building and 
construction. Corporate 
governance. Legal. 
Regulatory and 
compliance. IT. 

Committee membership
N/A

Appointment to the Board
Christopher was 
appointed to the Board in 
January 2009.

Background and 
experience 
Christopher is the 
founder of Harwood 
Capital Management 
Group and previously 
Chief Investment Officer 
of J O Hambro Capital 
Management Limited 
with an extensive 
background in investment 
management. 

Key strengths
Public limited companies. 
Accounting, finance 
and audit. Acquisitions 
and mergers. Strategy 
development. Risk 
management. Business 
development.

External appointments
Managing Director 
of Harwood Capital 
Management Group, 
Chief Executive Officer 
of North Atlantic Smaller 
Companies Investment 
Trust Plc, and a Non-
Executive Director of 
several publicly quoted 
and private companies.

Committee membership
S(C) R(C)* A N 
*Interim

Appointment to the Board
Elaine was appointed to 
the Board in March 2021. 

Background and 
experience 
Elaine was previously 
Chief Executive Officer of 
the Hyde Group housing 
association and held a 
number of senior roles at 
Serco. She has extensive 
experience in housing, 
engineering, construction 
and government services. 
Elaine is a chartered 
member of the Institution 
of Structural Engineers.

Key strengths
House building and 
construction. Strategy 
development. Health and 
safety. Risk management. 
Business development. 
Commercial. 

External appointments
Non-Executive roles at 
Residential Secure Income 
plc, McCarthy & Stone 
(Shared Ownership) 
Limited, Andium Homes 
Limited, CHAS, and 
Trustee for The Greenslade 
Family Foundation.

Key:
N –  Nomination 

Committee

A –  Audit  

Committee

S –  Sustainability 
Committee

R –  Remuneration 
Committee

(C) – Committee Chair

Directors who served during 
the year

Andrew Coppel resigned from 
his role as Non-Executive 
Director on 16 March 2022

87

Corporate GovernanceMJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022 
 
 
Corporate Governance Report

Role of the Board
The Board is responsible to shareholders for the 
direction, management, performance and long-term 
success of the Group. It sets the Group’s strategy 
and objectives and oversees and monitors internal 
controls (in conjunction with the Audit Committee), 
risk management, principal opportunities and risks, 
governance and viability of the Group. In doing so, the 
Directors comply with their duties under section 172 of 
the Companies Act 2006. 

There is a clear and effective division of responsibilities 
between Board members. The Chairman is responsible 
for the overall effectiveness of the Board and, in doing 
so, promotes the highest standards of integrity and 
corporate governance. The Chief Executive Officer leads 
the business in delivering the Group’s overall strategy 
and works closely with the Chairman and the Chief 
Financial Officer. The Non-Executive Directors provide 
constructive challenge, strategic guidance and hold 
management to account. More detailed descriptions 
of the roles of the Board members can be found in the 
table on pages 90 and 91.

Board composition and independence
The Board considers that it has a suitable balance of 
skills, knowledge and experience in order to discharge 
its duties effectively. This includes a combination 
of backgrounds and experience, which enable it to 
function effectively and to have a dialogue that is both 
constructive and challenging. However, the Board is 
cognisant that following the resignation of Andrew 
Coppel on 16 March 2022, the Board does not meet the 
independence provisions of the Code, and has therefore 
initiated a search for a new independent Non-Executive 
Director. 

Matters reserved for the Board or its 
Committees
To ensure the Directors maintain control over strategic, 
financial, operational and compliance matters, the 
Board meets regularly during the year and has formally 
adopted a schedule of matters that are required to be 
brought to it for decision, including:

•  Determining the Board’s structure and composition, 

including Board appointments, removals and 
succession planning.

•  Agreeing the Group’s strategy and financial policy.

•  Approving banking and financing arrangements. 

•  Approving the interim and annual financial 

statements. 

•  Agreeing and overseeing risk management and 

internal control effectiveness. 

•  Agreeing major capital expenditure, material 

investments and the acquisition or disposal of land. 

•  Entering into and amending pension arrangements. 

•  Approving contractual arrangements that fall 

outside authority delegated to Executive Directors. 

•  Approving the dividend policy and dividend 

payments.

•  Pledging security over assets and providing Parent 

Company guarantees.

In addition, the Board receives updates on 
sustainability, governance, finance, regulatory and legal 
matters to assist the Board in maintaining compliance 
with legislative requirements and best practice. The 
Board has established the following Board Committees 
to assist it in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities, 
providing dedicated focus on particular areas:

•  Nomination Committee – page 94

•  Audit Committee – page 98

•  Sustainability Committee – page 106

•  Remuneration Committee – page 110

These Committees play an important governance 
role through the work they carry out to fulfil the 
responsibilities delegated by the Board.

88

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Board and Committee attendance
Board and Committee attendance at scheduled meetings during the year is shown in the table below. Board packs 
and agendas are circulated in advance of such meetings. The main purpose of these meetings is to give the Board 
and Committees regular reports on the performance of the Group and address a wide range of matters, including 
health and safety, operational performance, risk management, governance and corporate strategy. Outside of the 
scheduled meetings, the Board and its Committees meet regularly to discuss specific matters. The minutes of all 
meetings of the Board and of each of its Committees are recorded by the Company Secretary. As well as recording 
the decisions taken, the minutes reflect any queries raised by the Directors and record any follow up actions.

Board
Scheduled: 6

Audit
Scheduled: 4

Remuneration
Scheduled: 3

Nomination
Scheduled: 1

Sustainability
Scheduled: 3

Dermot Gleeson

James Thomson

Stefan Allanson

Fiona Goldsmith

Christopher Mills

Elaine Bailey

Former Directors: 
Andrew Coppel1

6

6

6

6

6

6

–

–

–

4

–

4

–

–

–

3

–

3

3/3

3/3

1/1

1

–

–

1

–

1

–

–

3

3

–

–

3

–

1  Andrew Coppel resigned from the Board on 16 March 2022.

The table includes the scheduled Board and Committee meetings that were held during the year and in early July 
2022 in respect of the year ended 30 June 2022. 

Board activities
The following table summarises the key activities undertaken by the Board during the year:

Topic

Key activities in 2022

Financial and 
risk

•  Approved the Annual Report and Accounts and interim financial statements. 

•  Considered the Group’s long-term viability and approved the going concern disclosures. 

•  Reviewed monthly business updates and trading performance.

•  Approved the budget for the next financial year 2023 and plan for financial years 2024 

to 2027.

•  Approved the payment of interim and final dividends for the year. 

•  Considered the impact of legislative changes to the Defective Premises Act, and the 

financial implications of remedial works to medium-rise and high-rise buildings pursuant 
to the Department for Levelling Up, Housing and Communities’ pledge and approved 
required provisions. 

•  Approved the Group’s tax strategy for the financial year.

•  Approved Group insurance policies for the next financial year.

Controls and 
governance

•  Appointed a new Chief Executive Officer with industry experience following the 

resignation of James Thomson, which is effective 31 December 2022.

•  Reviewed the Group risk register and internal control assessments. 

•  Approved enhanced controls within the Group’s Commercial function with additional 

reporting to the Audit Committee and Board.

•  Reviewed and approved an updated Modern Slavery and Human Trafficking Statement.

•  Reviewed and approved updated Terms of Reference for the Remuneration and 

Sustainability Committees. 

•  Reviewed a new Cyber Incident Response Plan. 

Strategy

•  Monitored progress against the Group’s strategic priorities.

•  Reviewed and approved the Group’s sustainability targets. 

•  Considered the financial risk to the business ahead of the closure of the Help to Buy 

scheme to new applications in October 2022.

89

Corporate GovernanceMJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Corporate Governance Report

CONTINUED

Topic

Key activities in 2022

People and 
employee 
engagement

•  Undertook regular workforce engagement via the Executive Directors and senior 

management.

•  Conducted visits to the Group’s offices and development sites to engage with colleagues.

•  Employee roadshows were hosted by the Executive Directors, providing employees with 

insight into the Group’s performance and strategy.

•  The Workforce Representative engaged with the HR Director reviewing the results of the 

employee engagement survey, Your Voice. 

Sustainability

•  Published new sustainability-led Group policies.

•  Reviewed progress against sustainability targets and actions undertaken.

•  Reviewed the Group’s sustainability risk register.

•  Approved new sustainability targets linked to Executive remuneration.

•  Approved the recruitment of a Group Sustainability Manager. 

Shareholder 
engagement

•  Engaged with shareholders on material sustainability issues.

•  Consulted with major shareholders on issues such as Directors’ remuneration and the 

proposed Remuneration Policy.

•  Presented full and half-year results to investors and analysts. 

•  Reviewed monthly investor relations reports and annual shareholder body reports.

•  Released regular business updates via RNS.

• 

Invited and responded to questions received ahead of the 2021 AGM. 

Key responsibilities of the Board
The following table summarises the key responsibilities of the Board:

Chairman

•  Ensuring the effective running of the Board.

•  Promoting the highest standards of integrity and corporate governance throughout 

the Group.

•  Chairing Board meetings and setting agendas.

•  Ensuring that the Board as a whole plays a full and constructive part in the development 

and determination of the Group’s strategy and overall commercial objectives.

•  Ensuring that the Board receives accurate, timely and clear information on:

a.   the Group’s performance;

b.  the issues, challenges and opportunities facing the Group; and

c.   matters reserved to it for decision.

•  Ensuring compliance with the Board’s approved procedures, including the schedule of 

matters reserved to the Board and each Committee’s terms of reference.

•  Engaging with the Board outside of formal meetings on a group or individual basis, as 

required.

• 

Initiating change and succession planning in Board appointments to build and maintain a 
highly effective Board.

•  Ensuring effective communication between the Group and its shareholders and ensuring 

that members of the Board develop an understanding of the views of the major 
stakeholders.

•  Ensuring that there is a properly-constructed induction programme for new Directors.

•  Ensuring that the performance of the Board as a whole, its Committees and individual 

Directors is formally and rigorously evaluated at least once a year.

90

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Chief 
Executive 
Officer

•  Diligently performing such duties and exercising such powers as may, from time to time, be 

assigned by the Board for the successful running of the Group’s business.

•  Proposing and developing the Group’s strategy and overall commercial objectives in close 

consultation with the Chairman and the Board.

•  Maintaining relationships with major stakeholders.

•  Ensuring effective dialogue with the Chairman on the important and strategic issues facing 

the Group.

•  Ensuring that the Executive Directors give appropriate priority to providing reports to the 

Board, which contain accurate, timely and clear information.

•  Ensuring that the Executive Directors comply with the Board’s approved procedures, 

including the schedule of matters reserved to the Board and each Committee’s terms of 
reference, and providing input on appropriate changes to the same.

•  Keeping the Board alerted to forthcoming complex, contentious or sensitive issues 

affecting the Group.

•  Providing information and advice on succession planning to the Chairman, the Nomination 
Committee and to members of the Board, particularly in respect of Executive Directors and 
senior management.

•  Setting the Group’s culture and values from the top.

•  Devising and implementing the Group’s financial strategy and policies. 

•  Responsible for the management of the finance, tax, IT, legal, internal audit and treasury 

functions. 

•  Responsible for the Group’s investor relations activities.

•  Developing budgets and financial plans.

•  Principal owner of the Group’s risk register.

•  Managing the Group’s insurance strategy and policies.

•  Managing the Group’s relationship with the external auditors.

Chief 
Financial 
Officer

•  Devising and implementing the Group’s sustainability strategy, policies and actions.

Senior 
Independent 
Director

•  Chairing Board and Nomination Committee meetings in the absence of the Chairman.

•  Leading the annual evaluation of the Chairman’s performance.

•  Leading the succession planning process for the Chairman.

•  Acting as a sounding board for the Chairman on Board and Nomination Committee matters.

•  Being available to shareholders or other stakeholders if they have concerns about the 
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer, and to intervene in any 
circumstances arising from such concerns.

• 

Intervening in, and leading on, settlement discussions relating to any disagreements 
between the Chief Executive Officer and Chairman.

•  Calling a meeting of the Non-Executive Directors if, in their reasonable opinion, it is 

necessary in relation to any of the matters above or otherwise. 

Non-
Executive 
Directors

•  Effectively scrutinising and holding to account the performance of the Executive Directors.

•  Evaluating and appraising the performance of the Executive Directors and senior 
management against agreed targets, and agreeing remuneration in line with the 
remuneration policy.

•  Monitoring the financial information, risk management and control processes of the Group  

to make sure that they are sufficiently robust.

•  Ensuring a rigorous process for the appointment and removal of Executive Directors.

Company 
Secretary

•  Supporting the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer in fulfilling their duties, especially in 
respect of Board agendas, induction, training and the evaluation of Board and Committee 
effectiveness. 

•  Being available to all Directors for advice and support. 

•  Keeping the Board regularly updated on governance matters and best practice. 

•  Ensuring Group policies and procedures are maintained and updated on a regular basis. 

•  Attending and maintaining a record of the matters discussed and approved at Board and 

Committee meetings.

91

Corporate GovernanceMJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Corporate Governance Report

CONTINUED

Corporate governance structure

The Board

Nomination 
Committee

Audit  
Committee

Dermot Gleeson
Committee Chair

Fiona Goldsmith
Committee Chair

Sustainability 
Committee

Elaine Bailey
Committee Chair

Board structure
Review the structure, 
size and composition 
of the Board and its 
Committees.

Succession
Consider succession 
plans for the Board and 
senior management.

Identify and nominate 
candidates for Board-
level positions.

Effectiveness
Review the time 
commitment required 
of Non-Executive 
Directors at least once 
a year.

Review the 
independence of Non-
Executive Directors. 

Sustainability strategy
Monitor the Group’s 
sustainability strategy 
to ensure it remains 
consistent with the 
Group’s mission, vision 
and sustainability 
policies.

Determine 
appropriate targets 
that will improve 
the sustainability of 
the Group.

Develop the Group’s 
long-term carbon 
emissions reduction 
pathway.

Sustainability policy
Develop and agree 
sustainability policies 
that align with the 
Group’s approach to 
sustainability.

Ensure the policy 
is fully understood 
and implemented by 
the Group’s business 
operations. 

Financial reporting 
and disclosures
Monitor the integrity 
of the financial 
statements, including 
any significant financial 
reporting judgements.

Advise the Board on 
whether, taken as a 
whole, the Annual 
Report is fair, balanced 
and understandable.

Oversee the regulatory 
reporting requirements 
of the Group.

Risk management  
and internal audit
Monitor the 
effectiveness of the 
Group’s internal 
controls and risk 
management systems.

Monitor the 
effectiveness of the 
Group’s internal audit 
function, including 
approval of the annual 
internal audit plan.

Review the procedures 
for detecting fraud, 
preventing bribery and 
ensuring appropriate 
whistleblowing 
procedures in place.

External audit
Oversee the relation-
ship with the external 
auditors, including 
their appointment, 
independence and 
objectivity, and the 
effectiveness of the 
external audit process. 

Remuneration 
Committee

Elaine Bailey
Interim 
Committee Chair

Setting remuneration
Set the remuneration 
of the Chairman and 
the Board.

Recommend to the 
Board the policy for 
Executive Directors and 
senior management 
remuneration.

Agree terms and 
conditions of 
employment for 
Executive Directors and 
senior management.

Approve measures 
and targets for any 
performance-related 
bonus and share 
schemes and monitor 
outturn.

Approve share 
awards granted under 
long-term incentive 
arrangements, including 
the outturn on such 
awards.

Approve terms of 
any termination 
arrangements for 
Directors and senior 
management.

Review and approve 
proposals for staff pay 
and bonuses, including 
examining market data 
and benchmarking.

All of the Committee terms of reference can be found on the Company’s website at mjgleesonplc.com

92

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Risk management and internal control 
The Directors acknowledge their responsibility for the 
Group’s risk management procedures and systems of 
internal controls and for reviewing their effectiveness. 
Further details on the Group’s risk management 
procedures and internal control systems and how the 
Board and Audit Committee review their effectiveness 
are included in the Audit Committee Report on pages 
98 to 105.

It should be recognised that all such systems and 
procedures are designed to manage, rather than 
eliminate, the risk of failure to achieve business 
objectives, and can only provide reasonable, rather than 
absolute, assurance against material misstatement or 
loss. Risk management and internal control within the 
Group’s divisions is delegated to senior management 
responsible for the division, with the Board retaining 
ultimate responsibility.

The Group operates internal controls to ensure the 
Group’s financial statements are reconciled to the 
underlying financial ledgers. A review is completed by 
management to ensure that the financial performance 
and position of the Group are appropriately reflected.

During the year being reported, and in making this 
statement, the Board carried out a robust assessment 
of the principal risks and uncertainties facing the 
Group, including those that would threaten the 
Group’s business model, future performance, solvency 
or liquidity. The Board is of the view that there is an 
adequate ongoing process for identifying, evaluating 
and managing the Group’s significant risks. This process 
takes the form of a formal risk management policy 
supported by financial and management controls, which 
are operated Group-wide and are subject to review 
by the Chief Financial Officer and internal auditor. The 
Group’s principal risks and the mitigating actions the 
Group has implemented to manage them can be found 
on pages 34 to 39.

Viability statement
In accordance with the Code, the Directors have 
assessed the viability of the Company and the Group 
over a period longer than the 12 months required by 
the going concern principle. This takes account of the 
current position and circumstances of the Group, and 
the potential impact of its principal risks.

The Directors conducted their assessment for a period 
of three years to 30 June 2025, which is covered 
by the Group’s financial budget and plan approved 
by the Board in May 2022. It is also aligned to the 
average operational period of a number of Gleeson 
Homes’ developments. This has enabled a meaningful 
assessment of viability to be undertaken, utilising 
detailed Board-approved financial budgets that 
incorporate individual site cash flow forecasts. 

The Directors have considered sensitivities from the 
impact of a severe but plausible downturn in the 
housing and land markets. For Gleeson Homes, this 
included the impact of a downturn in both volumes and 
selling price, combined with material cost increases. For 
Gleeson Land, the Directors have considered the impact 
of delays to the completion of land sales combined with 
a reduction in land values. Further details can be found 
in note 1 of the financial statements on page 153.

Additionally, the Directors have considered the 
measures that would need to be taken to mitigate the 
impact of these sensitivities, including the ability of the 
Group to curtail expenditure on new land purchases, 
new site starts, reduce overheads and cut discretionary 
spend. This would include reducing future dividend 
payments in response to a severe but plausible 
downturn. 

A core principle of the Group is to maintain a cautious 
approach to debt funding. Following the refinancing 
undertaken in the prior year, the Group has a committed 
bank facility of £105m available until October 2024, 
with a one-year extension option provided by two 
banks. The facility was undrawn at the year end and 
the Group had a cash and cash equivalents balance of 
£33.8m (2021: £34.3m). 

Based on these facilities, the Group continues to have 
a high level of liquidity, including under the severe but 
plausible scenario, to continue in operation, meet its 
liabilities as they fall due and remain in compliance with 
its financial covenants over the assessed period. The 
mitigating actions required do not disrupt the Group’s 
ability to grow over the long term.

Based on the results of this assessment, the Directors 
have a reasonable expectation that the Company and 
Group will be able to continue in operation and meet 
their liabilities as they fall due over the three-year 
viability period.

Assessing the Group’s prospects beyond the assessed 
period, the Directors consider that the demand for 
affordable, quality new homes will remain strong 
fundamentally due to market under-supply. The Group 
maintains a well-capitalised balance sheet and operates 
a sustainable business model that will continue to 
deliver long-term growth.

93

Corporate GovernanceMJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Nomination Committee Report

Key achievements for 2022
•  Appointment of Graham Prothero as Chief 
Executive Officer effective 1 January 2023.

•  Appointment of Fiona Goldsmith as Senior 

Independent Director effective 24 March 2022.

Areas of focus for 2023
•  Appointment of a new independent Non-

Executive Director.

•  Promoting ethnic diversity across the Board 

and general workforce.

•  Board evaluations to be undertaken by a third-

party assessor.

Committee members
•  Dermot Gleeson (Chair)

•  Fiona Goldsmith

•  Elaine Bailey

Dear shareholder,
I am pleased to present the Nomination Committee 
Report for the year ended 30 June 2022.

Operation of the Committee 
The Committee comprises the Chairman of the Board 
and two independent Non-Executive Directors. The 
biographies and professional qualifications of the 
members are shown on pages 86 and 87. The Chief 
Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Company 
Secretary attend meetings at the invitation of the 
Committee. 

Committee meetings
The Committee is required, in accordance with its terms 
of reference, to meet at least once a year. During the 
year, the Committee formally met once and had three 
unscheduled meetings to consider a range of matters.

Activities during the year
The Committee’s main activity during the year was to 
find a suitable successor for the Chief Executive Officer, 
James Thomson, who has played a pivotal role in 
embedding the cultural and structural changes needed 
to deliver the Group’s strategic targets over the last 
three years.

Other areas of focus included: 

•  Appointing Fiona Goldsmith as Senior Independent 

Director effective 24 March 2022.

•  Reviewing the composition of the Board and its 

range of skills and experience. 

The Committee’s 
priority during the year 
was the search for a 
new Chief Executive 
Officer to succeed 
James Thomson when 
he stands down at the 
end of the calendar 
year. The focus for 
the year ahead will 
be to appoint a new 
independent Non-
Executive Director to 
the Board.” 

Dermot Gleeson
Chair of the Nomination 
Committee

94

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022•  Board and management succession planning.

•  Reviewing Board diversity and independence.

•  Annual review of the Committee’s terms of 

reference.

•  Reviewing the annual Board evaluation 

questionnaire and findings.

Board appointments 
In the search for a suitable successor for the Chief 
Executive Officer, the Committee undertook an 
independent, wide-ranging search process both 
internally and externally. On 27 April 2022, the 
Committee was pleased to recommend to the Board 
that Graham Prothero be appointed as Chief Executive 
Officer. Graham is currently Chief Operating Officer at 
Vistry Group plc and will join the Board from 1 January 
2023. Graham has an outstanding track record and 
significant experience in the house building sector, 
making him the ideal candidate to lead the Group in the 
next phase of its growth. 

Committee changes 
Following Andrew Coppel’s resignation on 16 March 
2022, Fiona Goldsmith was appointed as Senior 
Independent Director and Elaine Bailey was appointed 
as the Interim Chair of the Remuneration Committee 
effective 24 March 2022. 

Re-election of Directors
The Company’s Articles of Association (“the Articles”) 
provide that, at each Annual General Meeting (“AGM”), 
at least one-third of the Directors shall retire from 
office and be eligible for reappointment. However, the 
Board has determined that all Directors will be subject 
to annual re-election by shareholders and will do so at 
the next AGM. James Thomson has served notice of 
his resignation and will stand down as Chief Executive 
Officer on 31 December 2022. He will still stand for 
re-election at the AGM, covering his remaining time 
in position. Stefan Allanson holds a service contract 
that may be terminated by the Company with a notice 
period of one year.

Diversity and inclusion 
We believe that the composition and quality of 
the Board should be in keeping with the size and 
geographical spread of the Group, its sector, culture 
and status as a listed company. We understand that a 
diverse Board with a range of views enhances decision 
making, which is beneficial to the Group’s long-term 
success and is in the interests of the Company’s 
stakeholders.

The Board diversity policy was approved in 2017 and 
sets the framework for Board appointments to ensure 
that candidates are assessed against objective criteria 
which do not place any candidate at a disadvantage. 
We believe that it is in the interests of our shareholders 
that appointments to the Board and our senior 
management team are made on the basis of merit, 
therefore, the Board does not currently set specific 
targets for boardroom diversity. However, in light of the 
forthcoming changes to the Listing Rules announced 
by the FCA, the Board will review its policy during the 
current financial year and consider the steps needed 
to promote ethnic diversity on the Board and in the 
general workforce. 

Since the appointment of Fiona Goldsmith to the role 
of Senior Independent Officer on 24 March 2022, at 
least one of the senior Board positions is occupied by 
a woman. 

The Group has an equality and diversity policy in 
respect of its wider workforce, with further details set 
out on page 133. 

Board tenure

 Years  Board Members

1-5 

  6–9 

  10+ 

Independence

Chairman 

Executive 

Independent 
Non-Executive

  Non-Independent 
Non-Executive

Gender balance

Male 

  Female 

95

Corporate GovernanceMJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
Nomination Committee Report

CONTINUED

Board appointment process
1. 

Information obtained through Board evaluations and 
succession planning is used to identify gaps in skills, 
experience, independence and knowledge. 

2.  The recruitment process commences, assisted by 
independent, external consultants to determine 
desired objective criteria. A longlist of candidates is 
prepared for the Nomination Committee to review, 
and from this a shortlist of candidates is selected for 
interview. 

3.  Interviews held with the Chairman, Non-Executive 
Directors and Executive Directors (separately).

4.  Nomination Committee recommends a candidate to 

the Board for approval.

Succession planning
We recognise that succession planning is an important 
contributor to the Group’s long-term sustainable 
success. Succession planning for the Board is monitored 
regularly and is considered in detail during the Board’s 
annual performance evaluation. 

Board inductions 
Following successful appointment to the Board, 
new Directors receive a comprehensive and tailored 
induction programme. The induction programme 
facilitates their understanding of the Group and the key 
drivers of business performance and is an opportunity 
for the Directors to meet key members of the senior 
management team and undertake site visits. 

How this supports a diverse succession 
pipeline
The process undertaken in stage 1 identifies a 
recruitment need by looking at the tenure of each 
individual Director, the background, knowledge and skill 
set of each Director, and Board composition as a whole. 

This process enables the Nomination Committee to 
implement plans for the short, medium and long term, 
which support a diverse succession pipeline. 

External advisers
The Nomination Committee uses external advisers where 
required to assist with the recruitment process. During 
the year, the Group used the services of a search agent 
with no connections to the Group or any of the Directors.

Board performance evaluation
Process
Last year, the Board announced that it would undertake 
an external evaluation of the Board’s performance in 
2022. Having considered the announcement of James 
Thomson’s resignation as Chief Executive Officer and 
with the search for a new independent Non-Executive 
Director underway, the Board agreed to delay this 
process until the new Board members are in place. The 
Board will, therefore, undertake an external evaluation 
in 2023. The Board does, however, understand the 
importance of having a rigorous and transparent Board 
evaluation process, and therefore, during the year, the 
Board undertook a review of its own effectiveness, that 
of its Committees and of individual Directors. This was 
based on completion of a detailed questionnaire and 
individual discussions between the Chairman and the 
Directors. 

Being a smaller listed company, the Company is not 
required by the Code to undertake an external Board 
evaluation. However, the Nomination Committee is 
committed to ensuring that a rigorous and effective 
Board evaluation is conducted and is therefore 
committed to undertaking an external Board evaluation 
in 2023, when the Board changes have been effected.

Fiona Goldsmith, in her role as Senior Independent 
Director, conducted an evaluation of the Chairman’s 
performance in conjunction with the other Non-
Executive Directors and with input from the Executive 
Directors.

96

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Macaulay Park,  
Grimsby, Lincolnshire

Outcome 
The outcome and conclusions reached from these evaluations were discussed by the Board and it was concluded 
that the Board, its Committees and the Chairman continued to perform effectively. Findings and actions arisings 
are considered in more detail below:

Findings from the 2022 Board 
evaluation 

Actions planned

Following the resignation of Andrew 
Coppel, the Board has too few 
independent Directors.

A review of Board composition has resulted in the Board commencing 
a search for an additional independent Non-Executive Director. This 
will realign the Board with the independence provisions of the Code. 

The Board should undertake regular 
reviews of its composition and factor 
this into succession planning.

Increased focus on Board composition, skills and diversity. This will 
include an updated review of senior management succession planning. 

The Board holds open, transparent and 
robust discussions.

Continue to communicate effectively as a Board with open and 
transparent discussions and use this dialogue to reach robust 
conclusions.

The Board makes an effective and 
balanced contribution to strategy, risk 
assessment and corporate governance.

The Board Committees are operating 
effectively, and the Committee Chairs 
are effective in their leadership. 

Continue to regularly review risk and opportunity across the business, 
in line with the Company’s overall strategy.

Appoint a permanent Chair of the Remuneration Committee and 
continue to hold an appropriate number of Committee meetings 
with pre-approved agendas, focusing on key issues with challenging 
debate.

Dermot Gleeson
Chairman

14 September 2022

97

Corporate GovernanceMJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Audit Committee Report

Key achievements for 2022
•  Close monitoring of commercial processes, 

cost management, profit and margin 
recognition.

•  Assessing the recent changes brought about 

by the Building Safety Act 2022 and its impact 
on the Group and its financial statements.

•  Assessing emerging and principal risks, 

including those related to climate change, 
environmental, social and governance matters.

•  Obtaining assurance over areas of risk or 

complexity, including taxes, carrying value of 
certain assets and IT security.

Areas of focus for 2023
•  Continued focus on commercial processes, 

cost management, profit and margin 
recognition. 

•  Monitoring changes in government legislation 
and regulation in relation to building safety 
and its impact on the Group.

•  Ongoing assurance over the financial controls, 

tax compliance and risk management 
processes of the Group.

•  Monitoring the resilience and security of key 

business systems against cyber risks and other 
threats.

•  Reviewing and developing the Group’s internal 

audit processes and plan.

Committee members
•  Fiona Goldsmith (Chair)

•  Elaine Bailey

Dear shareholder,
I am pleased to introduce the Audit Committee Report 
for the financial year ended 30 June 2022, which has 
been another busy year for the Committee.

Operation of the Committee
Both members of the Committee are independent 
Non-Executive Directors. The Board is satisfied that 
the membership of the Audit Committee meets 
the requirement for relevant and recent financial 
experience. The biographies and professional 
qualifications of the members are shown on pages 86 
and 87.

The Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, 
Company Secretary and other senior management 
are invited to attend meetings, along with the Group’s 
internal and external auditors, when required. The 
Committee also met with the Group’s internal and 
external auditors without the presence of Executive 
Directors or senior management on several occasions 
throughout the year.

The Committee continues 
to have a busy agenda 
supporting the Board in 
responding to change 
and monitoring the 
effectiveness of the 
Group’s systems of risk 
management and control, 
including audit and 
financial reporting.”

Fiona Goldsmith
Chair of the Audit Committee

98

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Northbeck Grange, 
Bradford, West Yorkshire

Committee meetings
The Committee is required, in accordance with its terms 
of reference, to meet at least three times a year. During 
the year, the Committee formally met four times.

•  Assessing compliance with Group policies and 

whistleblowing. 

•  Assessing external auditor effectiveness, 

independence and fees.

•  Monitoring risk and assurance matters, including:

 − reviewing the Group risk register;

 − internal audit plans and reports;

 − external audit strategy and findings;

 − internal control effectiveness;

 − IT and cyber security reports; and

 − regulatory compliance, including with the UK 
Market Abuse Regulation, GDPR, anti-bribery 
and corruption and Corporate Criminal Offence.

Activities during the year
During the year, the Committee dealt with the following 
key matters:

•  Approving the Group’s interim and annual financial 

reporting.

•  Reviewing principal accounting matters and 

judgements.

•  Monitoring profit recognition and cost management.

•  Obtaining assurance over carrying value of work in 

progress.

•  Reviewing going concern and viability.

•  Reviewing Group credit risk. 

•  Reviewing tax matters and approving the Group’s 

tax strategy.

•  Monitoring legacy matters, including those impacted 

by the Building Safety Act 2022.

99

Corporate GovernanceMJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Audit Committee Report

CONTINUED

Audit Committee activities in 2022

Activity

Work carried out

Outcome

The Committee was satisfied 
that, taken as a whole, the 
2022 Annual Report and 
Accounts is fair, balanced 
and understandable and 
provides sufficient information 
for shareholders to assess 
the Company and Group’s 
performance, business model 
and strategy. The Committee 
recommended as such to 
the Board.

The Committee and the Board 
fully understand and manage 
the balance of risks in the 
business.

The Committee satisfied itself 
that the associated processes 
and controls have continued to 
operate effectively across the 
Group and the assumptions 
applied by management 
in relation to profit margin 
recognition are appropriate.

The Committee satisfied itself 
that the carrying value of land 
and work in progress in both 
Gleeson Homes and Gleeson 
Land remains appropriate.

The Committee satisfied 
itself that the processes and 
controls associated with 
Group taxes remain robust. 

Financial 
reporting – fair, 
balanced and 
understandable

The Committee reviewed the integrity of this Annual 
Report and Accounts and formal announcements 
made during the year relating to the Group’s financial 
performance. 

Risk 
management

At the request of the Board, the Committee considered 
whether the 2022 Annual Report and Accounts taken as 
a whole is fair, balanced and understandable and whether 
it provides the necessary information for shareholders to 
assess the Company’ and Group’s performance, business 
model and strategy. In doing so, the Committee received 
comments from management and the external auditors 
at its meeting in September 2022. It also reviewed 
the annual compliance procedures and management 
confirmations that support the Group’s financial reporting 
governance framework and risk management process for 
the year ended 30 June 2022.

The Committee received an update on the Group risk 
register at four of its scheduled meetings during the 
year. A summary of the principal Group risks, mitigating 
actions and any changes during the year is set out in 
Risk Management on pages 34 to 39.

The Committee fully understands the risks faced by 
the Group and how these are being addressed. This 
process ensures that the Committee meets its obligation 
to oversee the effectiveness of risk management, and 
allows it to confirm to the Board that appropriate 
controls and mitigations are in place and operating 
effectively.

Profit margin 
recognition

Throughout the year, the Committee reviewed the 
processes, controls and assumptions for recognising 
profit margin on development sites, including three 
particular areas: cost inflation, selling prices and 
contingencies. See further details under “Financial 
reporting and significant judgements” on page 102.

The Committee reviewed reports from the Group’s 
internal auditor on the carrying value and recoverability 
of land and work in progress on selected Gleeson 
Homes sites. The Committee also received reports on 
the recoverability and carrying value of work in progress 
in Gleeson Land. See further details under “Financial 
reporting and significant judgements”.

The Committee received regular updates on Group tax 
matters. These cover all aspects of compliance, including 
VAT, Corporation Tax, the newly-enacted Residential 
Property Developers Tax, Construction Industry Scheme 
and employment taxes including off-payroll working 
arrangements.

The Committee reviewed the Group’s Tax Strategy 
statement for the year to 30 June 2022 and 
recommended its approval to the Board. A copy of the 
Tax Strategy statement can be found on the Company’s 
website, mjgleesonplc.com.

Work in 
progress

Group taxes 

100

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Activity

Work carried out

Outcome

Legacy matters

The Committee received and reviewed reports on 
claims associated with the Legacy businesses, being the 
contracting and engineering businesses sold more than 
10 years ago.

Building safety

The Committee approved risk assessments on all 
buildings over 11 metres tall that the Group played 
a part in developing during the last 30 years and 
received reports on the outcome of those inspections. 
The Committee received updates on the latest 
legal requirements under the Building Safety Act 
2022 and continues to monitor this evolving area of 
government policy.

Internal audit

The Committee set the internal audit plan for financial 
year ended 30 June 2022 at its meeting in September 
2021. The Committee received and reviewed reports 
from the internal auditor throughout the year on internal 
audits conducted across the business.

The Committee, in conjunction 
with the Chief Financial 
Officer, continues to monitor 
the status of claims and any 
remaining liabilities.

The Committee is satisfied 
that the Group is meeting 
the commitments made 
in the pledge letter to the 
Department for Levelling Up, 
Housing and Communities 
(“DLUHC”) and that it is 
acting responsibly to meet its 
obligations.

The Committee remains 
satisfied with the effectiveness 
of the internal audit function.

External audit 

The Committee received and reviewed the external 
auditors’ Group audit plan at its meeting in February 
2022. Following completion of the audit of the Group, 
the external auditors presented their findings to the 
Committee in September 2022.

The Committee remains 
satisfied with the effectiveness 
of the external auditors and 
the audit process.

Other activities
During the year, the Committee also reviewed reports on IT and cyber security,  
corporate disclosures, GDPR, credit risk, Corporate Criminal Offence, anti-bribery  
and malpractice monitoring. 

  Springfield Meadows, 
Bolsover, Derbyshire

101

Corporate GovernanceMJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Audit Committee Report

CONTINUED

Financial reporting and significant judgements
The significant financial reporting matters and areas of significant judgement considered by the Committee during 
the year are those that present a risk of material misstatement to the Group’s financial statements, being:

Activity

Work carried out

Outcome

Margin 
recognition

Carrying 
value of land 
and work in 
progress

The allocation of inventories to cost of sales on the sale 
of individual homes is dependent on estimates of total 
build costs and future selling prices for each site as a 
whole. These estimates, therefore, impact on the timing 
and amount of profit margin recognised on sales of 
individual homes.

The Committee monitors the effectiveness of internal 
controls exercised over the key processes employed 
by the Group in site development activities and the 
forecasting of future costs, revenue and profit.

The Committee receives regular reports regarding 
sales of homes and the costs, and possible future costs, 
relating to individual sites. The Committee reviewed the 
assumptions applied by management supporting the 
profit margin recognised on the sale of individual homes 
and concluded that they remain appropriate.

The most significant asset carried by the Group is 
inventory, which includes land and work in progress. 
The Group carries inventories at the lower of cost and 
net realisable value, which is dependent on estimates 
of total build or land promotion costs and future selling 
prices. There is, therefore, a risk that land and work in 
progress is held at a value in excess of the lower of cost 
and net realisable value.

The Committee monitors the effectiveness of internal 
controls exercised over the key processes employed 
by the Group in site development activities and the 
forecasting of future costs, revenue and profit.

The Committee also receives regular reports on the 
carrying value of land and work in progress in Gleeson 
Homes and Gleeson Land. The Committee reviewed 
these reports and debated them with the internal 
auditor and with management. 

The Committee satisfied itself 
that the associated processes 
and controls have continued to 
operate effectively across the 
Group and the assumptions 
applied by management 
in relation to profit margin 
recognition are appropriate.

The Committee satisfied itself 
that the carrying value of land 
and work in progress remains 
appropriate.

The Committee satisfied itself 
that the associated processes 
and controls have continued to 
operate effectively across the 
Group and the assumptions 
applied by management in 
relation to inventory value is 
appropriate.

Building safety

The Committee reviewed, challenged and agreed the 
basis on which the Group’s review and assessment of 
buildings over 11 metres in which the Group played a 
part in developing was carried out. The Committee 
considered the assessment of costs associated with 
life-critical fire-safety remediation in respect of any such 
buildings and the findings from independent experts. 
More details can be found in note 18 to the financial 
statements.

The Committee considered and agreed the 
appropriateness of presenting the costs associated with 
life-critical fire-safety remediation as an exceptional item 
in these financial statements, including discussions with 
the external auditors.

The Committee satisfied itself 
that the processes undertaken 
by the Group in respect of 
the identification, assessment 
and estimation of life-critical 
fire-safety remediation costs 
were robust and the provisions 
recognised were appropriate.

The Committee satisfied itself 
that the presentation of such 
costs as an exceptional item in 
these financial statements is 
appropriate. 

102

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Activity

Work carried out

Outcome

Climate 
change and 
environmental 
risks

Going concern 
and viability 
reporting

The Committee reviewed the risk of climate change 
impacting the Group as part of the risk register review 
during its regular meetings. 

Climate change has the potential to impact the Group 
through restricted land availability, disrupted build 
programmes, material and labour shortages and 
increased costs. This could impact the carrying value 
of assets, including land held in inventory, or require 
specific provisions to be made. 

The Committee satisfied 
itself that no provisions or 
impairment of assets have 
been recognised in these 
financial statements as a 
result of climate change or 
environmental risks and that 
this remains appropriate.

The Committee satisfied itself 
that, based on the financial 
modelling undertaken, the 
Company and Group have 
adequate resources to 
continue in operation for the 
foreseeable future and operate 
in compliance with their bank 
facilities. The Committee 
recommended statements 
to this effect to the Board to 
approve for inclusion in this 
Annual Report and Accounts.

The Committee examined the financial forecasts for the 
Group, including the impact of a severe but plausible 
downturn in the housing and land markets. These 
were examined by the Committee in conjunction with 
its review of this Annual Report and Accounts. The 
Committee satisfied itself, and subsequently the Board, 
that the going concern basis of preparation continues 
to be appropriate in the context of the Group’s banking 
and liquidity position. Further details can be found in 
note 1 of the financial statements on page 153.

In accordance with the provisions of the Code, the 
Committee considered the time period over which it 
could reasonably assess the Group’s ability to continue 
to trade, taking into account the Group’s financial 
budget period and operational forecasts. It concluded 
that this should remain a three-year period as explained 
in the viability statement on page 93. The Committee 
received detailed financial analysis based on the Group’s 
latest budgets with a severe but plausible scenario 
applied over the three-year period and determined that 
there was a reasonable expectation that the Company 
and Group will be able to continue in operation, meet its 
liabilities as they fall due and maintain compliance with 
its banking covenants. 

Carrying value 
of investments 
(Company 
only)

The Committee reviewed the carrying value of the 
investment in subsidiaries during the year.

Following a review of the carrying value of investments 
in the Parent Company, the Company’s investment 
in the Legacy businesses was written down by 
£0.1m at 30 June 2022. This has no impact on the 
consolidated Group.

The Committee satisfied itself 
that the carrying value of 
investments held in the Parent 
Company remains appropriate 
with no other indicators of 
impairment.

103

Corporate GovernanceMJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Audit Committee Report

CONTINUED

Financial Reporting Council 
During the year, the Committee monitored the Group’s 
engagement with external stakeholders relevant to the 
Committee’s areas of oversight, including the Financial 
Reporting Council (the “FRC”). In February 2022, the 
Group received a letter from the Corporate Reporting 
Review Team of the FRC in relation to the Group’s 
2021 Annual Report and Accounts as part of its regular 
review and assessment of the quality of corporate 
reporting in the UK. This letter did not raise any specific 
questions or queries that required a substantive 
response or explanation, but did note a number of 
matters where they believed that users of the accounts 
would benefit from improvements to the existing 
disclosures. All the proposed specific enhancements 
to the disclosures in the accounts have been taken into 
account in the preparation of this Annual Report and 
Accounts.

This review considered compliance with reporting 
requirements and does not provide any assurance 
over the disclosures that were reviewed. The FRC 
(which includes the FRC’s officers, employees and 
agents) accepts no liability for reliance on them by the 
Company or any third party, including but not limited to 
investors and shareholders. 

Effectiveness of internal controls  
and risk management systems
The Committee is responsible for reviewing and 
monitoring the effectiveness of internal controls and 
risk management systems on behalf of the Board. The 
Group’s system of internal control includes the following 
processes:

•  The Board and management committees meet 

regularly to monitor performance against key 
performance indicators, which include cash 
management and financial and operational 
measures. A variety of financial and non-
financial reports are produced to facilitate this 
review process.

•  The Board has established defined lines of authority 
to ensure that significant decisions are taken at an 
appropriate level.

•  The Group employs individuals of appropriate 

calibre and provides any training that is necessary 
to enable them to perform their role effectively. 
Key objectives and opportunities for improvement 
are identified through annual performance and 
development reviews.

•  Each division has defined procedures and controls 
to identify and minimise business, operational 
and financial risks. These procedures include 
segregation of duties, provision of regular 
performance information and exception reports, 
approval procedures for key transactions and the 
maintenance of proper records. Compliance with 
these procedures and controls is certified annually 
by senior management to the Committee. The 
Group’s programme of insurance covers the major 
risks to the Group’s assets and business and is 
reviewed annually.

•  Authorities are in place that require divisional 

management to refer all significant decisions that 
exceed prescribed limits to either the Executive 
Directors or the Board for approval.

Regular reviews are undertaken in order to identify any 
changes in procedure or controls that may be required 
in the light of changing circumstances.

The effectiveness of the overall internal control 
framework and risk management process is monitored 
by both the Audit Committee and the Board. As part 
of this, the Committee reviews the annual compliance 
returns completed by senior management, which 
confirm that key financial controls have been in 
operation throughout the year and that an effective 
control environment has been maintained.

Each divisional management team also completes 
an annual risk assessment. The results of this are 
reviewed by the Committee and changes identified 
are incorporated into the Group risk register. The Risk 
Management section on pages 34 to 39 sets out details 
of the principal risks that the business faces and how it 
mitigates them.

The Committee has satisfied itself that an appropriate 
system of internal controls and risk management 
processes has been maintained throughout the year to 
safeguard shareholder interests as well as the Group’s 
assets in accordance with the requirements of the Code.

Whistleblowing arrangements
The Group has in place a formal whistleblowing policy, 
internal whistleblowing mailbox monitored by the Head 
of Legal and Company Secretary, and an independent 
external whistleblowing helpline. These enable all 
employees to confidentially report any malpractice or 
matters of concern they have regarding the actions of 
employees, management or Directors, or any unlawful 
behaviour or breaches of the Group’s policies or 
practices, without fear of recrimination. The policy 
includes a process for proportionate and independent 
investigation of any reports received. This may involve 
an informal review, an internal inquiry, or a more formal 
investigation. Whenever possible, feedback is given to 
the whistleblower on the outcome of any investigation.

The Head of Legal and Company Secretary maintains a 
register of reports received through both internal and 
external processes, which is reviewed by the Committee 
at least every six months.

During the year, employee awareness was enhanced on 
the Group’s whistleblowing policy through the induction 
process, newsletters, posters and reminders that “If 
you see something, say something”. Employees also 
undertake a mandatory online course which is designed 
to raise awareness of reportable issues or incidents.

Anti-bribery and corruption policy
The Group values its long-standing reputation for 
ethical behaviour and integrity. Conducting its business 
with the highest ethical standards and a zero-tolerance 
approach to all forms of corruption is central to these 
values, the Group’s image and reputation. 

104

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022The Group policy sets out the standards expected of 
all Group employees in relation to anti-bribery and 
corruption. The Board has overall responsibility for 
ensuring this policy complies with the Group’s legal and 
ethical obligations and that everyone in the organisation 
complies with it. This policy is also relevant for third 
parties who supply goods or perform services for or on 
behalf of the Group. We require those parties to adhere 
to this policy or have in place equivalent policies and 
procedures to combat bribery and corruption.

Employees also undertake a mandatory online course, 
which is designed to raise awareness of bribery and 
corruption offences and penalties for both individuals 
and the Group. 

The Committee reviews a report on the registers of 
gifts and hospitality given or received by Directors and 
employees of the Group at least every six months. No 
incidents of bribery or corruption involving the Group 
or its employees were reported to the Committee 
during the year.

Human rights and modern slavery 
During the year, the Group established new processes 
to enhance modern slavery checks and safeguards 
within the business, enhanced the on-boarding process 
for its supply chain and undertook regular audits of its 
development sites. All employees undertake mandatory 
online training on spotting the potential signs of slavery 
within the workplace and are actively encouraged to 
raise concerns through the whistleblowing lines. The 
modern slavery focus group established in the prior 
year is led by the Chief Financial Officer and comprises 
members of senior management and the Head of Legal 
and Company Secretary. 

Internal audit
The Committee is responsible for reviewing and 
approving the annual internal audit plan. This continues 
to cover a broad scope of activities across the Group, 
focused on areas of risk and management judgement.

During the year, the Committee received six reports 
from the internal auditor on the findings of internal 
audits conducted throughout the business, together 
with proposed recommendations to rectify any issues 
identified. The findings of these reports were actively 
discussed by the Committee with the internal auditor 
and with management. The Committee monitored the 
follow-up on actions identified.

The Committee reviewed the effectiveness of the internal 
audit function and concluded that it has operated 
effectively and provided a suitable level of independent 
scrutiny across the operations of the Group.

External audit
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP were first appointed 
as independent auditors to the Group in December 
2016 following a competitive audit tender, and were 
most recently reappointed following approval by 
shareholders at the AGM on 15 November 2021.

In February 2022, the auditors presented their 
Group audit plan to the Committee, identifying 
their assessment of key risks in the Group’s financial 

reporting. For the 2022 financial year, as in prior years, 
the key audit matters identified were in relation to the 
carrying value of land and work in progress in Gleeson 
Homes and Gleeson Land and the carrying value of 
investments in subsidiaries in relation to the Company 
only. Subsequently, the valuation of building safety 
provisioning was added as a key audit matter for the 
year to 30 June 2022.

The Committee formulates and oversees the Group’s 
policy on monitoring the external auditors’ objectivity 
and independence in relation to non-audit services and 
is responsible for the approval of all audit and non-audit 
fees for services provided by the Company’s auditors. 
As a result of the EU Audit Reforms Regulations (as 
amended 11 June 2016), and the FRC’s revised ethical 
standard (as revised December 2019), the auditors are 
excluded from undertaking a range of work on behalf 
of the Group to ensure that the nature of non-audit 
services performed or fee income earned relative to 
the audit fees does not compromise, and is not seen to 
compromise, the auditors’ independence, objectivity or 
integrity.

For the year to 30 June 2022, there were no non-audit 
fees paid to the external auditors. Details of the audit 
fees incurred are disclosed in note 4 to the financial 
statements.

The Committee assesses the performance and 
effectiveness of the external auditors on an annual basis. 
When making its assessment, the Committee considers 
feedback from the Chief Financial Officer and other 
senior finance management, the auditors’ fulfilment of 
the agreed audit plan, and the auditors’ objectivity and 
independence during the process. The Committee also 
holds private meetings with the auditors on an annual 
basis. Matters discussed include the auditors’ assessment 
of business risks and management activity thereon, 
the transparency and openness of interactions with 
management and confirmation that there has been no 
restriction in scope placed on them by management.

The Committee concluded that the audit process had 
been conducted robustly and PricewaterhouseCoopers 
LLP’s performance as independent auditors to the 
Group was considered to be satisfactory. As the 
auditors have indicated their willingness to continue 
in office, a resolution that they be reappointed will 
be proposed at the next AGM of the Company on 18 
November 2022.

Under current regulations the Group is not required to 
re-tender its audit until 2026, however, the Committee 
will continue to monitor the performance of the external 
auditors during this time and make recommendations 
accordingly.

The Company has complied throughout the reporting 
year with the provisions of The Statutory Audit Services 
for Large Companies Market Investigation (Mandatory 
Use of Competitive Tender Processes and Audit 
Committee Responsibilities) Order 2014.

Fiona Goldsmith
Chair of the Audit Committee

14 September 2022

105

Corporate GovernanceMJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Sustainability Committee Report

Key achievements for 2022
•  Review of Group sustainability risks and 

mitigating actions.

•  Review of progress against 2022 sustainability 

targets and setting of 2023 targets, including 
reducing carbon emissions.

•  Review of progress on scope 3 carbon 

emissions data validation. 

•  Review of Group reporting and disclosures, 
in particular climate risk scenario modelling 
for TCFD.

Areas of focus for 2023
•  Monitoring progress against 2023 

sustainability targets.

•  Developing the Group’s long-term carbon 

emissions reduction pathway.

•  Developing the Group’s water and biodiversity 

strategies.

•  Enhancing the Group’s climate-related 

reporting disclosures and communications.

Committee members
•  Elaine Bailey (Chair)

•  James Thomson

•  Stefan Allanson

Dear shareholder,
I am pleased to introduce our second Sustainability 
Committee Report, for the Committee’s first full year in 
operation after it was formed in December 2020.

Operation of the Committee
The Committee is comprised of the Chair, the Chief 
Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer. Other 
members of the Board, senior management or external 
advisers are invited to attend for all or part of any 
meeting as and when required. 

Committee meetings
The Committee is required, in accordance with its 
terms of reference, to meet at least twice a year, and 
the Committee met twice during the year. The terms of 
reference were amended during the year to increase the 
number of scheduled meetings to three times a year 
as the Committee recognises the importance of its role 
in continuing to monitor and integrate sustainability 
practices and targets across the business.

The Sustainability 
Committee supports 
the Board in ensuring 
the business operates 
in a responsible manner, 
adding value to society, 
improving communities, 
enhancing people’s lives 
and reducing our impact 
on the environment.”

Elaine Bailey
Chair of the  
Sustainability Committee

106

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022 Jack,  
Briar Lea Park, 
Longtown, 
Cumbria

Activities during the year
During the year, the Committee dealt with the following 
key matters:

•  Reviewing progress against 2022 sustainability 

targets and actions.

•  Agreeing new sustainability targets and actions 

for 2023.

•  Reviewing the Group’s sustainability risk register.

•  Recruitment of the Group Sustainability Manager.

•  Agreeing further steps for the Group in respect of:

 − “near miss” accident reporting;

 − enhancing employee engagement;

 − enhancing the customer experience;

 − reducing the Group’s scope 1 and 2 carbon 

emissions;

 − scope 3 emissions data and a carbon reduction 

pathway; 

 − water and biodiversity strategies; and

 − developing climate-related disclosures in 

accordance with the Task Force on Climate-
related Financial Disclosures (“TCFD”) and the 
Sustainability Accounting Standards Board 
(“SASB”).

Our aims 
We are currently developing our long-term carbon-
reduction strategy. As we set out last year, the starting 
point for this carbon reduction plan is a complete and 
in-depth analysis of the scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions in 
our build processes and supply chain in order to model 
a pathway that is both robust and implementable. 

Whilst we have made significant progress in 
understanding our scope 3 emissions this year and 
validating these to Environmental Product Declarations 
(the details of which can be found on page 60) we have 
further to go before we establish a robust and realistic 
medium and long-term strategy. 

In the short-to-medium term, our aim is to set 
sustainability targets and actions that can be 
quantified and that are, ideally, within the tenure of 
those who are measured against them. This enables 
environmental, social and governance targets to be 
linked to performance and remuneration effectively, and 
drives purposeful outcomes which ultimately drive the 
business towards achieving its long-term sustainable 
business strategy. 

We are all aware of the potential impacts of climate 
change and the risks not only to our business but the 
communities in which we build. We are already seeing 
some effects in the form of emerging environmental 
issues, including phosphate and nitrate mitigation, 
nutrient neutrality, flooding and water stress, that are 
impacting the sector in terms of the planning process 
and land availability. Our aim is to continue to adapt 
and stay one step ahead in our approach to land 
buying, materials, technology and processes in order 
to manage and mitigate the effects of these on our 
business.

Our aim is also to provide clarity and leadership in 
our reporting on sustainability, sharing the Group’s 
targets and performance, including where we have 
not achieved targets and the areas for improvement. 
We believe that stakeholders value this honesty in our 
reporting. 

107

Corporate GovernanceMJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Sustainability Committee Report 

CONTINUED

Sustainability Committee activities in 2022

Activity

Work carried out

Outcome

Our TCFD reporting has been updated to 
reflect climate risk scenario planning.

Our detailed validation of scope 3 emissions 
will enable us to develop our medium and 
long-term carbon reduction pathway.

The Committee was satisfied with progress 
against the 2022 targets.

The Committee approved the targets and 
actions proposed for 2023. 

The Committee and the Board fully 
understand and manage the balance of risks 
in the business.

The Committee approved the disclosures for 
inclusion in this Annual Report and Accounts.

Carbon 
emissions 

Sustainability 
targets 

Sustainability 
risk register 

Climate-
related 
disclosures

The Committee has continued to review the 
progress made on our carbon emissions 
reduction and the impact that regulatory 
change will have. This has been included 
in our climate risk scenario planning that 
forms part of our TCFD reporting on pages 
66 to 69.

The continuation of our scope 3 emissions 
evaluation for embodied and in-use carbon 
has significantly improved the accuracy of 
our carbon data and understanding.

The Committee received updates on 
progress against the 2022 sustainability 
targets that were published in last 
year’s Annual Report and Accounts. The 
Committee challenged where progress 
was falling short of the targets set and the 
corrective actions being taken. Progress 
against our published 2022 targets can be 
found on pages 62 and 63.

The Committee reviewed and approved the 
targets and actions for 2023. These can be 
found on page 65.

The Committee reviewed the sustainability 
risk register. This assesses both the 
inherent and mitigated risks of the material 
sustainability issues relevant to the Group. 

Group-level risks, including those related to 
climate change and sustainability, informed 
by the sustainability risk register, are 
monitored by the Audit Committee and the 
Board as set out in Risk Management on 
pages 34 to 39.

The Committee reviewed the draft and 
final disclosures for inclusion in this Annual 
Report and Accounts. This includes the 
disclosures based on the recommendations 
of the TCFD, which can be found on pages 
66 to 69, and the relevant SASB Industry 
Standards, which can be found on pages 
70 to 73.

Elaine Bailey
Chair of the Sustainability Committee

14 September 2022

108

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022  Canal Walk,  
Burnley, 
Lancashire

MJ Gleeson plc 
Annual Report & Accounts 2022

109

Corporate GovernanceRemuneration Committee Report 

Key achievements for 2022
•  Reviewing and proposing the new Directors’ 

Remuneration Policy for 2023 and 
subsequent years.

•  Reviewing and assessing the fairness of 2022 

bonus and LTIP outcomes.

•  Agreeing performance targets for Executive 

Director remuneration for 2023.

•  Reviewing and approving proposals for staff 

pay and bonuses.

Areas of focus for 2023
•  Setting targets for Executive remuneration 
that align to the Group’s business strategy.

•  Reviewing wider workforce remuneration 

and related policies.

Committee members
•  Elaine Bailey (Interim Chair)

•  Fiona Goldsmith

Dear shareholder,
I am pleased to present the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report for 2022.

The report is split into three sections:

1.  This statement, which provides an overview of the 
key decisions made on Directors’ remuneration 
during the year;

2.  The Annual Report on Remuneration, which provides 
details of the remuneration earned by Directors 
during 2022, and how we intend to apply the 
Directors’ Remuneration Policy during 2023; and

3.  The proposed Directors’ Remuneration Policy for 
which we will be seeking shareholder approval at 
the 2022 AGM.

Our new Directors’ Remuneration Policy
Our current Remuneration Policy was approved by 
shareholders at the 2019 AGM (with 98.2% of votes 
cast in favour) and is approaching the end of its 
three-year term. A new Directors’ Remuneration 
Policy (“Remuneration Policy”) will therefore be put to 
shareholders for approval at the 2022 AGM. 

The Committee has undertaken a comprehensive 
review of the Executive remuneration framework and 
concluded that it continues to support the delivery of 
business strategy and the creation of shareholder value. 
Therefore, no changes are proposed to the overall 
framework. Minor refinements have been proposed to 
the Remuneration Policy to provide greater alignment 
with best practice corporate governance principles and 
to reflect “good housekeeping”. As part of the review, 
the Committee wrote to major shareholders to advise of 
the proposed refinements and invite any feedback. 

I am pleased to present 
the Annual Report on 
Remuneration and the 
proposed Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy.”

Elaine Bailey
Interim Chair of the  
Remuneration Committee

110

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022The proposed refinements are as follows:

•  Post-employment shareholding guideline 

Guidelines were introduced in 2019 which required 
Executive Directors to hold shares equivalent to 
200% of salary for the first 12 months following 
departure and 100% of salary for the subsequent 
12 months (or their actual shareholding at the point 
of departure if lower). The guidelines have been 
updated with effect from 1 July 2022 to reflect 
best practice and guidance from the Investment 
Association. Executive Directors are now required 
to hold shares equivalent to 200% of salary for 
two years following departure (or their actual 
shareholding at the point of departure if lower).

•  Leaver provisions for deferred bonus awards  

The leaver provisions have been updated to reflect 
that, if an Executive Director departs for any reason, 
unvested deferred bonus awards will ordinarily 
continue to vest at the normal vesting date. The 
exception being that unvested awards will lapse 
immediately if an Executive Director is summarily 
dismissed. This is so that the policy fully aligns with 
the approach adopted by the Committee in practice, 
which the Committee considers to be in line with 
market practice.

Executive Director changes
As announced on 27 April 2022, James Thomson will 
step down as Chief Executive Officer on 31 December 
2022. He will remain on the Board as a Non-Executive 
Director. Graham Prothero will succeed James Thomson 
as Chief Executive Officer with effect from  
1 January 2023. 

previous employer. The Committee notes that the 
additional 50% of salary serves as a performance-
based buy-out award, which has a significantly lower 
face value and longer time horizons compared to 
the awards forfeit. The LTIP award will be subject 
to the same performance metrics as the award to 
be granted to Stefan Allanson (see page 112). The 
maximum LTIP opportunity for subsequent years will 
be 150% of salary.

Pay and performance outcomes for 2022
Results for the year
Gleeson Homes delivered its medium-term strategic 
objective of doubling home sales within five years by 
completing the sale of 2,000 new homes during the 
year, an increase of 10.4% on the prior year. It opened 
23 new sites and closed the year with 87 build sites, of 
which 61 were actively selling.

The average selling price increased by 14.7% to 
£167,300, which offset significant material and labour 
cost increases experienced across the sector. As a 
result, Gleeson Homes delivered an operating profit of 
£51.2m pre-exceptional items (2021: £37.4m).

Gleeson Land sold six sites during the year with the 
potential to deliver 1,443 plots for housing development 
and delivered operating profit of £11.1m (2021: £11.1m). 
It ended the year with a portfolio of 71 sites (2021: 71 
sites) with the potential to deliver 20,241 plots. 

As a result of the strong performance in both divisions, 
Group profit before tax (pre-exceptional items) was 
£55.5m (2021: £41.7m), which was significantly ahead of 
market expectations.

The treatment of James Thomson’s remuneration is set 
out on page 116. The Committee has agreed the following 
remuneration arrangements for Graham Prothero:

The Group also set a number of sustainability targets 
for 2022. The performance against these targets is set 
out on pages 62 and 63.

•  An annual salary of £540,000 which is positioned 
within the market competitive range compared to 
FTSE SmallCap companies and is competitively 
positioned against housebuilder peers.

•  A one-off relocation allowance of £25,000.

•  A pension opportunity equal to 6.5% of salary, which 
is in line with the level available to the majority of 
the wider workforce.

•  An annual bonus opportunity of 150% of salary, 
which is in line with the maximum limit included 
in the Remuneration Policy. For the year ended 30 
June 2023, the bonus opportunity will be prorated 
to reflect the period of his service as Chief Executive 
Officer during the year.

•  A maximum LTIP opportunity of 250% of salary 
for the year ending 30 June 2023. This is a one-
off exceptional award level which the Committee 
considers to be appropriate in the context of 
recruiting Graham Prothero and to ensure that he 
is appropriately incentivised over the longer term. 
The award opportunity has been determined based 
on the exceptional LTIP limit included within the 
Remuneration Policy (200% of salary), which may 
be used to recruit an Executive Director, with an 
additional 50% of salary to buy out LTIP awards 
that were forfeit by Graham Prothero on leaving his 

Annual bonus
The Executive Directors were each awarded an annual 
bonus opportunity equal to 125% of salary based on 
Group profit before tax (as regards 80% of the potential 
award) and strategic and personal performance (as 
regards 20% of the potential award). James Thomson’s 
strategic and personal objectives were based on 
customer satisfaction, site openings, forward order 
book, sustainability targets and Gleeson Land’s maturity 
of portfolio. Stefan Allanson’s strategic and personal 
objectives were based on site openings, forward order 
book, sustainability targets and Gleeson Land’s maturity 
of portfolio.

James Thomson and Stefan Allanson each earned 
a bonus equal to 89% and 86.25% of maximum 
respectively (equivalent to 111.3% and 107.8% of salary) 
based on the outcome of the performance targets. See 
pages 114 and 115.

The Committee considered the bonus outcome for 
the profit element and the strategic and personal 
performance element alongside broader perspectives, 
including underlying business performance and 
affordability and the experience of employees and other 
stakeholders. The Committee considered the outcome 
to be appropriate and no discretion was applied to the 
bonus outcome. 

111

Corporate GovernanceMJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Remuneration Committee Report 

CONTINUED

Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”)
James Thomson and Stefan Allanson were each granted 
an LTIP award in 2019 equal to 150% of salary. The 
awards were subject to performance targets based 
on Earnings per Share (“EPS”) (as regards two-thirds 
of the award) and relative Total Shareholder Return 
(“TSR”) (as regards one-third of the award). 27.4% of 
the awards will vest, taking into account performance 
against the EPS and relative TSR targets. See page 115. 

The Committee considers the vesting outcome to be 
appropriate, recognising that the Group has continued 
to perform strongly, both financially and strategically, 
in a volatile economic environment over the last 
three years. No discretion to the vesting outcome has 
therefore been applied.

Vested awards will be subject to a two-year 
holding period.

Remuneration in 2023
Salary
A 4% salary increase has been awarded to Stefan 
Allanson with effect from 1 July 2022. This compares 
to an average of 5.6% for the wider workforce. No 
salary increase has been awarded to James Thomson 
on account of him stepping down as Chief Executive 
Officer on 31 December 2022. 

Pension
James Thomson and Stefan Allanson will each receive a 
pension opportunity equal to 6.5% of salary, which is in 
line with the level available to the majority of the wider 
workforce.

Annual bonus
The maximum bonus opportunity for James Thomson 
and Stefan Allanson will be 125% of salary. James 
Thomson’s bonus opportunity will be prorated to reflect 
the period of his service as Chief Executive Officer 
during the year. 

In line with the previous year, 80% of the award will 
be based on financial performance and 20% will be 
based on strategic and personal performance. Details 
of the profit target and the strategic and personal 
performance targets will be fully disclosed in the 
Annual Report on Remuneration for the year ending 30 
June 2023. The Committee has discretion to amend the 
bonus outcome where it considers that it is not a fair 
reflection of business performance. 

The Executive Directors will be required to defer  
one-third of any bonuses earned into shares for a  
two-year period. 

LTIP
The maximum LTIP opportunity for Stefan Allanson will 
be 150% of salary. James Thomson will not be granted 
an LTIP award. 

In line with the previous year, 50% of the award will be 
based on EPS performance and 50% will be based on 
relative TSR performance measured over a period of 
three financial years to 30 June 2025. The Committee 
has discretion to amend the vesting outcome where 
it considers that it is not a fair reflection of business 
performance. Any shares that vest will be subject 

112

to a two-year holding period. See page 121 for details of 
the performance targets.

Chairman and Non-Executive Directors fees
The Committee agreed that the Chairman’s fee for 
2023 will remain at £128,000, and this includes a fee of 
£10,500 for chairing the Nomination Committee, which 
also remains unchanged. 

The fees for the Non-Executive Directors increased 4% 
from £48,500 to £50,500 plus an additional, unchanged, 
fee of £10,500 for chairing a Board Committee. This 
compares to an average increase of 5.6% for the wider 
workforce. The Senior Independent Director will receive 
an additional fee of £10,000. 

Gender pay gap
The Group’s median gender pay gap is 3%, versus the 
2021 national median of 8% in favour of men. Women 
occupy 20% of the highest paid jobs and 35% of the 
lowest paid jobs.

The Group is continuing to develop and encourage 
more women into roles that have traditionally been 
male occupied. This includes better provisions on sites 
for female employees and subcontractors. In respect of 
pay, the Group does not discriminate on the grounds of 
gender and operates an equal pay policy.

Further details are set out in the Group’s Gender Pay 
Review, which can be found at mjgleesonplc.com.

Real Living Wage
The Group was the first major housebuilder to be 
accredited by the Living Wage Foundation. Other 
housebuilders have now followed our lead and the 
Group believes that all employees in all sectors should 
be paid the real Living Wage or higher. The only 
exception to this is for apprentices, where the Group 
pays above the government’s guidelines.

The Committee looks closely at market data when it 
comes to approving employee pay and rewards to 
ensure that these remain competitive and enable the 
Group to attract, motivate and retain high-quality staff.

Conclusion
I trust the information presented in this report 
enables our shareholders to understand how we have 
operated our Remuneration Policy over the year and 
the rationale for our decision making. We believe that 
the Remuneration Policy operated as intended and 
we consider that the remuneration received by the 
Executive Directors during the year was appropriate 
taking into account Group and personal performance, 
and the experience of shareholders and employees.

I will be available at the AGM to respond to any 
questions and discuss any aspects of the proposed 
Remuneration Policy, Annual Report on Remuneration 
or the Committee’s activities.

Elaine Bailey
Interim Chair of the Remuneration Committee

14 September 2022

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Chairman

Dermot 
Gleeson

Executive 
Directors

James 
Thomson

Stefan 
Allanson

Non– 
Executive 
Directors

Elaine  
Bailey1

Andrew 
Coppel2

Fiona 
Goldsmith

Christopher 
Mills

Annual Report on Remuneration

The Remuneration Committee’s Annual Report on Remuneration for the year ended 30 June 2022 is set out below, 
including remuneration for the year ended 30 June 2022 and the implementation of the new Remuneration Policy 
for 2023.

The auditors are required to report on the following information up to and including the table on Directors’  
shareholdings and share interests on page 117.

Single total figure of remuneration for each Director for the years ended 
30 June 2022 and 30 June 2021

2022

2021

Fixed pay

Variable pay

Fixed pay

Salary 
& fees Benefits Pension Subtotal

Annual 
bonus

Value 
of LTIP 
awards Subtotal

Salary 
& fees Benefits Pension Subtotal

Total

Variable pay
Value 
of LTIP 
awards Subtotal

Annual 
bonus

Total

£000

£000

£000

£000

£000

£000

£000 £000

£000

£000

£000

£000

£000

£000

£000

£000

128

1

–

129

–

–

–

129

125

1

–

126

–

–

–

126

513

323

23

18

33

569

570

153

723 1,292 500

29

370

348

97

445

815

315

62

42

59

49

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

62

42

59

49

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

62

42

59

19

58

58

–

47
250 1,168 2,448 1,122

49

–

Total

1,176

42

62 1,280

918

21

17

–

–

–

–

39

33

554

619

–

619

1,173

38

370

380 454

834 1,204

–

–

–

–

71

19

58

58

47

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

19

58

58

47

1,232

999 454

1,453 2,685

1  Elaine Bailey was appointed to the Board on 1 March 2021.

2  Andrew Coppel resigned from the Board on 16 March 2022.

Notes to the single total figure of remuneration
Salary and fees
Details of annual salaries for Executive Directors for the years ended 30 June 2022 and 30 June 2021 are set 
out below.

James Thomson
Stefan Allanson

Salary from  
1 July 2021  
£

Salary from  
1 July 2020  
£

512,500

322,875

500,000

315,000

Details of fees for Non-Executive Directors for the years ended 30 June 2022 and 30 June 2021 are set out below.

Chairman1
Non-Executive Director fee
Fee for chairing a Committee

1 

 Includes a fee of £10,500 for chairing the Nomination Committee.

Fees from  
1 July 2021  
£

Fees from  
1 July 2020  
£

128,000

48,500

10,500

125,000

47,250

10,500

113

Corporate GovernanceMJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Annual Report on Remuneration 

CONTINUED

Taxable benefits provided to Executive Directors
The main benefits available to the Executive Directors during the year ended 30 June 2022 (and their associated 
values) were: car allowance of £13,000 for James Thomson and £13,000 for Stefan Allanson; car fuel of £8,000 
for James Thomson and £3,000 for Stefan Allanson; private medical insurance of £1,000 for James Thomson and 
£1,000 for Stefan Allanson; and matching shares granted under the HMRC tax-qualifying all-employee scheme of 
£1,000 for James Thomson and £1,000 for Stefan Allanson.

Pension
The Executive Directors are eligible to participate in the MJ Gleeson Group Pension Plan, a defined contribution 
arrangement. During the year ended 30 June 2022, James Thomson received cash in lieu of pension contributions 
of 6.5% of salary (2021: 6.5% of salary) and Stefan Allanson received cash in lieu of pension contributions of 9% of 
salary (2021: 12% of salary).

Determination of annual bonus
The Executive Directors were each awarded a maximum bonus opportunity of 125% of salary based on Group profit 
before tax (as regards 80% of the potential award) and strategic and personal performance (as regards 20% of the 
potential award).

Profit performance
The Group achieved profit before tax (pre-exceptional items) of £55.5m for the year ended 30 June 2022. This was 
above the maximum and therefore 100% of the profit-related element of the bonus award was earned.

Target
Threshold
Target
Maximum

Profit measure 
£m

48.8

51.4

53.9

Bonus achievable 
as percentage of 
maximum1
20%

50%

100%

1  Straight-line vesting between threshold and maximum. 

Strategic and personal performance
Performance against strategic and personal objectives for the year ended 30 June 2022 is detailed below.

James Thomson

Objective
Customer satisfaction
Gleeson Homes to maintain a 5-star rating throughout 
2022, meaning customer recommendation scores as 
polled by an independent survey company to average 
at least 90% for the year.

Site openings
Target range of 23 to 26 build site openings by  
30 June 2022.

Forward order book
Gleeson Homes to commence 2023 with an order  
book of at least 940 forward orders.

Performance
Gleeson Homes maintained a 5-star rating as the 
average customer recommendation score for the 
year was 90.7%.

Weighting Outcome
4%

4%

23 build sites were opened during the year.

4%

1%

The forward order book at 30 June 2022 was 618.  
The target was abandoned to optimise revenue 
and improve the customer journey.

Sustainability targets
Achieve the 2022 sustainability targets published in the 
2021 Sustainability Report:

•  The health and safety incident rate (AIIR) was 
55, significantly below the industry average 
of 239.

•  Health and safety incident rate (AIIR) to be reduced 

to the industry standard or lower in 2022.

•  Employee engagement will be maintained in the 

upper quartile of companies surveyed during 2022.

•  Gleeson Homes to maintain a 5-star rating 

throughout 2022.

•  Carbon emissions will reduce to 1.75 tonnes of  

CO2e by 2023.

Gleeson Land – maturity of portfolio
Improve the maturity of the Gleeson Land portfolio  
by increasing the number of sites with planning  
consent or resolution to grant to more than six.

•  Employee engagement score was 90%, 
maintaining our position in the upper 
quartile.

•  Gleeson Homes maintained a 5-star rating as 
the average customer recommendation score 
for the year was 90.7%.

•  Carbon emissions were 1.86 tonnes, a 

reduction of 9% from the prior year and on 
track to meet the 2023 target.

At 30 June 2022 there were three sites with 
planning consent or resolution to grant.

114

4%

0%

4%

4%

4%

0%

20%

9%

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Stefan Allanson

Objective
Site openings
Target range of 23 to 26 build site openings by  
30 June 2022.
Forward order book
Gleeson Homes to commence 2023 with an order  
book of at least 940 forward orders.
Sustainability targets
Achieve the 2022 sustainability targets published in  
the 2021 Sustainability Report:
•  Health and safety incident rate (AIIR) to be reduced 

to the industry standard or lower in 2022.

•  Employee engagement will be maintained in the 

upper quartile of companies surveyed during 2022. 

•  Gleeson Homes to maintain a 5-star rating 

throughout 2022.

•  Carbon emissions will reduce to 1.75 tonnes of  

CO2e by 2023.

Gleeson Land – maturity of portfolio
Improve the maturity of the Gleeson Land portfolio  
by increasing the number of sites with planning  
consent or resolution to grant to more than six.

Performance
23 build sites were opened during the year.

Weighting Outcome
1.25%

5%

The forward order book at 30 June 2022 was 618.  
The target was abandoned to optimise revenue 
and improve the customer journey.

•  The health and safety incident rate (AIIR) was 
55, significantly below the industry average 
of 239.

•  Employee engagement score was 90%, 
maintaining our position in the upper 
quartile.

•  Gleeson Homes maintained a 5-star rating as 
the average customer recommendation score 
for the year was 90.7%.

•  Carbon emissions were 1.86 tonnes, a 

reduction of 9% from the prior year and on 
track to meet the 2023 target.

At 30 June 2022 there were three sites with 
planning consent or resolution to grant.

5%

0%

5%

5%

5%

0%

20%

6.25%

The Committee considered the bonus outcome for the profit and strategic and personal performance elements 
alongside broader perspectives, including underlying business performance and affordability and the experience 
of employees and other stakeholders. The Committee considered the outcome to be appropriate and no discretion 
was applied to the bonus outcome.

Bonus outcome
The total bonus outcome for each Executive Director is therefore:

James Thomson
Stefan Allanson

Bonus payable

% of maximum

89.0%

86.25%

£000

570

348

In accordance with the Remuneration Policy, one-third of the bonus payable is deferred into shares for two years.

2019 LTIP
The 2019 LTIP awards were subject to performance targets based on EPS (as regards two-thirds of the award) and 
relative TSR (as regards one-third of the award). 

Details of the performance targets and performance outcome are set out in the table below:

Threshold – 20% vesting
Maximum – 100% vesting
Actual performance
Vesting outcome

3-year performance period ended 30 June 2022

EPS for the year ended 
30 June 2022
74.6 pence
87.9 pence
78.12 pence
41.2% vesting

Relative TSR1
Median
Upper quartile
Below median
0% vesting

Total

27.4% vesting

1  Compared against a group of listed housebuilders comprising Barratt Developments, Bellway, Berkeley, Countryside Partnerships, Crest 

Nicholson, Galliford Try, Persimmon, Redrow, Taylor Wimpey and Vistry Group. 

Number of shares 
granted

Number of shares 
vesting based on 
performance

Dividend 
equivalents1,2 
£000

Total value of 
award on vesting2 
£000

Amount of award 
attributable to share price 
appreciation since grant

James Thomson
Stefan Allanson

93,750

59,063

25,733

16,211

4

3

153

97

0%

0%

1 

2 

 The 2019 LTIP included dividend equivalent terms such that additional shares are awarded based on the value of dividends payable on the 
number of vested plan shares between the award date and release date. The value of the dividend equivalents has been calculated based 
on the period between the award date and 30 June 2022. 

 Calculated based on the three-month average share price to 30 June 2022 (£5.78). The total value of the award on vesting includes 
the dividend equivalents. The exact value of the dividend equivalents and resulting number of shares will be calculated following the 
release date.

115

Corporate GovernanceMJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Annual Report on Remuneration 

CONTINUED

The Committee considers the vesting outcome to be appropriate, recognising that the Group has continued to 
perform strongly, both financially and strategically, in a volatile economic environment over the last three years. No 
discretion to the vesting outcome has therefore been applied.

Vested awards will be subject to a two-year holding period.

LTIP awards granted in the year ended 30 June 2022
LTIP awards equal to 150% of salary were granted to James Thomson and Stefan Allanson on 27 September 2021. 
The awards are based on the achievement of EPS performance (as regards 50% of the awards) and relative TSR 
performance (as regards 50% of the awards) measured over a period of three financial years ending 30 June 2024.

Following the end of the performance period, the Committee will determine whether the performance targets have 
been satisfied. Eligible awards will vest following a two-year holding period after the end of the performance period.

The Committee has discretion to amend the vesting outcome where it considers that it is not a fair reflection of 
business performance. In particular, the Committee will consider whether there has been any “windfall gains” when 
determining the vesting outcome, taking into account a number of factors, including:

•  share price performance over the performance period on an absolute basis and relative basis against peer 

companies;

•  underlying financial performance of the Group during the performance period; and

• 

the impact of any significant events during the performance period on the Group’s share price or market as a whole.

Details of the awards are as follows:

Director
James Thomson
Stefan Allanson

Number of shares 
granted

Face value at grant 
£0001

94,441

59,498

769

484

1  Calculated based on the mid-market closing share price as at the date preceding the date of grant (24 September 2021: £8.14).

EPS for the year ending 30 June 2024
Relative TSR1

Threshold (20%) of 
award vests

Maximum (100%) 
of award vests2

82p

93p

Median

Upper quartile

1  To be compared against a group of listed housebuilders comprising Barratt Developments, Bellway, Berkeley, Countryside Partnerships, 

Crest Nicholson, Galliford Try, Persimmon, Redrow, Taylor Wimpey and Vistry Group.

2  Straight-line vesting between threshold and maximum performance.

Payment made to former Directors and payments for loss of office 
No payments were made to former Directors.

James Thomson will step down as Chief Executive Officer on 31 December 2022. He will remain on the Board as a 
Non-Executive Director. The table below discloses how this will impact on his remuneration. 

Element
Base salary, benefits 
and pension

Annual bonus

Agreed treatment
Will continue to receive his salary, benefits and pension until he steps down as Chief Executive 
Officer.

Will be eligible to receive a bonus for the year ending 30 June 2023, with a maximum opportunity 
equal to 125% of salary prorated for time served as Chief Executive Officer during the year.

Any bonus earned will be paid at the usual time. One-third of any amount earned will be deferred 
into shares which will vest after two years.

Deferred bonus 
awards

Unvested deferred bonus awards will continue to vest in accordance with their normal vesting 
timetable.

LTIP awards

Unvested LTIP awards will:

•  continue to vest in accordance with their normal vesting timetable, subject to the achievement 

of the relevant performance metrics; and

•  be prorated for time served as Chief Executive Officer during the relevant vesting periods.

Any shares that vest will be subject to a two-year post-vesting holding period.

No LTIP award will be granted in respect of the year ending 30 June 2023.

James Thomson will be required to comply with the post-employment shareholding guidelines (as detailed on 
page 117).

116

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Directors’ shareholdings and share interests
Shareholding guideline
The Group operates within-employment and post-employment shareholding guidelines for the Executive Directors. 
The within-employment shareholding guideline requires Executive Directors to build up and retain a holding 
in shares equivalent to 200% of salary. As at 30 June 2022, James Thomson and Stefan Allanson held shares 
equivalent to 45% of salary and 249% of salary respectively (calculated using the mid-market closing share price on 
30 June 2022, £5.14).

Share interests 
The interests of the Directors serving during the year and of their connected persons in the ordinary share 
capital of the Company as at 30 June 2022 (or the date that they stepped down from the Board, if earlier) are as 
shown below:

Owned  
outright

Unvested and 
subject to 
performance

Unvested and 
not subject to 
performance

Vested and 
exercised

Total as at  
30 June 2022

Scheme

Director
Chairman
Dermot Gleeson

Executive Directors
James Thomson

Shares

1,088,493

Shares

31,201

LTIP 20193

LTIP 2020

LTIP 2021

Deferred bonus
share award 2021 

–

–

–

–

Stefan Allanson

Shares

147,756

LTIP 20182

LTIP 20193

LTIP 2020

LTIP 2021

Deferred bonus
share award 2021 

Non-Executive Directors
Elaine Bailey
Andrew Coppel4
Fiona Goldsmith
Christopher Mills5

Shares

Shares

Shares
Shares

–

–

–

–

–

–

6,500

10,000
6,055,000

–

–

93,750

121,753

94,441

–

–

–

59,063

76,704

59,498

–

–

–

–
–

–

2421

–

–

–

24,094

2421

–

–

–

–

14,796

–

–

–
–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

50,549

–

–

–

–

–

–

–
–

1,088,493

31,443

93,750

121,753

94,441

24,094

147,998

50,549

59.063

76,704

59,498

14,796

–

6,500

10,000
6,055,000

1 

 Matching shares granted under the HMRC tax-qualifying all-employee scheme that have not yet vested.

2  69% of the 2018 LTIP awards vested on 6 July 2021 following Committee approval of the outcome of the performance targets. Stefan 

Allanson exercised 50,549 shares (including 3,974 shares from dividend equivalents) under the 2018 LTIP on 20 July 2021. Stefan Allanson 
sold 23,829 shares to cover taxes and retained the remaining 26,720 shares.

3 

 27.4% of the 2019 LTIP awards will vest based on the outcome of the performance targets. 

4  Andrew Coppel resigned from the Board on 16 March 2022.

5  Shares are held by funds managed by Harwood Capital LLP of which Christopher Mills is a Member/Director.

As at 31 August 2022, the total interests held by James Thomson were 41,277, Stefan Allanson were 147,832 and 
Christopher Mills were 6,555,000. The Company has not been advised of any other changes to the interests of 
Directors and their connected persons to those set out in the table above.

117

Corporate GovernanceMJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Annual Report on Remuneration 

CONTINUED

LTIP awards
Additional details of the outstanding LTIP awards held by Executive Directors serving during the year are set 
out below.

93,750

30 June 
2021

Executive 
Director
Scheme
James Thomson LTIP 20192
LTIP 2020
LTIP 2021
Stefan Allanson LTIP 20181
LTIP 20192
59,063
LTIP 2020 76,704
LTIP 2021

67,500

121,753

–

–

Granted 
during year

Vested and 
exercised 
during year

Lapsed 
during 
year

Share price 
at grant 
date

Total 
interests 
outstanding 
at 30 June 
2022

End of 
performance 
period

–

–

94,441

–

–

–

59,498

–

–

–

–

–

–

50,549

20,925

–

–

–

–

–

–

£8.00

£6.16

£8.14

£7.04

£8.00

£6.16

£8.14

93,750

121,753

94,441

–

59,063

76,704

59,498

30/06/22

30/06/23

30/06/24

30/06/21

30/06/22

30/06/23

30/06/24

1  69% of the 2018 LTIP awards vested on 6 July 2021 following Committee approval of the outcome of the performance targets. Stefan 

Allanson exercised 50,549 shares (including 3,974 shares from dividend equivalents) under the 2018 LTIP on 20 July 2021.

2  27.4% of the 2019 LTIP awards will vest based on the outcome of the performance targets.

TSR performance
We have compared the Company’s TSR performance over the last 10 years with the TSR for the FTSE SmallCap 
Index, of which the Company is a member, and a comparator index of listed housebuilders. The peer group consists 
of a group of listed housebuilders comprising Barratt Developments, Bellway, Berkeley, Countryside Partnerships, 
Crest Nicholson, Persimmon, Redrow, Taylor Wimpey and Vistry Group.

MJ Gleeson plc TSR comparison to index and peer group 1 July 2012 to 30 June 2022:

Jun-13

Jun-14

Jun-15

Jun-16

Jun-17

Jun-18

Jun-19

Jun-20

Jun-21

Jun-22

MJ Gleeson plc

Housebuilders

FTSE SmallCap

1,200

1,000

800

600

400

200

0
Jul-12

118

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Chief Executive Officer’s remuneration 2013 to 2022

Year
2022
2021
2020
2019
2019
2018
2017
2016
2015
2014
2013

Chief Executive Officer
James Thomson
James Thomson
James Thomson
James Thomson (appointed 10 June 2019)
Jolyon Harrison (departed 10 June 2019)
Jolyon Harrison 
Jolyon Harrison 
Jolyon Harrison 
Jolyon Harrison 
Jolyon Harrison 
Jolyon Harrison (appointed 1 July 2012)

Single figure of 
total remuneration
£000

Annual bonus paid 
against maximum 
opportunity

LTIP awards 
vesting against 
maximum 
opportunity

1,292

1,173

769

31

2,482

3,056

2,816

873

2,917

793

1,615

89%

99%

45%

–

–

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

81%

27%

n/a

n/a

n/a

100%

100%

100%

n/a

100%

n/a

100%

Annual percentage change in remuneration of Directors and employees
The table below sets out the annual percentage change in each of the Directors’ remuneration compared to the 
average employee remuneration.

% change
Chairman
Dermot Gleeson

Executive Directors
James Thomson2
Stefan Allanson3

Non-Executive 
Directors
Elaine Bailey4
Andrew Coppel5
Fiona Goldsmith6
Christopher Mills
Average employee7

2021 to 2022

2020 to 2021

2019 to 2020

Salary & 

Salary & 

Salary & 

fees Benefits

Bonus

fees1 Benefits

Bonus

fees1 Benefits

Bonus

2.4%

–

–

7.6%

(9.1%)

–

(7.1%)

–

–

2.5%

2.5%

9.5%

(7.9%)

5.9% (8.4%)

9.1%

7.6%

(11.5%) 142.6%

(4.9%)

n/a

n/a

(7.1%)

n/a

1.7%

n/a

n/a

2.2%

2.6%

4.1%

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

12.2%

0.2%

n/a

n/a

n/a

7.6%

2.2%

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

9.3% 49.9%

n/a

n/a

n/a

(7.1%)

4.4%

–
–
–

–

8.2%

(8.1%)

n/a

–

–

–

–

–

1  The Board agreed to a 30% reduction in salary and fees for the period 6 April 2020 to 30 June 2020 in response to the Covid-19 pandemic. 
As such, the table above shows a reduction in salaries and fees between years ended 30 June 2019 and 30 June 2020, and an increase in 
salaries and fees between years ended 30 June 2020 and 30 June 2021. With the exception of James Thomson, there were no increases to 
salaries or fees during the years ended 30 June 2020 and 30 June 2021.

2  Appointed to the Board on 10 June 2019, therefore the percentage change in remuneration for 2019 to 2020 is not applicable.

3  Stefan Allanson did not receive a bonus in respect of the year ended 30 June 2020.

4  Appointed to the Board on 1 March 2021, therefore the percentage change in remuneration is not applicable.

5  Appointed to the Board on 1 October 2019 and resigned on 16 March 2022, therefore the percentage change in remuneration is not 

applicable.

6  Appointed to the Board on 1 October 2019, therefore the annual percentage change in remuneration for 2019 to 2020 and 2020 to 2021 
is not applicable. For 2021 to 2022, the base fee increased by 2.5% but the additional fee for chairing the Audit Committee remained 
unchanged.

7  The annual percentage change of the average remuneration of the Group’s salaried employees, calculated on a full-time equivalent basis. 

119

Corporate GovernanceMJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Annual Report on Remuneration 

CONTINUED

Chief Executive Officer pay ratio
The table below sets out the Chief Executive Officer’s total remuneration as a ratio against the full-time equivalent 
remuneration of the 25th, 50th (median) and 75th percentile employees.

Year
2022

2021

2020

Method
Option B

Option B

Option B

25th percentile pay ratio
44:1

Median pay ratio
37:1

75th percentile pay ratio
20:1

64:1

28:1

40:1

20:1

17:1

12:1

Under Option B, using the hourly rate from our 2022 gender pay gap data, three employees have been identified as 
the best equivalents of our 25th, 50th, and 75th percentile. 

Option B methodology was selected on the basis that it is an efficient and robust approach. The remuneration 
figures for the employee at each quartile were determined as at the final day of the relevant financial year. 
Sensitivity analysis has been performed around the 25th, 50th and 75th percentile employees to ensure that they 
are reasonably representative, including reviewing the employees either side of the identified individuals to ensure 
their full year’s remuneration is reasonable. No assumptions or estimates were used and no adjustments to pay 
were made.

A substantial proportion of the Chief Executive Officer’s total remuneration is performance-related and delivered 
in shares. The ratios will therefore depend significantly on the Chief Executive Officer’s annual bonus and LTIP 
outcomes, and may fluctuate year-to-year. Additionally, the Chief Executive Officer’s total remuneration was lower 
in 2020 as his salary was temporarily reduced by 30% and he received a 45% bonus in response to Covid-19.

The median pay ratio has fallen slightly this year primarily due to the increase in the Chief Executive Officer’s total 
remuneration including the value of LTIP awards in the year, as described above.  

The Board believes that the median pay ratio is consistent with the Group’s wider policies on employee pay, reward 
and progression. The Committee has reviewed the remuneration policies and practices for the wider workforce in 
conjunction with considering how the Remuneration Policy should be implemented. The Committee is satisfied that 
there is a good level of alignment in relation to pay policies throughout the Group and that the median pay ratio is 
consistent with the Group’s wider policies on employee pay, reward and progression.

Total pay and benefits used to calculate the ratios
The table below shows the employee percentile pay and benefits used to determine the above pay ratios and the 
salary component for each figure.

£000
2022
Total pay and benefits2

Salary component

2021
Total pay and benefits2

Salary component

2020
Total pay and benefits2

Salary component

Chief Executive Officer1

25th percentile

Median

75th percentile

1,292

513

1,173

500

7693

4583

29

25

18

18

28

26

35

33

30

25

39

35

65

50

68

60

62

53

1  The Chief Executive Officer’s remuneration is the total single figure remuneration for the relevant financial year as disclosed  

on page 119.

2  The employee pay and benefits has been calculated based on the amount paid or receivable for the financial year. The calculations are on 

the same basis as required for the Chief Executive Officer’s remuneration for total single figure purposes.

3  The Board agreed to a 30% reduction in salary and fees for the period 6 April 2020 to 30 June 2020 in response to the Covid-19 pandemic. 

Relative importance of spend on pay
Set out below is the amount spent on remuneration for all employees of the Group (including the Executive 
Directors) and the total amounts paid in distributions to shareholders over the year.

Remuneration for all employees
Total distributions paid

2022 
£m

47.2

9.3

2021 
£m

39.8

2.9

Difference in  
spend
£m

7.4

6.4

Difference 
as percentage

18.6%

220.7%

120

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Implementation of the new policy for the year ending 30 June 2023
Executive Directors
Salary
A 4% salary increase has been awarded to Stefan Allanson with effect from 1 July 2022. This compares to an 
average of 5.6% for the wider workforce. No salary increase has been awarded to James Thomson on account of 
him stepping down as Chief Executive Officer on 31 December 2022. 

James Thomson
Stefan Allanson

Salary from 
1 July 2022
£

Salary as at 
30 June 2022
£

512,500

335,790

512,500

322,875

Pension
The Executive Directors will receive a pension opportunity equal to 6.5% of salary, which is in line with the level 
available to the majority of the wider workforce.

Annual bonus
The maximum bonus opportunity for James Thomson and Stefan Allanson will be 125% of salary. James Thomson’s 
bonus opportunity will be prorated to reflect the period of his service as Chief Executive Officer during the year. 

80% of the award will be based on financial performance and 20% will be based on strategic and personal 
performance. Details of the profit target and the strategic and personal performance targets will be fully disclosed 
in the Annual Report on Remuneration for the year ending 30 June 2023. The Committee has discretion to amend 
the bonus outcome where it considers that it is not a fair reflection of business performance. 

The Executive Directors will be required to defer one-third of any bonuses earned into shares for a two-year period. 

LTIP
The maximum LTIP opportunity for Stefan Allanson will be 150% of salary. James Thomson will not be granted an 
LTIP award. 

50% of the award will be based on EPS performance and 50% will be based on relative TSR performance measured 
over a period of three financial years ending 30 June 2025. The Committee has discretion to amend the vesting 
outcome where it considers that it is not a fair reflection of business performance. Any shares that vest will be 
subject to a two-year holding period.

The Committee will consider whether there has been any “windfall gains” when determining the vesting outcome, 
taking into account the factors set out on page 116.

Details of the EPS and relative TSR performance targets are set out below.

EPS for the year ending 30 June 2025
Relative TSR1

Threshold (20%) of 
award vests

Maximum (100%) of 
award vests2

90p

Median

103p

Upper quartile

1  To be compared against a group of listed housebuilders comprising Barratt Developments, Bellway, Berkeley, Countryside Partnerships, 

Crest Nicholson, Persimmon, Redrow, Taylor Wimpey and Vistry Group.

2  Straight-line vesting between threshold and maximum performance.

Chairman and Non-Executive Directors fees
The Committee agreed that the Chairman’s fee for 2023 will remain at £128,000, and this includes a fee of £10,500 
for chairing the Nomination Committee, which also remains unchanged. 

The fees for the Non-Executive Directors increased 4% from £48,500 to £50,500 plus an additional, unchanged, fee 
of £10,500 for chairing a Board Committee. This compares to an average increase of 5.6% for the wider workforce. 
The Senior Independent Director will receive an additional fee of £10,000.

The Remuneration Committee
The Committee was chaired by Andrew Coppel until his resignation on 16 March 2022. Elaine Bailey was appointed 
as Interim Chair of the Remuneration Committee from 24 March 2022. The other Committee member was Fiona 
Goldsmith.

Each of the Non-Executive Directors are independent and have no potential conflicts of interest arising from cross 
directorships and no day-to-day involvement in running the business.

Biographical details of the members of the Committee are shown on pages 86 and 87, and details of their 
attendance at the meetings of the Committee during the year ended 30 June 2022 are shown on page 89.

121

Corporate GovernanceMJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Annual Report on Remuneration 

CONTINUED

Role and responsibilities of the  
Remuneration Committee
The Committee’s primary purpose is to make 
recommendations to the Board on the Group’s framework 
for Executive Directors and senior management 
remuneration. The Board has also delegated responsibility 
to the Committee for determining the remuneration, 
benefits and contractual arrangements of the Chairman 
and the Executive Directors. No individual is involved in 
deciding their own remuneration.

The Committee has written terms of reference available 
on the Company’s website, mjgleesonplc.com, and its 
responsibilities include:

• 

recommending to the Board the policy for Executive 
Directors and senior management remuneration;

•  agreeing the remuneration of the Chairman of 

the Board;

•  agreeing the terms and conditions of employment 
for Executive Directors, including their annual 
remuneration and pension arrangements, and 
reviewing such provisions for senior management;

•  agreeing the measures and targets for any 

performance-related bonus and share schemes;

•  ensuring that, on termination, contractual terms and 
payments made are fair both to the Company and 
the individual so that failure is not rewarded; 

•  engaging with shareholders on Executive Directors 

and senior management remuneration;

• 

reviewing wider workforce remuneration and related 
policies; and

•  agreeing the terms of reference of any remuneration 

consultants that it appoints.

Activities during the year
The Committee met on 10 occasions during the year, 
three of which were scheduled meetings. Papers were 
circulated in advance of each meeting for all matters 
considered. The main activities undertaken by the 
Committee during the year included:

•  agreeing the remuneration arrangements for James 
Thomson in connection with him stepping down 
from his role as Chief Executive Officer;

•  agreeing the remuneration arrangements for 

Graham Prothero in connection with his future 
appointment as Chief Executive Officer;

• 

reviewing and approving the proposed 
Remuneration Policy that will be put to shareholders 
for approval at the 2022 AGM;

• 

reviewing and approving the annual bonus and LTIP 
outcomes of the Executive Directors and senior 
management for the year ended 30 June 2021 and 
assessing the fairness of these outcomes;

•  agreeing performance targets for annual bonus and 

LTIP awards for the Executive Directors and senior 
management for the year ended 30 June 2022;

• 

• 

• 

reviewing potential performance metrics and targets 
for annual bonus and LTIP awards for the Executive 
Directors and senior management to be granted in 
respect of the year ending 30 June 2023;

reviewing proposals for staff pay and bonuses, 
including examining benchmarking data and market 
information from third-party advisers; and

reviewing the terms of reference of the Committee 
such that these remain appropriate.

Remuneration Committee –  
support and advice
The Committee is supported by the Human Resources 
Director and the Head of Legal and Company Secretary. 

The Company took advice from Deloitte LLP, who were 
appointed as remuneration advisers by the Committee 
in July 2019 following a tender process. Deloitte LLP 
is a founder member of the Remuneration Consultants 
Group and, as such, voluntarily operates under its Code 
of Conduct in relation to executive remuneration in the 
UK. The Committee is satisfied that the appointment of 
Deloitte LLP is in accordance with the Company’s policy 
on the provision of non-audit services to the Group 
and that the external advice received is objective and 
independent. The fees paid to Deloitte LLP for their 
services to the Committee during the year, based on 
time and expenses, amounted to £43,000. Deloitte LLP 
also provided advice to the Company during the year in 
relation to share plans.

The Company also took advice from its legal advisers, 
Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP (“Skadden”), 
under its annual retainer. Skadden were appointed 
in November 2020. The Committee is satisfied that 
the advice received from Skadden is objective and 
independent.

Statement of voting at the  
Annual General Meeting
The following table sets out actual voting in respect 
of the resolutions to approve the Remuneration 
Policy and Annual Report on Remuneration at the 
Company’s AGM.

Votes in favour

Votes against

No.

%

No.

45,638,381

98.9

510,150

%

1.1

38,188,152

98.2

681,785

1.8

38,869,937

Total votes 
cast

Votes 
withheld

46,148,531

1,900

2,801

2021 AGM: Approval of the  
Annual Report on Remuneration

2019 AGM: Approval of the  
Directors’ Remuneration Policy

Approved by the Board and signed on its behalf by:

Elaine Bailey
Interim Chair of the Remuneration Committee

14 September 2022

122

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Remuneration Policy Report

This part of the report sets out the Directors’ Remuneration Policy for the Group and has been 
prepared in accordance with The Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts 
and Reports) (Amendment) Regulations 2013.

General reward principles
Our Directors’ Remuneration Policy (the “Remuneration 
Policy”) is designed to support an effective pay-
for-performance culture, which enables the Group 
to attract, retain and motivate Executive Directors 
who have the necessary experience and expertise to 
deliver the Group’s objectives and strategy. In setting 
the Remuneration Policy, the Committee considers 
the following general reward principles, taking into 
account Provision 40 of the 2018 UK Corporate 
Governance Code:

Changes to the remuneration policy
During the year to 30 June 2022, the Committee 
conducted a review of the Remuneration Policy and 
concluded that it continues to align with the general 
reward principles set out above and supports the 
delivery of business strategy and the creation of 
shareholder value. Therefore, no significant changes are 
proposed to the Remuneration Policy. The proposed 
refinements (as noted on page 111) provide greater 
alignment with best practice corporate governance 
principles and to reflect “good housekeeping”.

In determining the Remuneration Policy the Committee 
followed a robust process which included discussions 
on the content of the policy at Committee meetings. 
The Committee considered input from management 
and its independent advisers and consulted with major 
shareholders, representing circa 45% of the Company’s 
issued share capital.

•  Clarity and simplicity – ensure that the 

remuneration packages are simple and transparent 
and take into account remuneration and related 
policies for the wider workforce. Performance 
targets are set in line with Group budgets and plans 
are reviewed and tested by the Committee.

•  Risk – to promote long-term sustainable 

performance through sufficiently stretching 
performance targets, whilst ensuring that the 
incentive framework does not encourage Executive 
Directors to take inappropriate business risks 
(including environmental, financial, social, health, 
safety and governance risks).

•  Predictability – detailed information on the potential 
values that may be earned through the remuneration 
arrangements are set out on page 129.

•  Proportionality – to ensure that total remuneration 
delivered is fair and reflects Group and individual 
performance. The Committee has discretion to 
override formulaic outturns where it believes 
the outcome is not truly reflective of underlying 
performance during the performance period 
and to ensure fairness to both shareholders and 
participants.

•  Alignment to culture – when determining the 

Remuneration Policy, the Committee was clear to 
make decisions to drive the appropriate behaviours 
and ensure alignment with the Group’s culture and 
long-term strategy.

123

Corporate GovernanceMJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Remuneration Policy Report 

CONTINUED

Components of Executive Directors’ remuneration
The key elements of the remuneration package for each Executive Director are set out in the table below:

Element

Base salary

Purpose and link to 
strategy

Provide a competitive base level of remuneration to support the recruitment and retention of 
Executive Directors with the experience and expertise necessary to deliver the Group’s strategy.

Operation

Salaries are normally reviewed annually taking into account a number of factors, such as, but not 
limited to:

•  personal performance;

•  Company and Group performance;

• 

• 

inflation and earnings forecasts;

state of the marketplace generally; and

•  pay and conditions elsewhere in the Group.

Maximum 
opportunity

Whilst there is no prescribed maximum salary, increases will normally be in line with increases 
awarded to the wider workforce.

Salary increases above this level may be awarded to take account of individual circumstances such 
as, but not limited to:

•  an increase in responsibilities or scope of the role;

•  an Executive Director’s development or performance in role (e.g. to align a newly appointed 

Executive Director’s salary with the market over time);

•  where there has been a change in market practice; or

•  where there has been a change in the size and/or complexity of the Group.

Increases may be implemented over such time as the Committee deems appropriate. 

Performance targets

N/A

Element

Benefits

Purpose and link to 
strategy

Provide a competitive benefits package to support the recruitment and retention of Executive 
Directors with the experience and expertise necessary to deliver the Group’s strategy.

Operation

The Company provides cash benefits and benefits in kind to Executive Directors. These include, but 
are not limited to:

•  company car or cash equivalent;

•  private fuel;

•  private medical insurance – family cover;

• 

life insurance;

•  permanent health insurance;

•  annual health check;

•  holiday and sick pay;

•  professional subscriptions; and

• 

reimbursement of expenses incurred on Group matters.

Maximum 
opportunity

Other benefits may be offered based on individual circumstances (e.g. relocation allowances 
on recruitment). Whilst there is no prescribed maximum, the value of benefits is based on the 
underlying cost to the Group, individual circumstances and market practice.

Performance targets

N/A

124

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Element

Pension

Purpose and link to 
strategy

To provide an appropriate level of retirement benefits to Executive Directors.

Operation

The Company will contribute to the Group’s defined contribution pension scheme or to personal 
pension arrangements at the request of the Executive Director.

The Company may also consider a cash alternative (e.g. where an Executive Director has reached 
the HMRC’s lifetime or annual allowance limit).

Base salary is the only element of the Executive Directors’ remuneration that is pensionable.

Maximum 
opportunity

The maximum Company contribution or pension allowance is aligned with the level available to the 
majority of the wider workforce (currently 6.5% of salary).

Performance targets

N/A

Element

Annual bonus

Purpose and link to 
strategy

To incentivise the achievement of key financial and strategic targets for the forthcoming year 
without encouraging excessive risk taking.

Operation

Awards are based on performance metrics set by the Committee (typically measured over a 
financial year) against financial and non-financial targets. The Committee will determine the bonus 
to be delivered following the end of the relevant financial year based on performance against these 
targets.

The Committee has the discretion to override the formulaic outturn of the bonus to determine 
the appropriate level of bonus payable where it believes the outcome is not truly reflective of 
underlying performance during the performance period and to ensure fairness to both shareholders 
and participants.

Executive Directors are required to defer one-third of any bonus earned into shares for a two-year 
period. The Committee may, however, decide to pay such bonuses in cash where the amount to be 
deferred would, in the opinion of the Committee, be so small as to make the operation of deferral 
burdensome.

Amounts equivalent to any dividends or shareholder distributions may be made in respect of 
deferred bonus awards at vesting, if the Committee so determines. Such amounts will normally be 
paid in shares.

Malus and clawback provisions will apply. Further details are set out on page 127.

Maximum 
opportunity

Maximum opportunity of up to 150% of salary in respect of a financial year.

Up to 20% of maximum is earned for threshold performance and up to 50% of maximum is earned 
for target performance. There will be broadly straight-line vesting between threshold, target and 
maximum.

Performance targets

Performance metrics are determined annually reflecting the Group’s strategy and key performance 
indicators. A minimum of 50% of the bonus shall be based on financial performance metrics.

125

Corporate GovernanceMJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Remuneration Policy Report 

CONTINUED

Element

Long term incentive plan (“LTIP”)

Purpose and link to 
strategy

To incentivise and reward Executive Directors for delivering long-term performance and 
achievement of Group strategy, and provide alignment with shareholder interests.

Operation

Awards may be granted annually to Executive Directors in the form of a conditional share award, nil 
cost option or such form as has the same economic effect.

Vesting of awards will be dependent on the achievement of performance metrics set by the 
Committee, normally over at least a three-year performance period.

The Committee has the discretion to override the formulaic vesting outturn of the LTIP to 
determine the appropriate level of vesting where it believes the outcome is not truly reflective of 
underlying performance during the performance period and to ensure fairness to both shareholders 
and participants.

Awards will be subject to a two-year holding period following the end of the performance period, 
and shares will not typically be released until the end of the holding period. Alternatively, awards 
may be granted on the basis that shares can be acquired following the end of the performance 
period but that, other than to cover income tax, national insurance and health and social care levy 
and any exercise price, shares may not be disposed of or otherwise dealt with until the end of the 
holding period.

Amounts equivalent to any dividends or shareholder distributions may be made in respect of 
awards at vesting, if the Committee so determines. Such amounts will normally be paid in shares.

Malus and clawback provisions will apply. Further details are set out on page 127.

Maximum 
opportunity

The normal maximum award is 150% of salary in respect of a financial year.

A maximum award of up to 200% of salary in respect of a financial year may be granted in 
exceptional circumstances (e.g. on recruitment).

Awards will vest between 20% and 100% for performance between threshold and maximum, with 
broadly straight-line vesting between these points.

Performance targets

Performance metrics are determined annually reflecting the Group’s strategy and key performance 
indicators.

Element

HMRC tax-qualifying all-employee scheme

Purpose and link to 
strategy

The HMRC tax-qualifying all-employee scheme has been designed to encourage all employees to 
become shareholders in the Company and thereby align their interests with shareholders.

Operation

Maximum 
opportunity

The Company operates an all-employee scheme in which the Executive Directors are eligible to 
participate (which is in line with HMRC legislation and is open to all eligible staff).

The maximum set by legislation from time to time. 

Performance targets

N/A

126

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Remuneration policy for Non-Executive Directors

Element

Fees for Non-Executive Directors

Purpose and link to 
strategy

To support the recruitment and retention of Non-Executive Directors and a Chairman with the 
necessary experience to advise and assist with establishing and monitoring the Group’s strategic 
objectives.

Operation

Fees for Non-Executive Directors are determined by the Chairman and the Executive Directors. 
Fees for the Chairman are determined by the Remuneration Committee.

Fees may include a basic fee and additional fees for further responsibilities (e.g. chairing Board 
Committees or acting as Senior Independent Director).

Fees are set at levels with reference to sector and similar-sized UK listed companies. Time 
commitment and responsibilities are also taken into account.

The Chairman is part of the Group private health scheme. Non-Executive Directors may be eligible 
to receive benefits linked to the performance of their duties, such as, but not limited to, the use of 
secretarial support and travel costs.

Maximum 
opportunity

Fee increases will normally be in line with increases awarded to the wider workforce.

Fee increases above this level may be awarded to take account of individual circumstances such as, 
but not limited to:

•  an increase in responsibilities, scope or time commitment of the role;

•  where there has been a change in market practice; or

•  where there has been a change in the size and/or complexity of the Group.

Overall fees paid to Non-Executive Directors will remain within the limits set by the Company’s 
Articles of Association.

Performance targets

N/A

Application of malus and clawback
Malus and clawback apply to annual bonus, deferred bonus and LTIP awards as follows:

Annual bonus
Deferred bonus
LTIP

Malus
To such time as payment is made
To such time as the award vests
To such time as the award vests

Clawback
Up to two years following payment
N/A
Up to two years following vesting

Malus and clawback may apply in the following 
circumstances:

•  material misstatement of the Group’s audited 

accounts;

•  an error in the information on which the award was 
granted or vests including an error in assessing any 
applicable performance metrics;

• 

fraud or serious misconduct on the part of the 
participant;

•  censure or reputational damage to the Group that is 
a result of the participant’s behaviour or actions; or

•  a material corporate failure.

Selection of performance metrics  
and target setting
In the selection of performance metrics the Committee 
takes into account the Group’s strategic objectives 
and short and long-term business priorities. The 
performance metrics selected reward the delivery of 
stretching financial performance and the creation of 
shareholder value.

The performance targets chosen are set in accordance 
with the Group’s operating plan and are reviewed 
annually to ensure they are sufficiently stretching. In 
selecting the targets the Committee also takes into 
account analysts’ forecasts, economic conditions and 
the Committee’s expectation of performance over the 
relevant period.

The Committee retains discretion to vary or substitute 
performance metrics and/or targets if events occur 
(e.g. a change in strategy, a material acquisition and/
or a divestment of a Group business or a change 
in prevailing market conditions) which cause the 
Committee to determine that the performance metrics 
and/or targets are no longer appropriate and that 
amendment is required so that they achieve their 
original purpose.

Share awards may be adjusted in the event of a 
variation of share capital or a demerger, dealing, special 
dividend or other event that may affect the Company’s 
share price.

127

Corporate GovernanceMJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Remuneration Policy Report 

CONTINUED

Shareholding guidelines
The Committee operates formal within-employment 
and post-employment shareholding guidelines for 
Executive Directors.

•  Within-employment – Executive Directors are 

required to build up and retain a holding in shares 
equal to 200% of salary. Until the shareholding 
guideline is met, 50% of any shares vesting under 
the Deferred Bonus Plan or LTIP (post payment of 
income tax, national insurance and health and social 
care levy) must be retained.

•  Post-employment – Executive Directors are required 

• 

Legacy arrangements
The Committee retains discretion to make any 
remuneration payment outside of policy:

•  where the terms of the payment were agreed before 

the policy came into effect;

•  where the terms of the payment were agreed 

at a time when the relevant individual was not a 
Director of the Company, and in the opinion of the 
Committee, the payment was not in consideration 
of the individual becoming a Director of the 
Company; or

to satisfy contractual arrangements under legacy 
remuneration arrangements.

Illustration of the application  
of remuneration policy
The following charts illustrate the future remuneration 
packages of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief 
Financial Officer under the policy set for the year to 
June 2023 for various indicative levels of performance.

James Thomson will step down as Chief Executive 
Officer on 31 December 2022. Graham Prothero will 
succeed James Thomson as Chief Executive Officer 
with effect from 1 January 2023. 

A chart has been prepared based on the remuneration 
package for James Thomson for 1 July to 31 December 
2022 (see page 116 for further details). This includes: 

•  salary and benefits for the period 1 July to  

31 December 2022; and

•  annual bonus opportunity prorated for the period  

1 July to 31 December 2022.

No LTIP award will be granted to James Thomson in 
respect of the year ending 30 June 2023.

A chart has been prepared based on the remuneration 
package for Graham Prothero for 1 January to 30 June 
2023 (see page 111 for further details). This includes:

•  salary and benefits for the period 1 January to  

30 June 2023;

•  annual bonus opportunity prorated for the period  

1 January to 30 June 2023; and

•  LTIP award to be granted following appointment.

to retain a holding in “relevant shares” equal to 
200% of salary (or their actual shareholding at the 
point of departure if lower) for two years following 
departure.

“Relevant shares” do not include shares which the 
Executive Director has purchased or which have been 
acquired pursuant to LTIP awards granted before 1 July 
2019. Unless the Committee determines otherwise, an 
Executive Director or former Executive Director shall 
be deemed to have disposed of shares which are not 
“relevant shares” before “relevant shares”.

Remuneration policy for the  
broader employee population 
The Executive remuneration framework set out in this 
report follows similar principles as that applied to the 
Group’s management team to ensure that management 
is rewarded on a consistent basis. Any differences 
that exist arise either because of the Committee’s 
assessment of business need or commercial necessity.

The principles that underpin our Executive 
remuneration philosophy also cascade throughout the 
organisation, although quantum will vary by level and 
the provision of certain components of remuneration 
(such as benefits, allowances and long-term incentives) 
will vary by seniority.

The Committee looks closely at market data when it 
comes to approving employee pay and rewards to 
ensure that these remain competitive and enable the 
Group to attract, motivate and retain high-quality 
staff. The Group operates an HMRC tax-qualifying 
all-employee scheme in order to encourage share 
ownership across the wider workforce.

128

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Illustration of the application  
of remuneration policy  
CONTINUED

James Thomson – Chief Executive Officer 

)
0
0
0
£
(
n
o
i
t
a
r
e
n
u
m
e
r

l

a
t
o
T

3,000

2,500

2,000

1,500

1,000

500

£287k

0

100%

£448k
36%
64%

£610k

£610k

53%
47%

53%
47%

Minimum
performance

Performance 
in line with 
expectations

Maximum
performance

Maximum
performance
(with 50% share 
price increase)

 Base salary, benefits and pension   Annual bonus

Graham Prothero – Chief Executive Officer designate

)
0
0
0
£
(
n
o
i
t
a
r
e
n
u
m
e
r

l

a
t
o
T

3,000

2,500

2,000

1,500

1,000

500

£321k

0

100%

£2,748k

£2,073k

£792k

34%
25%
41%

65%

73%

20%
15%

15%
12%

Minimum
performance

Performance 
in line with 
expectations

Maximum
performance

Maximum
performance
(with 50% share 
price increase)

 Base salary, benefits and pension   Annual bonus   LTIP

Stefan Allanson – Chief Financial Officer

)
0
0
0
£
(
n
o
i
t
a
r
e
n
u
m
e
r

l

a
t
o
T

3,000

2,500

2,000

1,500

1,000

500

£376k

0

100%

£1,299k

39%

32%
29%

£1,551k

49%

27%
24%

£686k
15%

30%
55%

Minimum
performance

Performance 
in line with 
expectations

Maximum
performance

Maximum
performance
(with 50% share 
price increase)

 Base salary, benefits and pension   Annual bonus   LTIP

For the purpose of this analysis, the following 
assumptions have been made:

• 

fixed elements comprise base salary, pension and 
other benefits;

•  base salary levels applying on 1 July 2022  

(or 1 January 2023 in the case of Graham Prothero);

•  benefit levels are assumed to be the same as for the 
year to June 2022 (Graham Prothero’s assumed to 
be the same as James Thomson’s plus an additional 
relocation benefit);

•  minimum performance reflects fixed remuneration 
as above, and assumes no award under the annual 
bonus and no vesting is achieved under the LTIP;

•  performance in line with expectations reflects fixed 
remuneration as above, and assumes 50% of annual 
bonus is earned and 20% of the LTIP vests;

•  maximum performance reflects fixed remuneration 
as above, and assumes full bonus payout and full 
vesting under the LTIP; and

• 

the final illustration is based on the same 
assumptions as the maximum performance 
illustration, but also assumes, for the purposes of 
the LTIP, that share price increases by 50% over the 
performance period.

Service agreements and policy  
in respect of loss of office
The Chief Executive Officer’s service agreement is 
on a rolling basis and requires 12 months’ notice of 
termination on either side. 

The Chief Financial Officer’s service agreement is 
on a rolling basis and requires six months’ notice of 
termination from the Chief Financial Officer and 12 
months’ notice of termination from the Company.

The dates of the Executive Directors’ service 
agreements are:

Executive Director
James Thomson
Stefan Allanson

Date of service agreement
2 December 2019
29 June 2015

Payment in lieu of notice
The Company has discretion to make a payment in 
lieu of notice. Such payment may include salary and 
compensation for benefits and pension contributions 
for the unexpired period of notice.

Annual bonus
The payment of a bonus will be at the discretion of the 
Committee on an individual basis and will be dependent 
on a number of factors, including the circumstances 
of the individual’s departure and contribution to the 
business during the financial year.

129

Corporate GovernanceMJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022 
 
 
 
 
 
Remuneration Policy Report 

CONTINUED

Any bonus will normally be prorated for time in service 
during the performance period and will normally, 
subject to performance, be paid at the usual time. In 
exceptional circumstances the Committee may decide 
that an Executive Director’s bonus will be paid early at 
the time of cessation of employment.

Any bonus earned for the year of departure and, if 
relevant, for the prior year, may be paid wholly in cash 
at the discretion of the Committee. There will be no 
bonus payment in the event of gross misconduct or 
wilful neglect.

Deferred bonus plan
Awards under the deferred bonus plan will be 
determined by the Plan rules.

If a participant leaves for any reason (other than 
summary dismissal) during the deferral period, their 
award will ordinarily continue to vest at the normal 
vesting date. In exceptional circumstances, the 
Committee may decide that the participant’s award will 
vest at the date of cessation of employment. 

LTIP
Awards under the LTIP will be determined by the 
Plan rules.

Unvested awards will normally lapse on cessation of 
employment. However, if a participant departs under 
good leaver provisions (i.e. participants who leave early 
on account of injury, disability, death, a sale of their 
employer or business in which they were employed, 
statutory redundancy, retirement or any other reason at 
the discretion of the Committee), then unvested awards 
will remain capable of vesting at the normal vesting 
date. To the extent that awards vest, a two-year holding 
period would then apply. In exceptional circumstances, 
the Committee may decide that the participant’s 
awards will vest and be released early at the date of 
cessation of employment or some other time (e.g. at the 
end of the performance period). In either case, vesting 
depends on the extent to which the performance 
metrics have been satisfied and a pro rata reduction of 
the awards will be applied by reference to the time of 
cessation (although the Committee has discretion to 
disapply time prorating if the circumstances warrant it).

If a participant leaves for any reason (other than 
summary dismissal) after an award has vested but 
before it has been released (i.e. during a holding 
period), their award will ordinarily continue to be 
released at the normal release date. In exceptional 
circumstances, the Committee may decide that the 
participant’s award will be released early.

Change of control
Awards under the deferred bonus plan will vest early in 
the event of change of control or substantial exit. The 
level of vesting will be determined taking into account 
such factors that the Committee considers relevant, 
including, but not limited to, the time served from the 
grant date to the date of the relevant event.

Awards under the LTIP will vest early in the event of 
a change of control or substantial exit. The level of 
vesting will be determined taking into account the 
extent to which performance metrics are satisfied at the 
date of the relevant event and, unless the Committee 
determines otherwise, awards will be prorated for 
time served from the grant date to the date of the 
relevant event.

Other payments
In appropriate circumstances, payments may also be 
made in respect of accrued holiday, relocation and 
legal fees.

Awards under the HMRC tax-qualifying all-employee 
scheme may vest and, where relevant, be exercised 
in the event of cessation of employment or change 
of control in accordance with the Plan rules. The 
terms applying to any buy-out awards on cessation of 
employment or change of control would be determined 
when the award is granted.

The Committee reserves the right to make any other 
payments in connection with an Executive Director’s 
cessation of employment where such payments are 
made in good faith in discharge of an existing legal 
obligation (or by way of damages for breach of such an 
obligation) or by way of settlement of any claim arising 
in connection with the cessation of employment.

Chairman and other Non-Executive Directors’ 
terms of engagement
The Chairman and the Non-Executive Directors are 
engaged under letters of appointment which set out 
their duties and responsibilities. The dates of each Non-
Executive Director’s original appointment are as follows:

Non-Executive 
Director
Dermot Gleeson
Christopher Mills
Fiona Goldsmith
Elaine Bailey

Date of original 
appointment

27/11/1975

01/01/2009

01/10/2019

01/03/2021

Expiry of current 
term (subject to 
re-election at the 
2022 AGM)

30/09/2022

30/09/2022

30/09/2022

29/02/2024

All Non-Executive Directors have specific terms of 
engagement, being an initial period of three years 
which thereafter may be extended on an annual basis, 
subject to re-election at each AGM. The appointment of 
the Chairman may be terminated on either side on six 
months’ notice and the appointment of the other Non-
Executive Directors may be terminated on either side 
on one month’s notice.

There is no entitlement to compensation in the event 
of Non-Executive Directors’ fixed term agreements not 
being renewed or the agreement terminating earlier.

130

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Any share awards referred to in this section will be 
granted as far as possible under the Company’s share 
plans. To the extent that this is not possible, share 
awards may be granted outside of these plans as 
permitted under the Listing Rules.

In the case of an internal appointment, any ongoing 
remuneration obligations or variable pay element 
awarded in respect of the prior role shall be allowed 
to continue according to its original terms, adjusted as 
relevant to take into account the appointment.

Fees payable to a newly appointed Chairman or Non-
Executive Director will be in line with the fee policy in 
place at the time of appointment.

Statement of consideration of employment 
conditions elsewhere in the Group
The Non-Executive Workforce Representative engages 
directly with employees on a range of topics of 
interest to them, including Directors’ remuneration. 
Workforce engagement activities include site and office 
visits, reviewing the results of the Group’s employee 
engagement survey and discussions with senior 
management and staff on business performance and 
matters of concern.

The Committee regularly reviews the remuneration of 
the wider workforce to ensure it is attuned to general 
pay and conditions when considering Directors’ 
remuneration (e.g. in determining salary increases 
for Executive Directors the Committee reviews salary 
increases across the Group).

Statement of consideration of shareholder 
views
The Committee consults with major shareholders and 
their representative bodies on remuneration matters, 
particularly if any material changes are proposed to the 
remuneration policy. In these instances the Committee 
seeks feedback from shareholders and develops and 
considers its proposals in light of this feedback. 

Recruitment policy
The remuneration of a new Executive Director 
will normally include salary, benefits, pension and 
participation in the annual bonus and LTIP schemes 
in accordance with the policy for Executive Directors’ 
remuneration. The Committee may include other 
elements of remuneration which it considers 
appropriate, subject to the principles and limits referred 
to below.

Salary will be set to reflect the skills and experience of 
the Executive Director being appointed and the market 
rate for the role.

If it is considered appropriate to appoint a new 
Executive Director on a below-market salary (for 
example, to allow them to gain experience in the role) 
their salary may be increased to a market level by way 
of a series of above-inflation increases over two to 
three years.

Although it is not the Company’s policy to provide 
buy-out awards as a matter of course, the Committee 
may offer additional cash payments and/or share-
based awards, on a one-time basis or ongoing, where 
it considers these to be in the best interests of the 
Group and shareholders. Such payments or awards 
will be based solely on remuneration forfeited when 
leaving the former employer and will reflect the 
delivery mechanism, time horizons and performance 
requirement attaching to that remuneration. Such 
payments or awards are limited to the expected value 
of the remuneration forfeited. Where considered 
appropriate, such payments or awards will be subject 
to forfeiture or malus and clawback provisions on early 
departure.

The Committee will not offer non-performance related 
variable remuneration. The maximum level of variable 
remuneration which may be granted (excluding buy-out 
awards) is 350% of salary.

Other elements may be included in the following 
circumstances:

•  An interim appointment being made to fill an 
Executive Director role on a short-term basis.

• 

• 

If exceptional circumstances require that the 
Chairman or a Non-Executive Director takes on an 
executive function on a short-term basis.

If an Executive Director is recruited at a time in the 
year when it would be inappropriate to provide an 
annual bonus or LTIP award for that year. Subject to 
the limit on variable remuneration set out above, the 
quantum in respect of the period employed during 
the year may be transferred to the subsequent year.

• 

If the Executive Director is required to relocate, 
reasonable relocation, travel and subsistence 
payments may be provided.

131

Corporate GovernanceMJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Directors’ Report

Statutory, regulatory and other information
The Board of Directors present their Annual Report 
and audited financial statements of the Group for 
the financial year ended 30 June 2022. This section 
contains the remaining matters on which the Directors 
are required to report each year that do not appear 
elsewhere in the Annual Report and Accounts.

Strategic Report
We present a review of the business during the year to 
30 June 2022 and of the position of the Group at the 
end of the financial year together with a description of 
the principal risks and uncertainties faced by the Group 
in the Strategic Report on pages 2 to 79.

Business review
The review of the development and performance of the 
business during the year, any significant events up to 
the date of this Report, and the future outlook of the 
Group are set out in the Chairman’s Statement on pages 
8 and 9, the Chief Executive’s Statement on pages 24 to 
27 and the Business Reviews on pages 28 to 31.

The Group’s business strategy is set out in the Strategic 
Report on pages 16 to 19. The key performance 
indicators are set out in the Strategic Report on pages 
20 and 21. 

The Group’s policy in respect of financial risk 
management and financial instruments, details of credit 
risk, capital risk management, liquidity risk and interest 
rate risk are given in note 15 to the financial statements.

Dividends
The Company may, by ordinary resolution, declare a 
dividend to be paid to shareholders but no dividend 
shall exceed the amount recommended by the Board. 
The Board may also agree to pay interim dividends 
when the financial position of the Company, in the 
opinion of the Board, justifies it.

During the year, the Company paid a final dividend of 
10.0p (approved by shareholders at the Annual General 
Meeting on 15 November 2021) for financial year 2021 
and an interim dividend in respect of financial year 
2022 to shareholders of 6.0p per share. 

The Board proposes to pay, subject to shareholder 
approval at the 2022 AGM, a final dividend of 12.0p per 
share on 25 November 2022, to shareholders on the 
register at the close of business on 28 October 2022. The 
total dividend for the year to 30 June 2022 will be 18.0p.

Qualifying third-party indemnity
Directors risk personal liability under civil and criminal 
law for many aspects of the Company’s main business 
decisions. As a consequence, the Directors could face a 
range of penalties, including fines and/or imprisonment. 
In keeping with normal market practice, the Company 
believes that it is prudent, and in the best interests of 
the Company, to protect the individuals concerned from 
the consequences of innocent error or omission.

The Company obtains Directors’ and Officers’ liability 
insurance in order to indemnify Directors and other 
senior officers of the Company and its subsidiaries. 
This insurance policy does not provide cover where the 
Director or officer has acted fraudulently or dishonestly.

132

In addition, subject to the provisions of and to the 
extent permitted by relevant statutes, under the 
Articles, the Directors and other officers throughout 
the year, and at the date of approval of these financial 
statements, were indemnified out of the assets of the 
Company against liabilities incurred by them in the 
course of carrying out their duties or the exercise of 
their powers. A deed of indemnity was approved by the 
Board in November 2020.

Substantial shareholdings
At 31 August 2022, the shareholdings noted below, 
representing 3% or more of the issued share capital, 
had been notified to the Company.

Name of shareholder
Funds managed by 
Harwood Capital 
Schroder Investment 
Management
Sanford DeLand Asset 
Management
Polar Capital
Mrs J C Cooper & spouse1
Royal London Asset 
Management
Canaccord Genuity Wealth 
Management
Amati Global Investors
Highclere International 
Investors

Number 
of shares

Proportion 
of total

6,555,000

11.24%

4,737,454

8.13%

4,000,000

2,303,453

2,257,465

6.86%

3.95%

3.87%

2,163,139

3.71%

2,147,500

2,059,140

3.68%

3.53%

2,054,403

3.52%

1  Of which 538,150 shares are held in trusts of which Mrs J C 

Cooper is a Trustee.

Governance statement
The Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules 
require certain information to be included in a 
governance statement in the Directors’ Report. 
Information that fulfils these requirements, including 
how the Group has complied with the UK Corporate 
Governance Code and our internal control and risk 
management systems, can be found in the Corporate 
Governance section on pages 82 to 135.

Political donations
The Company made no political donations in the year or 
in the previous year.

Directors and Directors’ interests
The Directors of the Company as of the date of this 
Report and during the year and their biographical 
details are shown on pages 86 and 87.

Details of any related party transactions with Directors 
of the Company are shown in note 27 to the financial 
statements.

The beneficial interests of the Directors and their 
connected persons in the shares of the Company at 
30 June 2022 are disclosed in the Annual Report on 
Remuneration on page 117. Details of the interests of 
the Executive Directors in share options and awards of 
shares can be found on page 118 within the same Report.

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Employees diversity and inclusion
We are committed to ensuring that all employees, 
potential recruits and other stakeholders are treated 
fairly and equitably. The principles of equality and 
diversity are important to us and advancement is based 
upon individual skills and aptitude irrespective of race, 
ethnicity, gender identity, sexual orientation, disability, 
age, religion or beliefs.

Our policy for selection and promotion is based on an 
assessment of an individual’s ability and experiences; 
we consider all applicants on their merits and have 
processes and procedures in place to ensure that 
individuals with disabilities are given fair consideration. 

Every effort is made to retain and support employees 
who become disabled whilst in the employment of 
the Group.

We are committed to developing our employees so 
they can maximise their career potential, and our 
aim is to provide rewarding career opportunities in 
an environment where equality of opportunity is 
paramount. We seek to improve employee retention 
by providing benefits that employees value, including 
a Group stakeholder pension (including life assurance 
arrangements), private medical insurance and income 
replacement arrangements.

Employee share scheme 
Employee share ownership continues to be encouraged 
through participation in the Group Share Purchase 
Plan under which the Company contributes one share 
for every three shares purchased. During the year, the 
Group extended invitations to join the Group Share 
Purchase Plan to all employees who had completed 
their probationary employment period. 

Employee involvement
Our people are at the heart of our business and are 
involved in decision making across the business in a 
variety of ways. More details on employee engagement 
can be found in the People section on pages 48 to 51 
and in the Section 172 Statement on pages 74 to 77.

Stakeholder engagement
Details regarding our stakeholder engagement 
including suppliers, customers, local authorities and 
shareholders, and the effect on the principal decisions 
made in the year, can be found on pages 74 to 77.

Greenhouse gas emissions
All disclosures concerning the Group’s greenhouse gas 
emissions, as required to be disclosed under regulations 
introduced by the Companies Act 2006 (Strategic 
Report and Directors’ Report) Regulations 2013 and the 
Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting (“SECR”) 
requirements are contained in the Environment section 
of the Strategic Report on pages 59 and 60.

Disclosures required under Listing Rule 9.8.4
There are no disclosures required by LR9.8.4 that apply 
to the Company.

Shareholder additional information
The Company is required to disclose certain additional 
information where not covered elsewhere in this Annual 
Report and Accounts:

Share capital
The Company has one class of share in issue, being 
ordinary shares with a nominal value of 2 pence each, 
with no right to fixed income.

At 30 June 2022, the Company had issued share capital 
of 58,306,337 ordinary shares, with a nominal value 
of £1.2m. Further details are given in note 23 to the 
financial statements.

Rights and obligations attaching to shares
Subject to the Companies Act 2006 and other 
shareholders’ rights, any share may be issued with 
such rights and restrictions as the Company may by 
ordinary resolution decide or, if no such resolution 
has been passed or so far as the resolution does not 
make specific provision, as the Board of the Company 
may decide. Subject to the Companies Act 2006, the 
Articles and any resolution of the Company, the Board 
may deal with any unissued shares as it may decide.

Amendment to the Articles of Association
Any amendments to the Articles may be made in 
accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 
2006 by way of special resolution.

Voting
Under and subject to the provisions of the Articles 
and subject to any special rights or restrictions as to 
voting attached to any shares, on a show of hands, 
every shareholder present in person at a general 
meeting of shareholders shall have one vote and on a 
poll every shareholder who was present in person or 
by proxy shall have one vote for every share of which 
they are the holder. Under the Companies Act 2006, 
shareholders are entitled to appoint a proxy to exercise 
all or any of their rights to attend and to speak and vote 
on their behalf at a general meeting or class meeting.

Restrictions on voting
A shareholder shall not be entitled to vote at any 
general meeting or class meeting in respect of any 
shares held by them unless all calls and other sums 
presently payable by them in respect of that share have 
been paid.

Variation of rights
The Articles specify that the special rights attached 
to any class of shares may, either with the consent in 
writing of holders of three-fourths of the issued shares 
of that class or with the sanction of a special resolution 
passed at a separate meeting of such holders (but not 
otherwise), be modified or abrogated.

Transfer of shares
Under and subject to the restrictions in the Articles, any 
shareholder may transfer all or any of their shares in 
certificated form by transfer in writing in any usual form 
or in any other form which the Board may approve. 
The Board may, save in certain circumstances, refuse 
to register any transfer of a certificated share not fully 
paid up. 

133

Corporate GovernanceMJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Directors’ Report

CONTINUED

The Board may also refuse to register any transfer of 
certificated shares unless it is:

• 

• 

in respect of only one class of shares;

in favour of no more than four transferees;

•  duly stamped or exempt from stamp duty;

•  delivered to the office or at such other place as the 

Board may decide for registration; and

•  accompanied by the certificate for the shares to be 
transferred and such other evidence (if any) as the 
Board may reasonably require to show the right of 
the intending transferor to transfer the shares.

Authority to purchase own shares
At the 2021 AGM, shareholders gave the Company 
authority to purchase up to the nominal value of 
ordinary shares of £116,612 of its own ordinary shares, 
representing approximately 10% of its issued ordinary 
share capital. No purchases have been made pursuant 
to this authority and a resolution will be put to 
shareholders at the 2022 AGM to renew the authority 
for a further period of one year.

Repurchase of shares
Subject to the provisions of the Companies Act and 
to any rights conferred on the holders of any class of 
shares, the Company may purchase all or any of its 
shares of any class, including any redeemable shares.

Appointment and replacement of Directors
The Directors shall not, unless otherwise determined by 
an ordinary resolution of the Company, be less than three 
or more than 15 in number. Directors may be appointed 
by the Company by ordinary resolution or by the Board.

A Director appointed by the Board shall retire from 
office at the next AGM of the Company but shall then 
be eligible for reappointment. The Board may appoint 
one or more Directors to hold any office or employment 
with the Company for such period (subject to the 
Companies Act requirements) and on such terms as 
it may decide and may revoke or terminate any such 
appointment. At each AGM, any Director who has been 
appointed by the Board since the previous AGM and 
any Director selected to retire by rotation shall retire 
from office. At each AGM, one-third of the Directors 
are required to retire by rotation or, if the number is 
not an integral multiple of three, the number nearest to 
one-third but not exceeding one-third. In addition, any 
Director who has been a Director at the preceding two 
AGMs is required to retire by rotation, provided that 
they were not appointed or reappointed at either such 
AGM or ceased to be a Director and been reappointed 
since either such AGM. Notwithstanding this, the Board 
has determined that all Directors will be subject to 
annual re-election by shareholders at each AGM.

The Company may, by ordinary resolution of which 
special notice has been given in accordance with the 
Companies Act, remove any Director before their period 
of office has expired notwithstanding anything in the 
Articles or in any agreement between that Director and 
the Company. A Director may also be removed from 
office by the service of a notice to that effect signed 
by or on behalf of all the other Directors, being not less 
than three in number.

134

Brittany and 
Maddie,  
Model Walk,  
Worksop, 
Nottinghamshire

Powers of the Directors
The business of the Company shall be managed by 
the Board, which may exercise all the powers of the 
Company, subject to the provisions of the Articles and 
any ordinary resolution of the Company. The Articles 
specify that the Board may exercise all the powers of 
the Company to borrow money and to mortgage or 
charge all or any part of its undertakings, property and 
assets and uncalled capital and to issue debentures 
and other securities, subject to the provisions of the 
Articles.

Takeovers and significant agreements
The Company is party to the following significant 
agreements that take effect, alter or terminate on 
a change of control of the Company following a 
takeover bid:

• 

• 

• 

the Company’s share schemes and plans;

the Company’s payment guarantee bonds 
except with prior written consent from the bond 
provider; and

the Group’s revolving credit facility whereby upon 
a “change of control” all amounts become due 
and payable.

Information rights
Beneficial owners of shares who have been nominated 
by the registered holder of those shares to enjoy 
information rights under Section 146 of the Companies 
Act 2006 are required to direct all communications to 
the registered holder of their shares, rather than to the 
Company’s registrars or to the Company directly.

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Disclosure of information to auditors
In accordance with the Statement of Directors’ 
Responsibilities in Respect of the Financial Statements 
on page 136, the Directors who held office at the date 
of approval of this Directors’ Report have confirmed 
that, so far as they are each aware, there is no relevant 
audit information of which the Company’s auditors are 
unaware, and the Directors have taken all the steps 
that they ought to have taken as Directors to make 
themselves aware of any relevant audit information and 
to establish that the Company’s auditors are aware of 
that information.

Independent auditors
As set out on page 105, the independent auditors, 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, have indicated their 
willingness to continue in office, and a resolution that 
they be reappointed will be proposed at the next AGM 
on 18 November 2022.

Annual General Meeting
The Notice of the AGM to be held on 18 November 
2022, together with details of the Resolutions to be 
considered, will be sent out in a separate circular. Full 
details of the deadlines for exercising voting rights in 
respect of the resolutions to be considered at the AGM 
will be set out in the Notice of the AGM.

By order of the Board

Leanne Johnson 
Company Secretary 

14 September 2022

MJ Gleeson plc 
Annual Report & Accounts 2022

135

Corporate GovernanceStatement of Directors’ Responsibilities  
in Respect of the Financial Statements 

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual 
Report and Accounts and the financial statements in 
accordance with applicable law and regulation.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial 
statements for each financial year. Under that law the 
Directors have prepared the Group and the Company 
financial statements in accordance with UK-adopted 
international accounting standards.

Under company law, Directors must not approve the 
financial statements unless they are satisfied that 
they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of 
the Group and Company and of the profit or loss of 
the Group for that period. In preparing the financial 
statements, the Directors are required to:

• 

• 

• 

• 

 select suitable accounting policies and then apply 
them consistently;

 state whether applicable UK-adopted international 
accounting standards have been followed, subject to 
any material departures disclosed and explained in 
the financial statements;

 make judgements and accounting estimates that are 
reasonable and prudent; and

 prepare the financial statements on the going 
concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume 
that the Group and Company will continue in 
business.

The Directors are responsible for safeguarding the 
assets of the Group and Company and hence for taking 
reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of 
fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors are also responsible for keeping adequate 
accounting records that are sufficient to show and 
explain the Group’s and Company’s transactions and 
disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the 
financial position of the Group and Company and 
enable them to ensure that the financial statements and 
the Directors’ Remuneration Report comply with the 
Companies Act 2006.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance 
and integrity of the Company’s website. Legislation in 
the United Kingdom governing the preparation and 
dissemination of financial statements may differ from 
legislation in other jurisdictions.

Directors’ confirmations
The Directors consider that the Annual Report and 
Accounts and the financial statements, taken as 
a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and 
provides the information necessary for shareholders 
to assess the Group’s and Company’s position and 
performance, business model and strategy.

Each of the Directors, whose names and functions are 
listed in the Governance Report, confirm that, to the 
best of their knowledge:

• 

• 

 the Group and Company financial statements, which 
have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted 
international accounting standards, give a true 
and fair view of the assets, liabilities and financial 
position of the Group and Company, and of the 
profit of the Group; and

 the Strategic Report includes a fair review of the 
development and performance of the business and 
the position of the Group and Company, together 
with a description of the principal risks and 
uncertainties that it faces.

In the case of each Director in office at the date the 
Directors’ report is approved:

• 

• 

 so far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant 
audit information of which the Group’s and 
Company’s auditors are unaware; and

 they have taken all the steps that they ought to have 
taken as a Director in order to make themselves 
aware of any relevant audit information and to 
establish that the Group’s and Company’s auditors 
are aware of that information.

By order of the Board

James Thomson 
Director 

Stefan Allanson 
Director 

14 September 2022

14 September 2022

136

Steven, Fork Lift 
Truck Driver, 
Hardwicke Place, 
Hartlepool, 
County Durham

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022MJ Gleeson plc 
Annual Report & Accounts 2022

137

Corporate GovernanceFinancial 
Statements

Independent Auditors’ Report

Consolidated Income Statement

Consolidated Statement of    
Comprehensive Income

Statements of Financial Position

Statements of Changes in Equity

Statements of Cash Flows

Notes to the Financial Statements

140

148

148

149

150

152

153

138

MJ Gleeson plc 
Annual Report & Accounts 2022

 
Harris 
and Lucy,  
Calverley View, 
Bradford, 
West Yorkshire

139

Financial StatementsFinancial StatementsMJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Independent auditors’ report to the 
members of MJ Gleeson plc 

Report on the audit of the financial statements 

Opinion 
In our opinion, MJ Gleeson plc’s group financial statements and company financial statements (the “financial statements”): 

•  give a true and fair view of the state of the group’s and of the company’s affairs as at 30 June 2022 and of the group’s 

profit and the group’s and company’s cash flows for the year then ended; 

•  have been properly prepared in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards; and 
•  have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006. 

We  have  audited  the  financial statements,  included within  the  Annual  Report  and  Accounts (the  “Annual  Report”),  which 
comprise: the Statements of Financial Position as at 30 June 2022; the Consolidated Income Statement, the Consolidated 
Statement of Comprehensive Income, Statement of Changes in Equity for the Group and Company, and the Statements of 
Cash Flows for the year then ended; and the notes to the financial statements, which include a description of the significant 
accounting policies. 

Our opinion is consistent with our reporting to the Audit Committee. 

Basis for opinion 
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (“ISAs (UK)”) and applicable law. Our 
responsibilities under ISAs (UK) are further described in the Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements 
section of our report. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for 
our opinion. 

Independence 
We  remained  independent  of  the  group  in  accordance  with  the  ethical  requirements  that  are  relevant  to  our  audit  of  the 
financial statements in the UK, which includes the FRC’s Ethical Standard, as applicable to listed public interest entities, and 
we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. 

To the best of our knowledge and belief, we declare that non-audit services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical Standard were 
not provided. 

We have provided no non-audit services to the company or its controlled undertakings in the period under audit. 

Our audit approach 

Overview 
Audit scope 

•  The reporting units where we performed audit work accounted for 100% of the Group's profit before tax and 100% of the 

Group's total assets 

•  Enquiries have been made of management regarding their risk assessment and governance process in place to address 

climate risk impacts, with no significant risk of material misstatement identified in this respect 

140

Key audit matters 

•  Carrying value of land and work in progress (group) 

•  Valuation of building safety provisioning (group) 

•  Carrying value of investments (parent) 

•  Overall group materiality: £2,772,000 (2021: £2,086,000) based on 5% of profit before tax before exceptionals (2021: 5% 

•  Overall company materiality: £1,625,000 (2021: £1,423,000) based on 1% of total assets. 

•  Performance materiality: £2,079,000 (2021: £1,564,500) (group) and £1,218,750 (2021: £1,067,500) (company). 

As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material misstatement in the financial 

Materiality 

of profit before tax). 

The scope of our audit 

statements. 

Key audit matters 

Key audit matters are those matters that, in the auditors’ professional judgement, were of most significance in the audit of 

the financial statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement 

(whether or not due to fraud) identified by the auditors, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit 

strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters, and any 

comments we make on the results of our procedures thereon, were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial 

statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. 

This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit. 

The building safety provisioning is a new key audit matter this year. The impact of Covid-19, which was a key audit matter 

last year, is no longer included because of the reduced risk the ongoing Covid-19 pandemic poses to the group. Otherwise, 

the key audit matters below are consistent with last year. 

Key audit matter 

How our audit addressed the key audit matter 

We focused upon this area because the value of the 

For land and work in progress in Gleeson Homes, we: 

Carrying value of land and work in progress (group) 

Group's land and work in progress represent a significant 

proportion of assets in the Group Statement of Financial 

Position. Further, determining the recoverable amount of 

land and work in progress requires a high degree of 

estimation. For work in progress in Gleeson Homes (the 

house building division), the key judgements include 

forecasting future costs to complete and selling prices 

which can be affected by market conditions and 

unexpected events. In Gleeson Land (the land promotion 

division), the valuation of work in progress requires 

judgement regarding the future viability of each project. 

Based upon this assessment, it may be necessary to 

record provisions to determine the final carrying value of 

work in progress for each site. 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Assessed the adequacy of controls over the authorisation 

and recording of costs, including testing of controls over 

the allocation of costs to the correct sites. 

Visited a sample of sites to confirm the existence and 

condition of the work in progress, and also to evaluate the 

reasonableness of the assessment of stage of completion. 

Attended a sample of quarterly valuation meetings to 

evidence controls and procedures undertaken and 

judgements made as part of the valuation process. 

Tested and agreed a sample of land and work in progress 

costs incurred during the year, including land additions and 

build costs, to supporting evidence as well as reviewing the 

proportion of that expenditure recognised as a cost of sale 

in the year in respect of units sold. 

Assessed the historical accuracy of management’s 

forecasting through investigation of any sites with unusual 

or unexpected margins, based on an auditors expected 

range. 

Tested a sample of forecast costs to complete, including 

forecast preliminary costs, to supporting documentation for 

a sample of sites. 

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022  
  
  
  
 
  
Key audit matters 

•  Carrying value of land and work in progress (group) 
•  Valuation of building safety provisioning (group) 
•  Carrying value of investments (parent) 

Materiality 

•  Overall group materiality: £2,772,000 (2021: £2,086,000) based on 5% of profit before tax before exceptionals (2021: 5% 

of profit before tax). 

•  Overall company materiality: £1,625,000 (2021: £1,423,000) based on 1% of total assets. 
•  Performance materiality: £2,079,000 (2021: £1,564,500) (group) and £1,218,750 (2021: £1,067,500) (company). 

The scope of our audit 
As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material misstatement in the financial 
statements. 

Key audit matters 
Key audit matters are those matters that, in the auditors’ professional judgement, were of most significance in the audit of 
the financial statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement 
(whether or not due to fraud) identified by the auditors, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit 
strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters, and any 
comments we make on the results of our procedures thereon, were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial 
statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. 

This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit. 

The building safety provisioning is a new key audit matter this year. The impact of Covid-19, which was a key audit matter 
last year, is no longer included because of the reduced risk the ongoing Covid-19 pandemic poses to the group. Otherwise, 
the key audit matters below are consistent with last year. 

Key audit matter 

How our audit addressed the key audit matter 

Carrying value of land and work in progress (group) 

We focused upon this area because the value of the 
Group's land and work in progress represent a significant 
proportion of assets in the Group Statement of Financial 
Position. Further, determining the recoverable amount of 
land and work in progress requires a high degree of 
estimation. For work in progress in Gleeson Homes (the 
house building division), the key judgements include 
forecasting future costs to complete and selling prices 
which can be affected by market conditions and 
unexpected events. In Gleeson Land (the land promotion 
division), the valuation of work in progress requires 
judgement regarding the future viability of each project. 
Based upon this assessment, it may be necessary to 
record provisions to determine the final carrying value of 
work in progress for each site. 

For land and work in progress in Gleeson Homes, we: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Assessed the adequacy of controls over the authorisation 
and recording of costs, including testing of controls over 
the allocation of costs to the correct sites. 
Visited a sample of sites to confirm the existence and 
condition of the work in progress, and also to evaluate the 
reasonableness of the assessment of stage of completion. 
Attended a sample of quarterly valuation meetings to 
evidence controls and procedures undertaken and 
judgements made as part of the valuation process. 
Tested and agreed a sample of land and work in progress 
costs incurred during the year, including land additions and 
build costs, to supporting evidence as well as reviewing the 
proportion of that expenditure recognised as a cost of sale 
in the year in respect of units sold. 
Assessed the historical accuracy of management’s 
forecasting through investigation of any sites with unusual 
or unexpected margins, based on an auditors expected 
range. 
Tested a sample of forecast costs to complete, including 
forecast preliminary costs, to supporting documentation for 
a sample of sites. 

141

Financial StatementsFinancial StatementsMJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022  
  
 
  
• 

• 

Performed an independent assessment of a sample of cost 
accruals and build contingency via enquiry and 
corroboration to supporting evidence. 
Reviewed the disclosures in the annual accounts in respect 
of this critical accounting estimate. 

For work in progress in Gleeson Land, we: 

• 
• 

• 

• 
• 

• 

Tested a sample of costs incurred during the year. 
Tested the transfer from work in progress to cost of sales 
for all those sites sold during the year. 
Discussed and challenged the status of a sample of 
projects with management and corroborated explanations 
received, as necessary. 
Assessed the group's provisioning methodology. 
Recalculated the provision made by management against 
year-end work in progress by applying the Group’s 
provisioning methodology and challenged and corroborated 
as necessary. 
Reviewed the disclosures in the annual accounts in respect 
of this critical accounting estimate. 

Based on the procedures performed we did not identify any 
material adjustments to the carrying value of the Group’s land and 
work in progress at year end. 

We have reviewed the detailed desktop reports prepared by the 
external surveyors and estimates made by inhouse resource and 
have engaged our own internal experts to assess the rigour and 
scepticism applied. In terms of audit procedures undertaken we: 

• 
• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Utilised auditors’ experts. 
Assessed the objectivity, competence and capability of the 
external experts engaged by management. 
Challenged management on their assumptions in arriving 
at the monetary value of the provision. 
Performed sensitivities over the key assumptions used by 
in-house resources. 
Considered the impact of other relevant legislation (such as 
recoverability of VAT) and external factors (availability of 
subcontractors, impact of inflation on cash flows for 
remediation). 
Assessed the completeness of the provisioning, 
considering whether all buildings have been captured and 
whether all aspects of costing have been captured, 
including consultation with our auditors' expert. 
Challenged management on their accounting against the 
recognition criteria of IAS 37, and reviewed the relevant 
disclosure requirements of IAS 37. 

Based on the procedures performed we did not identify any 
material adjustments to the provision included in the group 
accounts. We are also satisfied that the recognition and disclosure 
of the provision is in line with IAS 37, and the disclosure of the 
estimates and sensitivities are in line with IAS 1. 

We compared the carrying value of the investments as at 30 June 
2022 to the subsidiaries’ net assets and assessed the future cash 
flows of the subsidiaries. We have assessed the key assumptions 
underpinning these cash flows. We assessed the requirement for, 
and the value of, the impairment recorded in the year. We also 
assessed the market capitalisation of the Group as at 30 June 
2022 and compared it to the net assets of the Group and Parent 
Company. Based on this work we are satisfied that the carrying 
value of the investments held by the company are supported. 

Valuation of building safety provisioning (group) 

In April 2022, MJ Gleeson plc signed the 'Department for 
Levelling Up, Housing and Communities' ("DLUHC") 
Pledge, which commits the Group to fund the remediation 
of life-critical fire safety issues on buildings over 11 
metres, which over the last 30 years the Group was 
involved in developing. Management have included a 
provision representing the remediation cost for the 14 
buildings identified as 'in scope' based on a programme of 
desktop assessments performed by an external firm of 
surveyors, and estimates made by inhouse qualified 
resource. The provision is identified as a source of 
estimation uncertainty as there are certain inherent 
factors that would change the level of provision required 
in future years. The key assumptions are the potential 
cost of investigation, the costs of replacement materials 
and works, the cost of disruption to residents, and the 
timing of forecast expenditure. Hence, we identified the 
valuation of building safety provisioning as a significant 
risk. 

Carrying value of investments (parent) 

We focused upon this area because of the size of the 
balance and the significant judgement required in 
determining the carrying value. The key judgement is the 
underlying cash generation and profitability of the Parent 
Company's subsidiaries which can be affected by market 
conditions as well as the new Building Safety Act 
extending the liability period for defective claims from 6 to 
30 years. 

142

How we tailored the audit scope 

We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give an opinion on the financial 

statements  as  a  whole,  taking  into  account  the  structure  of  the  group  and  the  company,  the  accounting  processes  and 

controls, and the industry in which they operate. 

The Group is organised into two main operating divisions being Gleeson Homes and Gleeson Land, and each operating 

division represents a single reporting unit. The Group financial statements are a consolidation of these 2 reporting units and 

the Group’s central entities which include a further 3 reporting units. Of the Group’s 5 reporting units, we identified 4 which, 

in our view, required an audit of their complete financial information, either due to their size or their risk characteristics. This, 

together  with  additional  procedures  performed  on  the  Group’s  remaining  centralised  functions,  gave  us  the  evidence  we 

needed for our opinion on the Group financial statements as a whole. All work was performed by the Group audit team. 

Materiality 

The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for materiality. 

These, together with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the nature, timing and 

extent of our audit procedures on the individual financial statement line items and disclosures and in evaluating the effect of 

misstatements, both individually and in aggregate on the financial statements as a whole. 

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows: 

Financial statements - group 

Overall 

materiality 

£2,772,000 (2021: £2,086,000). 

Financial statements - 

company 

£1,625,000 (2021: 

£1,423,000). 

How we 

5% of profit before tax before exceptionals (2021: 5% of profit before 

1% of total assets 

determined it 

tax) 

Rationale for 

benchmark 

applied 

Based on the benchmarks used in the annual report, profit before tax is 

We believe total assets is 

the primary measure used by the shareholders in assessing the 

performance of the group, and is a generally accepted auditing 

the primary measure used 

by shareholders in 

benchmark. Given the exceptional item is non-trading in nature and not 

assessing the performance 

representative of the underlying operations of the business, it was 

of the entity. 

deemed appropriate to exclude this from our calculation of materiality. 

For each component in the scope of our group audit, we allocated a materiality that is less than our overall group materiality. 

The  range  of  materiality  allocated  across  components  was  between  £40,500  and  £2,663,400.  Certain  components  were 

audited to a local statutory audit materiality that was also less than our overall group materiality. 

We use performance materiality to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that the aggregate of uncorrected and 

undetected misstatements exceeds overall materiality. Specifically, we use performance materiality in determining the scope 

of our audit and the nature and extent of our testing of account balances, classes of transactions and disclosures, for example 

in  determining  sample  sizes.  Our  performance  materiality  was  75%  (2021:  75%)  of  overall  materiality,  amounting  to 

£2,079,000  (2021:  £1,564,500)  for  the  group  financial  statements  and  £1,218,750  (2021:  £1,067,500)  for  the  company 

financial statements. 

was appropriate. 

In determining the performance materiality, we considered a number of factors - the history of misstatements, risk assessment 

and aggregation risk and the effectiveness of controls - and concluded that an amount at the upper end of our normal range 

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them misstatements identified during our audit above £138,600 

(group audit) (2021: £104,300) and £81,250 (company audit) (2021: £71,150) as well as misstatements below those amounts 

that, in our view, warranted reporting for qualitative reasons. 

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
How we tailored the audit scope 
We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give an opinion on the financial 
statements  as  a  whole,  taking  into  account  the  structure  of  the  group  and  the  company,  the  accounting  processes  and 
controls, and the industry in which they operate. 

The Group is organised into two main operating divisions being Gleeson Homes and Gleeson Land, and each operating 
division represents a single reporting unit. The Group financial statements are a consolidation of these 2 reporting units and 
the Group’s central entities which include a further 3 reporting units. Of the Group’s 5 reporting units, we identified 4 which, 
in our view, required an audit of their complete financial information, either due to their size or their risk characteristics. This, 
together  with  additional  procedures  performed  on  the  Group’s  remaining  centralised  functions,  gave  us  the  evidence  we 
needed for our opinion on the Group financial statements as a whole. All work was performed by the Group audit team. 

Materiality 
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for materiality. 
These, together with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the nature, timing and 
extent of our audit procedures on the individual financial statement line items and disclosures and in evaluating the effect of 
misstatements, both individually and in aggregate on the financial statements as a whole. 

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows: 

Financial statements - group 

Overall 
materiality 

£2,772,000 (2021: £2,086,000). 

How we 
determined it 

5% of profit before tax before exceptionals (2021: 5% of profit before 
tax) 

Financial statements - 
company 

£1,625,000 (2021: 
£1,423,000). 

1% of total assets 

Rationale for 
benchmark 
applied 

Based on the benchmarks used in the annual report, profit before tax is 
the primary measure used by the shareholders in assessing the 
performance of the group, and is a generally accepted auditing 
benchmark. Given the exceptional item is non-trading in nature and not 
representative of the underlying operations of the business, it was 
deemed appropriate to exclude this from our calculation of materiality. 

We believe total assets is 
the primary measure used 
by shareholders in 
assessing the performance 
of the entity. 

For each component in the scope of our group audit, we allocated a materiality that is less than our overall group materiality. 
The  range  of  materiality  allocated  across  components  was  between  £40,500  and  £2,663,400.  Certain  components  were 
audited to a local statutory audit materiality that was also less than our overall group materiality. 

We use performance materiality to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that the aggregate of uncorrected and 
undetected misstatements exceeds overall materiality. Specifically, we use performance materiality in determining the scope 
of our audit and the nature and extent of our testing of account balances, classes of transactions and disclosures, for example 
in  determining  sample  sizes.  Our  performance  materiality  was  75%  (2021:  75%)  of  overall  materiality,  amounting  to 
£2,079,000  (2021:  £1,564,500)  for  the  group  financial  statements  and  £1,218,750  (2021:  £1,067,500)  for  the  company 
financial statements. 

In determining the performance materiality, we considered a number of factors - the history of misstatements, risk assessment 
and aggregation risk and the effectiveness of controls - and concluded that an amount at the upper end of our normal range 
was appropriate. 

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them misstatements identified during our audit above £138,600 
(group audit) (2021: £104,300) and £81,250 (company audit) (2021: £71,150) as well as misstatements below those amounts 
that, in our view, warranted reporting for qualitative reasons. 

143

Financial StatementsFinancial StatementsMJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022  
  
  
  
Conclusions relating to going concern 
Our evaluation of the directors’ assessment of the group's and the company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern 
basis of accounting included: 

•  We obtained from management their latest assessments that support their conclusions with respect to the going concern 
basis of preparation of the financial statements and confirmed the mathematical accuracy of these assessments; and 

•  We evaluated the historical accuracy of the budgeting process to assess the reliability of the data; and 
•  We  evaluated  management’s  base  case  forecast  and  severe  but  plausible  downside  scenario  and  challenged  the 

adequacy and appropriateness of the underlying assumptions; and 

•  Undertook further sensitivities over key assumptions in management severe but plausible downside assessment; and 
• 

In conjunction with the above we have also reviewed management’s analysis of both liquidity and covenant compliance 
to satisfy ourselves that no breaches are anticipated over the period of assessment; and 

•  We have reviewed management's disclosures in respect of going concern. 

Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions that, 
individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the group's and the company’s ability to continue as a going concern 
for a period of at least twelve months from when the financial statements are authorised for issue. 

In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in 
the preparation of the financial statements is appropriate. 

However, because not all future events or conditions can be predicted, this conclusion is not a guarantee as to the group's 
and the company's ability to continue as a going concern. 

In relation to the directors’ reporting on how they have applied the UK Corporate Governance Code, we have nothing material 
to  add  or  draw  attention  to  in  relation  to  the  directors’  statement  in  the  financial  statements  about  whether  the  directors 
considered it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting. 

Our  responsibilities  and  the  responsibilities  of  the  directors  with  respect  to  going  concern  are  described  in  the  relevant 
sections of this report. 

statements; 

Reporting on other information 
The  other  information  comprises  all  of  the  information  in  the  Annual  Report  other  than  the  financial  statements  and  our 
auditors’ report thereon. The directors are responsible for the other information, which includes reporting based on the Task 
Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) recommendations. Our opinion on the financial statements does not 
cover the other information and, accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion or, except to the extent otherwise explicitly 
stated in this report, any form of assurance thereon. 

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, 
consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in 
the  audit,  or  otherwise  appears  to  be  materially  misstated.  If  we  identify  an  apparent  material  inconsistency  or  material 
misstatement, we are required to perform procedures to conclude whether there is a material misstatement of the financial 
statements or a material misstatement of the other information. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that 
there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report based 
on these responsibilities. 

With respect to the Strategic report and Directors' Report, we also considered whether the disclosures required by the UK 
Companies Act 2006 have been included. 

Based on our work undertaken in the course of the audit, the Companies Act 2006 requires us also to report certain opinions 
and matters as described below. 

•  The section of the Annual Report describing the work of the Audit Committee. 

144

Strategic report and Directors' Report 

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit, the information given in the Strategic report and 

Directors'  Report  for  the  year  ended  30 June 2022  is  consistent  with  the  financial  statements  and  has  been  prepared  in 

accordance with applicable legal requirements. 

In light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and company and their environment obtained in the course of the 

audit, we did not identify any material misstatements in the Strategic report and Directors' Report. 

In our opinion, the part of the Annual Report on Remuneration to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with 

Directors’ Remuneration 

the Companies Act 2006. 

Corporate governance statement 

The Listing Rules require us to review the directors’ statements in relation to going concern, longer-term viability and that 

part of the corporate governance statement relating to the company’s compliance with the provisions of the UK Corporate 

Governance Code specified for our review. Our additional responsibilities with respect to the corporate governance statement 

as other information are described in the Reporting on other information section of this report. 

Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each of the following elements of the corporate 

governance statement is materially consistent with the financial statements and our knowledge obtained during the audit, 

and we have nothing material to add or draw attention to in relation to: 

•  The directors’ confirmation that they have carried out a robust assessment of the emerging and principal risks; 

•  The disclosures in the Annual Report that describe those principal risks, what procedures are in place to identify 

emerging risks and an explanation of how these are being managed or mitigated; 

•  The  directors’  statement  in  the  financial  statements  about  whether  they  considered  it  appropriate  to  adopt  the  going 

concern basis of accounting in preparing them, and their identification of any material uncertainties to the group’s and 

company’s ability to continue to do so over a period of at least twelve months from the date of approval of the financial 

•  The directors’ explanation as to their assessment of the group's and company’s prospects, the period this assessment 

covers and why the period is appropriate; and 

•  The directors’ statement as to whether they have a reasonable expectation that the company will be able to continue in 

operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the period of its assessment, including any related disclosures 

drawing attention to any necessary qualifications or assumptions. 

Our review of the directors’ statement regarding the longer-term viability of the group was substantially less in scope than an 

audit and only consisted of making inquiries and considering the directors’ process supporting their statement; checking that 

the statement is in alignment with the relevant provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code; and considering whether 

the statement is consistent with the financial statements and our knowledge and understanding of the group and company 

and their environment obtained in the course of the audit. 

In addition, based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each of the following elements of 

the corporate governance statement is materially consistent with the financial statements and our knowledge obtained 

during the audit: 

•  The directors’ statement that they consider the Annual Report, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable, 

and provides the information necessary for the members to assess the group’s and company's position, performance, 

•  The section of the Annual Report that describes the review of effectiveness of risk management and internal control 

business model and strategy; 

systems; and 

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022  
  
  
  
Strategic report and Directors' Report 
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit, the information given in the Strategic report and 
Directors'  Report  for  the  year  ended  30 June 2022  is  consistent  with  the  financial  statements  and  has  been  prepared  in 
accordance with applicable legal requirements. 

In light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and company and their environment obtained in the course of the 
audit, we did not identify any material misstatements in the Strategic report and Directors' Report. 

Directors’ Remuneration 
In our opinion, the part of the Annual Report on Remuneration to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with 
the Companies Act 2006. 

Corporate governance statement 
The Listing Rules require us to review the directors’ statements in relation to going concern, longer-term viability and that 
part of the corporate governance statement relating to the company’s compliance with the provisions of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code specified for our review. Our additional responsibilities with respect to the corporate governance statement 
as other information are described in the Reporting on other information section of this report. 

Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each of the following elements of the corporate 
governance statement is materially consistent with the financial statements and our knowledge obtained during the audit, 
and we have nothing material to add or draw attention to in relation to: 

•  The directors’ confirmation that they have carried out a robust assessment of the emerging and principal risks; 
•  The disclosures in the Annual Report that describe those principal risks, what procedures are in place to identify 

emerging risks and an explanation of how these are being managed or mitigated; 

•  The  directors’  statement  in  the  financial  statements  about  whether  they  considered  it  appropriate  to  adopt  the  going 
concern basis of accounting in preparing them, and their identification of any material uncertainties to the group’s and 
company’s ability to continue to do so over a period of at least twelve months from the date of approval of the financial 
statements; 

•  The directors’ explanation as to their assessment of the group's and company’s prospects, the period this assessment 

covers and why the period is appropriate; and 

•  The directors’ statement as to whether they have a reasonable expectation that the company will be able to continue in 
operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the period of its assessment, including any related disclosures 
drawing attention to any necessary qualifications or assumptions. 

Our review of the directors’ statement regarding the longer-term viability of the group was substantially less in scope than an 
audit and only consisted of making inquiries and considering the directors’ process supporting their statement; checking that 
the statement is in alignment with the relevant provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code; and considering whether 
the statement is consistent with the financial statements and our knowledge and understanding of the group and company 
and their environment obtained in the course of the audit. 

In addition, based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each of the following elements of 
the corporate governance statement is materially consistent with the financial statements and our knowledge obtained 
during the audit: 

•  The directors’ statement that they consider the Annual Report, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable, 
and provides the information necessary for the members to assess the group’s and company's position, performance, 
business model and strategy; 

•  The section of the Annual Report that describes the review of effectiveness of risk management and internal control 

systems; and 

•  The section of the Annual Report describing the work of the Audit Committee. 

145

Financial StatementsFinancial StatementsMJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022  
  
We have nothing to report in respect of our responsibility to report when the directors’ statement relating to the company’s 
compliance with the Code does not properly disclose a departure from a relevant provision of the Code specified under the 
Listing Rules for review by the auditors. 

Responsibilities for the financial statements and the audit 

Responsibilities of the directors for the financial statements 
As explained more fully in the Statement of Directors' Responsibilities in Respect of the Financial Statements, the directors 
are responsible for the preparation of the financial statements in accordance with the applicable framework and for being 
satisfied that they give a true and fair view. The directors are also responsible for such internal control as they determine is 
necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud 
or error. 

In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the group’s and the company’s ability to 
continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis 
of accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the group or the company or to cease operations, or have no 
realistic alternative but to do so. 

Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements 
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance 
is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect 
a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually 
or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of 
these financial statements. 

Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line with 
our responsibilities, outlined above, to detect material misstatements in respect of irregularities, including fraud. The extent 
to which our procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud, is detailed below. 

Based on our understanding of the group and industry, we identified that the principal risks of non-compliance with laws and 
regulations related to health and safety legislation and building safety legislation, and we considered the extent to which non-
compliance might have a material effect on the financial statements. We also considered those laws and regulations that 
have  a  direct  impact  on  the  financial  statements  such  as  the  Listing  Rules  and  the  Companies  Act  2006.  We  evaluated 
management’s  incentives  and  opportunities  for  fraudulent  manipulation  of  the  financial  statements  (including  the  risk  of 
override of controls), and determined that the principal risks were related to deliberate manipulation of results via improper 
revenue recognition, management bias in key accounting estimates and posting of inappropriate journal entries to manipulate 
the group’s result for the period. Audit procedures performed by the engagement team included: 

•  Discussions with management, including consideration of known or suspected instances of non-compliance with laws 

and regulation and fraud; and 

•  Reviewed the Group's board meeting minutes for the duration of the year and up to the date of signing; and 
•  Challenging assumptions and judgements made by management in their significant accounting estimates, particularly in 
relation to the valuation of land and work in progress and the expected cash outflows in respect of the building safety 
provision; and 
Identifying  and  testing  journal  entries  on  a  sample  basis,  in  particular  journal  entries  posted  with  unusual  account 
combinations, posted by unexpected users, or which meet our fraud risk criteria. Specifically we tested journal entries 
with credits to revenue, duplicate journals, and journals transferring costs within work in progress. 

• 

There are inherent limitations in the audit procedures described above. We are less likely to become aware of instances of 
non-compliance with laws and regulations that are not closely related to events and transactions reflected in the financial 
statements. Also, the risk of not detecting a material misstatement due to fraud is higher than the risk of not detecting one 
resulting from error, as fraud may involve deliberate concealment by, for example, forgery or intentional misrepresentations, 
or through collusion. 

146

Our audit testing might include testing complete populations of certain transactions and balances, possibly using data auditing 

techniques.  However,  it  typically  involves  selecting  a  limited  number  of  items  for  testing,  rather  than  testing  complete 

populations. We will often seek to target particular items for testing based on their size or risk characteristics. In other cases, 

we will use audit sampling to enable us to draw a conclusion about the population from which the sample is selected. 

A  further  description  of  our  responsibilities  for  the  audit  of  the  financial  statements  is  located  on  the  FRC’s  website  at: 

www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditors’ report. 

Use of this report 

This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for the company’s members as a body in accordance with 

Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving these opinions, accept or 

assume responsibility for any other purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or into whose hands it may 

come save where expressly agreed by our prior consent in writing. 

Other required reporting 

Companies Act 2006 exception reporting 

Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion: 

•  we have not obtained all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or 

•  adequate  accounting  records  have  not  been  kept  by  the  company,  or  returns  adequate  for  our  audit  have  not  been 

received from branches not visited by us; or 

•  certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or 

• 

the company financial statements and the part of the Annual Report on Remuneration to be audited are not in agreement 

with the accounting records and returns. 

We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility. 

Appointment 

Following the recommendation of the Audit Committee, we were appointed by the members on 14 November 2016 to audit 

the financial statements for the year ended 30 June 2017 and subsequent financial periods. The period of total uninterrupted 

engagement is 6 years, covering the years ended 30 June 2017 to 30 June 2022. 

Other matter 

In due course, as required by the Financial Conduct Authority Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rule 4.1.14R, these 

financial statements will form part of the ESEF-prepared annual financial report filed on the National Storage Mechanism of 

the Financial Conduct Authority in accordance with the ESEF Regulatory Technical Standard (‘ESEF RTS’). This auditors’ 

report provides no assurance over whether the annual financial report will be prepared using the single electronic format 

specified in the ESEF RTS. 

Andy Ward (Senior Statutory Auditor) 

for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 

Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors 

Leeds 

14 September 2022 

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022  
  
  
  
  
Our audit testing might include testing complete populations of certain transactions and balances, possibly using data auditing 
techniques.  However,  it  typically  involves  selecting  a  limited  number  of  items  for  testing,  rather  than  testing  complete 
populations. We will often seek to target particular items for testing based on their size or risk characteristics. In other cases, 
we will use audit sampling to enable us to draw a conclusion about the population from which the sample is selected. 

A  further  description  of  our  responsibilities  for  the  audit  of  the  financial  statements  is  located  on  the  FRC’s  website  at: 
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditors’ report. 

Use of this report 
This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for the company’s members as a body in accordance with 
Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving these opinions, accept or 
assume responsibility for any other purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or into whose hands it may 
come save where expressly agreed by our prior consent in writing. 

Other required reporting 

Companies Act 2006 exception reporting 
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion: 

•  we have not obtained all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or 
•  adequate  accounting  records  have  not  been  kept  by  the  company,  or  returns  adequate  for  our  audit  have  not  been 

received from branches not visited by us; or 

•  certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or 
• 

the company financial statements and the part of the Annual Report on Remuneration to be audited are not in agreement 
with the accounting records and returns. 

We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility. 

Appointment 
Following the recommendation of the Audit Committee, we were appointed by the members on 14 November 2016 to audit 
the financial statements for the year ended 30 June 2017 and subsequent financial periods. The period of total uninterrupted 
engagement is 6 years, covering the years ended 30 June 2017 to 30 June 2022. 

Other matter 

In due course, as required by the Financial Conduct Authority Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rule 4.1.14R, these 
financial statements will form part of the ESEF-prepared annual financial report filed on the National Storage Mechanism of 
the Financial Conduct Authority in accordance with the ESEF Regulatory Technical Standard (‘ESEF RTS’). This auditors’ 
report provides no assurance over whether the annual financial report will be prepared using the single electronic format 
specified in the ESEF RTS. 

Andy Ward (Senior Statutory Auditor) 

for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 

Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors 

Leeds 

14 September 2022 

147

Financial StatementsFinancial StatementsMJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022  
  
  
Consolidated Income Statement 
For the year ended 30 June 2022

Revenue
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Administrative expenses
Other operating income
Operating profit
Finance income
Finance expenses
Profit before tax
Tax
Profit for the year attributable to the equity 
holders of the parent

Earnings per share

Basic
Diluted

2022  
Pre-
exceptional  
items  
£000 

2022 
Exceptional  
items  
(note 3) 
£000 

Note

2022  
Total 
£000 

2

 373,409 

–   

 373,409 

(262,753)

(12,867)

(275,620)

 110,656 

(54,543)

 684 

(12,867)

 97,789 

–   

–   

(54,543)

 684 

 56,797 

(12,867)

 43,930 

 172 

(1,482)

–   

–   

 172 

(1,482)

 55,487 

(12,867)

 42,620 

(9,976)

 2,445 

(7,531)

5

7

7

8

2021 
£000 

 288,575 

(199,230)

 89,345 

(47,185)

 923 

 43,083 

 377 

(1,749)

 41,711 

(7,839)

 45,511 

(10,422)

 35,089 

 33,872 

10

10

 78.12 p

 77.92 p

 60.23 p

 60.08 p

 58.16 p

 58.07 p

Consolidated Statement of  
Comprehensive Income 
For the year ended 30 June 2022

Profit for the year

45,511

(10,422)

35,089

2022  
Pre-
exceptional  
items  
£000 

2022 
Exceptional  
items  
(note 3) 
£000 

Note

2022  
Total 
£000 

2021
 £000 

33,872

Other comprehensive income
Items that may be subsequently reclassified 
to profit or loss
Change in value of shared equity receivables 
at fair value
Movement in tax on share-based payments 
taken directly to equity
Other comprehensive income for the year 
(net of tax)
Total comprehensive income for the year

15

8

120

–

120

–

–

–

120

–

120

33

302

335

45,631

(10,422)

35,209

34,207

The notes on pages 153 to 179 form part of these financial statements.

148

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Statements of Financial Position 
At 30 June 2022

Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment
Investments in subsidiaries
Trade and other receivables
Deferred tax assets

Current assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
UK corporation tax
Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

Non-current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Provisions

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Provisions

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity
Share capital
Share premium
Own shares
Retained earnings
Total equity 

 Group 

 Company 

Note

2022 
 £000 

2021 
 £000 

2022 
 £000 

2021 
 £000 

11

12

14

20

13

14

21

16

18

16

18

23

23

8,112

–

5,051

941

14,104

6,684

–

–

–

98,994

99,067

4,672

1,233

12,589

–

452

–

567

99,446

99,634

286,882

239,961

29,243

3,565

33,764

22,378

3,875

34,331

353,454

300,545

–

77,196

3,565

1,001

81,762

–

37,889

3,754

1,023

42,666

367,558

313,134

181,208

142,300

(9,703)

(12,049)

(21,752)

(6,917)

(236)

(7,153)

–

–

–

–

–

–

(72,291)

(1,339)

(61,027)

(122,265)

(88,654)

(23)

–

–

(73,630)

(61,050)

(122,265)

(88,654)

(95,382)

(68,203)

(122,265)

(88,654)

272,176

244,931

58,943

53,646

1,166

15,843

(471)

255,638

272,176

1,165

15,843

–

227,923

244,931

1,166

15,843

(471)

42,405

58,943

1,165

15,843

–

36,638

53,646

Retained earnings of the Company
The profit of the Company in the financial year amounted to £13,252,000 (2021: loss of £8,250,000).

The financial statements on pages 148 to 179 were approved by the Board of Directors on 14 September 2022 and 
signed on its behalf by:

James Thomson 
Director 

Stefan Allanson
Director

Company registration number: 09268016

The notes on pages 153 to 179 form part of these financial statements.

149

Financial StatementsFinancial StatementsMJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Statement of Changes in Equity 
For the year ended 30 June 2022

Group

At 1 July 2020

Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income
Total comprehensive income for 
the year

Share issue
Purchase of own shares
Share-based payments
Dividends 
Transactions with owners, 
recorded directly in equity

At 30 June 2021

Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income
Total comprehensive income for 
the year

Share issue
Transfer of own shares
Purchase of own shares
Utilisation of own shares
Share-based payments
Movement in tax on share-based 
payments taken directly to equity
Dividends 
Transactions with owners, 
recorded directly in equity

Note

Share 
capital
£000

Share 
premium
£000

1,161

15,843

–

–

–

4

–

–

–

4

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1,165

15,843

–

–

–

1

–

–

–

–

–

–

1

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

23

24

9

23

23

23

23

24

8

9

Own 
shares
£000

Retained 
earnings
£000

Total 
equity
£000

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(136)

(403)

68

–

–

–

195,601

212,605

33,872

335

33,872

335

34,207

34,207

–

(61)

1,089

(2,913)

4

(61)

1,089

(2,913)

(1,885)

(1,881)

227,923

244,931

35,089

35,089

120

120

35,209

35,209

–

136

–

268

1,568

1

–

(403)

336

1,568

(128)

(128)

(9,338)

(9,338)

(471)

(7,494)

(7,964)

At 30 June 2022

1,166

15,843

(471)

255,638

272,176

150

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Statement of Changes in Equity 
For the year ended 30 June 2022

Company
At 1 July 2020

Loss for the year
Other comprehensive income
Total comprehensive expense for 
the year

Share issue
Purchase of own shares
Share-based payments
Dividends
Transactions with owners, 
recorded directly in equity

At 30 June 2021

Profit for the year
Total comprehensive income for 
the year

Share issue
Transfer of own shares
Purchase of own shares
Utilisation of own shares
Share-based payments
Movement in tax on share-based 
payments taken directly to equity
Dividends 
Transactions with owners, 
recorded directly in equity

Note

Share 
capital
£000

1,161

Share 
premium
£000

15,843

–

–

–

4

–

–

–

4

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1,165

15,843

–

–

1

–

–

–

–

–

–

1

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

23

24

9

23

23

23

23

24

8

9

Own 
shares
£000

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(136)

(403)

68

–

–

–

Retained 
earnings
£000

46,630

Total 
equity
£000

63,634

(8,250)

(8,250)

187

187

(8,063)

(8,063)

–

(105)

1,089

(2,913)

4

(105)

1,089

(2,913)

(1,929)

(1,925)

36,638

53,646

13,252

13,252

13,252

13,252

–

136

–

268

1,568

1

–

(403)

336

1,568

(119)

(119)

(9,338)

(9,338)

(471)

(7,485)

(7,955)

At 30 June 2022

1,166

15,843

(471)

42,405

58,943

151

Financial StatementsFinancial StatementsMJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Statements of Cash Flows 
For the year ended 30 June 2022

Operating activities
Profit/(loss) before tax

Adjustments for:
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
Share-based payments
Profit on redemption of shared equity receivables
Increase in provisions including exceptional items
Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment
Impairment of investments in subsidiaries
Disposal of right-of-use assets
Finance income
Finance expenses
Operating cash flows before movements in working 
capital

Increase in inventories
(Increase)/decrease in receivables
Increase in payables
(Increase)/decrease in amounts due from subsidiary 
undertakings
Increase in amounts due to subsidiary undertakings
Cash generated/(used) in operating activities

Tax paid
Finance costs paid
Net cash flow surplus/(deficit) from operating activities

Investing activities
Proceeds from disposal of shared equity receivables
Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and 
equipment
Interest received
Dividends from subsidiaries
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
Net cash flow (deficit)/surplus from investing activities

Financing activities
Repayment of loans and borrowings
Net proceeds from issue of shares
Purchase of own shares 
Dividends paid
Principal element of lease payments
Net cash flow deficit from financing activities

 Group 

 Company 

Note

2022
 £000 

2021
 £000 

2022
 £000 

2021
 £000 

42,620

41,711

13,248

(8,300)

11

24

15

18

11

12

7

7

11

23

9

17

3,124

1,568

(375)

13,129

403

–

–

(172)

1,482

2,772

1,089

(230)

–

200

–

50

(377)

1,749

–

1,568

–

–

–

73

–

(20,014)

–

1,089

–

–

–

1,733

–

–

1,336

1,490

61,779

46,964

(3,789)

(3,988)

(46,921)

(23,626)

(8,165)

13,244

(6,709)

19,706

–

280

265

–

–

–

–

19,937

36,335

(7,059)

(1,043)

11,835

(10,216)

(1,934)

24,185

1,566

858

–

20

–

7

6

–

(3,684)

(2,098)

(3,839)

(2,968)

(34,310)

35,382

(2,172)

(7,178)

(946)

(10,296)

–

–

14

20,000

–

20,014

–

341

1,227

42,532

20,655

60,767

(10,216)

(1,827)

48,724

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1

(403)

(9,338)

(564)

(60,000)

4

(61)

(2,913)

(723)

–

1

(403)

(9,338)

–

(60,000)

4

(105)

(2,913)

–

(10,304)

(63,693)

(9,740)

(63,014)

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

(567)

(42,476)

(22)

(14,290)

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period 

34,331

76,807

1,023

15,313

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

21

33,764

34,331

1,001

1,023

152

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2022

1 Accounting policies
MJ Gleeson plc (“the Company”) is a public limited company that is listed on the London Stock Exchange and is 
incorporated and domiciled in England, United Kingdom. The address of the registered office is 6 Europa Court, 
Sheffield Business Park, Sheffield, S9 1XE.

Basis of preparation
On 31 December 2020, IFRS as adopted by the European Union at that date was brought into UK law and became 
UK-adopted International Accounting Standards, with future changes being subject to endorsement by the UK 
Endorsement Board. The Group and Company transitioned to UK-adopted International Accounting Standards 
in its consolidated Group and Company financial statements on 1 July 2021. This change constitutes a change 
in accounting framework. However, there is no impact on recognition, measurement or disclosure in the period 
reported as a result of the change in framework. 

Both the Company financial statements and the Group financial statements have been prepared and approved by 
the Directors in accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting Standards and with the requirements of the 
Companies Act 2006 as applicable to companies reporting under those standards. 

The consolidated Group and Company financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis and 
under the historical cost convention, except as otherwise stated below.

The principal accounting policies set out below have been applied consistently to all periods presented in the 
Group and Company financial statements.

The Company has taken advantage of section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 and consequently a statement of 
comprehensive income of the Company is not presented as part of these financial statements.

Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of the Company and all of its subsidiary 
undertakings (together referred to as “the Group”). 

Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Group. The Group controls an entity when it is exposed to, or has rights 
to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power 
over the entity. The financial statements of subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements from 
the date that control commences until the date that control ceases.

Going concern
The Group’s business activities are set out in the Strategic Report on pages 2 to 79. The principal risks identified are 
reported under Risk Management on pages 34 to 39. 

In the prior year to 30 June 2021, the Group negotiated a committed club facility with Lloyds Bank plc and 
Santander UK plc. The facility has a limit of £105m (previously £70m with Lloyds Bank plc), which expires in 
October 2024 and provides the Group with additional liquidity and investment funding.

The Group has maintained its strong financial position and ended the year with cash and cash equivalents of 
£33.8m (30 June 2021: £34.3m).

Current forecasts are based on the latest three-year budget approved by the Board in May 2022. This reflected a 
cautious view on the trading outlook based on the current market and the degree of macro-economic risk. 

These forecasts were then subject to a range of sensitivities including a severe but plausible scenario together 
with the likely effectiveness of mitigating actions. The assessment considered the combined impact of a number of 
realistically possible, but severe and prolonged changes to principal assumptions from a downturn in the housing 
and land markets including:

• 

• 

reduction in Gleeson Homes volumes of approximately 20%;

reduction in Gleeson Homes selling prices by 5% recovering over a medium term of five years;

•  material build cost increases of 10% over and above the levels forecast; and

•  a delay on the timing of Gleeson Land transactions and land selling values.

Under these sensitivities, after taking certain mitigating actions, the Group continues to have a sufficient level of 
liquidity, operate within its financial covenants and meet its liabilities as they fall due.

Based on the results of the analysis undertaken, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Company 
and the Group have adequate resources available to continue in operation for the foreseeable future and operate 
in compliance with the Group’s bank facilities and financial covenants. As such, the financial statements for the 
Company and the Group have been prepared on a going concern basis.

153

Financial StatementsFinancial StatementsMJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2022 
CONTINUED

1 Accounting policies CONTINUED
Revenue recognition
Revenue represents the fair value of the consideration received or receivable in respect of the sale, or sale and 
leaseback, of homes and land, net of value added tax and discounts, which is based on an underlying signed legal 
agreement. Revenue is recognised when control transfers to a customer as follows:

•  Revenue from the sale, or sale and leaseback, of homes and sales extras is a single performance obligation that 
is satisfied when control is transferred to the customer, which is deemed to be on legal completion when title of 
the property passes to the customer. Where deposit and exchange funds are received in advance, no revenue is 
recognised until legal completion occurs and the remaining funds are received.

•  Revenue from land sales, including land sold under option agreements, freehold land sales, or fixed-price land 

sales, is typically a single performance obligation that is satisfied at the earlier of when unconditional contracts 
to sell are exchanged and control has passed to the customer or when contracts to sell are completed and 
title has passed. Revenue from planning promotion agreements is recognised at the point at which the Group 
is unconditionally entitled to a share of the disposal proceeds under the terms of the promotion agreement 
contract. Payment terms vary on each land sale; where deferred receipts exceed one year from completion, the 
transaction price is adjusted to reflect the time value of money. Variable consideration such as an overage is 
not recognised until the point at which it is considered highly probable that there will not be a significant future 
reversal, which typically occurs when the amount is agreed by all parties.

The Group has adopted the practical expedient allowed under IFRS 15 “Revenue from contracts with customers” 
that states an entity need not adjust the amount of consideration for the effects of a significant financing 
component if the entity expects, at contract inception, that the period between when the entity transfers a 
promised good or service to a customer and when the customer pays for that good or service will be one year 
or less.

Segmental reporting
An operating segment is a component of the Group that engages in business activities from which it may earn 
revenue and incur expenses, including revenue and expenses that relate to transactions with any of the Group’s 
other components, and for which discrete financial information is available. All segmental operating results are 
reviewed regularly by the Executive Directors to make decisions about resources to be allocated to the segment 
and to assess its performance. Segmental results, assets and liabilities include items directly attributable to a 
segment, as well as those that can be allocated on a reasonable basis. Segmental capital additions is the total cost 
incurred during the period to acquire property, plant and equipment.

Exceptional items
Exceptional items are defined as items of income or expenditure which, in the opinion of the Directors, are 
material or unusual in nature or of such significance that they require separate disclosure on the face of the 
income statement in accordance with IAS 1 “Presentation of financial statements”. Should these items be reversed, 
disclosure of this would also be as exceptional items.

Finance income and expenses 
Finance income comprises interest income on bank deposits and the unwinding of discounts on deferred 
receivables. Interest income is recognised as it accrues, using the effective interest method. 

Finance expenses comprise interest and fees on bank facilities, leases and the unwinding of discounts on deferred 
payables. Also included is the amortisation of fees associated with the arrangement of financing. Interest expense 
is recognised in the income statement using the effective interest method.

Government grants
Grants are credited to the income statement over the period of time in which the conditions are satisfied. Grants 
are deducted from the related expense within cost of sales or administrative expenses in the income statement.

154

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 20221 Accounting policies CONTINUED
Leases
The Group assesses whether a contract is, or contains, a lease at inception of the contract. The Group recognises 
a right-of-use asset and a corresponding lease liability with respect to all lease arrangements in which it is the 
lessee, except for short-term leases (defined as leases with a lease term of 12 months or less) and leases of low-
value assets. For these leases, the Group recognises the lease payments as an operating expense on a straight-line 
basis over the term of the lease unless another systematic basis is more representative of the time pattern in which 
economic benefits from the leased assets are consumed. 

A lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at the 
commencement date, discounted by using the rate implicit in the lease. If this rate cannot be readily determined, 
the Group uses an incremental borrowing rate that is the rate of interest that the lessee would have to pay to 
borrow over a similar term, and with a similar security, the funds necessary to obtain an asset of a similar value to 
the right-of-use asset in a similar economic environment.

Right-of-use assets are initially measured at cost, comprising the initial measurement of the lease liability, plus any 
initial direct costs and an estimate of asset retirement obligations, less any lease incentives. Subsequently, right-of-
use assets are measured at cost, less any accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses, and 
are adjusted for certain remeasurements of the lease liability. Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over 
the length of the lease. 

For a modification that decreases the scope of the lease, the lease liability is remeasured at the effective date of 
the modification using a revised discount rate representative of the remainder of the lease term. Where this is not 
readily determined, the incremental cost of borrowing will be used. The carrying amount of the right-of-use asset 
will decrease to reflect the partial or full termination of the lease. Any gain or loss relating to the lease modification 
is recognised in the income statement.

Non-financial assets
1. Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and any recognised impairment loss. 
Depreciation is charged so as to write off the cost of assets over their estimated useful lives, using the straight-line 
method, on the following basis:

•  Property: over the term of the lease for right-of-use assets

•  Plant and equipment: between three and six years

Depreciation of these assets is charged to the income statement. 

2. Investments
Investments are stated at cost less impairment. 

3. Inventories
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realisable value and are subject to regular impairment reviews. 
Inventories comprise all direct costs incurred in bringing the individual inventories to their present condition at 
the reporting date, including direct materials, direct labour costs and related overheads, and the costs incurred in 
promoting land, less the value of any impairment losses. Inventories are recognised in cost of sales as an allocation 
of the latest forecast gross margin expected to be generated over the remaining life of that site, which is an output 
of the site valuation process. These valuations, which are carried out at regular intervals throughout the year, use 
actual and forecast selling prices, land costs and build costs. Land purchased with deferred consideration terms is 
included in inventories at its net present value.

Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business less the estimated costs 
of completion and the estimated costs necessary to make the sale. In Gleeson Homes, the key assumptions 
underpinning the assessment of net realisable value are forecast costs to complete, site margins, contingencies and 
selling prices. In Gleeson Land, expected land value, planning outcome, the remaining duration of the promotion or 
option agreement and forecast costs to complete are used to determine net realisable value.  

155

Financial StatementsFinancial StatementsMJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2022 
CONTINUED

1 Accounting policies CONTINUED
Impairment of non-financial assets 
The carrying amounts of non-financial assets are reviewed at each reporting date to determine whether there is any 
indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, then the asset’s recoverable amount is estimated.

The recoverable amount of an asset is the greater of its value in use and its fair value less costs of disposal. In 
assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount 
rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset.

An impairment loss is recognised if the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated recoverable amount. 
Impairment losses are recognised in the income statement.

Impairment losses recognised in prior periods are assessed at each reporting date for any indications that the loss 
has decreased or no longer exists. An impairment loss is reversed if there has been a change in the estimates used 
to determine the recoverable amount. An impairment loss is reversed only to the extent that the asset’s carrying 
amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined if no impairment loss had been 
recognised.

Financial assets
1. Shared equity receivables
Shared equity receivables are loans that were offered to certain customers to assist in the purchase of their home. 
Shared equity receivables are recorded at fair value through other comprehensive income (“OCI”), representing 
the amount receivable discounted to present day values. The difference between the nominal value and the initial 
fair value is credited over the deferred term to finance income, with the financial asset increasing to its full cash 
settlement value on the anticipated receipt date. The Group holds a second charge over property sold under shared 
equity schemes. Changes in the fair value of shared equity receivables are recognised in other comprehensive 
income. Interest calculated using the effective interest method and impairment losses on shared equity receivables 
are recognised in the income statement.

2. Trade and other receivables
Trade and other receivables are initially measured at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using 
the effective interest method, less any provision for impairment.

Deferred land receivables are discounted to present values when repayment is due in more than one year after 
initial recognition.

3. Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand, demand deposits and cash held in solicitors’ client accounts on 
the Group’s behalf and are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.

Impairment of financial assets
An assessment of expected credit losses associated with financial assets carried at amortised cost is undertaken 
on a forward-looking basis. For trade receivables, the simplified approach as permitted by IFRS 9 “Financial 
instruments” is applied, which requires expected lifetime losses to be recognised from initial recognition of the 
receivables.

Non-financial liabilities
1. Provisions
Provisions are recognised when there is a present legal or constructive obligation arising from past events and it is 
probable there will be an outflow of resources required to settle the obligation. Provisions are measured at the best 
estimate of the Directors and discounted to present value where the effect is material.

2. Contingent liabilities 
Where there is a possible obligation arising from past events that will be confirmed only by the occurrence or non-
occurrence of one or more uncertain future events then, unless the possibility of such an outflow of resources in 
settlement is remote, a contingent liability is disclosed.

156

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 20221 Accounting policies CONTINUED
Financial liabilities
1. Trade and other payables
Trade and other payables are initially measured at fair value and are subsequently measured at amortised cost, 
using the effective interest rate method.

Deferred land payables are discounted to present values when repayment is due in more than one year after initial 
recognition.

2. Loans and borrowings
Interest bearing bank loans are initially measured at fair value (being proceeds received, net of direct issue costs) 
and are subsequently measured at amortised cost. Capitalised finance costs are held in other receivables and 
amortised over the period of the facility, less any provision for impairment.

Tax
Tax on the profit or loss for the year comprises current and deferred tax. Tax is recognised in the income statement 
except to the extent that it relates to items recognised directly in equity, in which case it is recognised in equity.

Current tax is the expected tax payable or receivable on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates enacted or 
substantively enacted at the balance sheet date, and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years.

Deferred tax is provided on temporary differences between the carrying values of assets and liabilities for financial 
reporting purposes and the values used for taxation purposes. The amount of deferred tax provided is based on 
the expected manner of realisation or settlement of the carrying amount of assets and liabilities, using tax rates 
enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date. A deferred tax asset is recognised only to the extent 
that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the asset can be utilised.

Employee benefits
1. Defined contribution pension plans
Obligations for contributions to defined contribution pension schemes are charged to the income statement in the 
period to which the contributions relate.

2. Share-based payments
Equity-settled share-based payments (“share options”) include awards granted under the Group’s Long Term 
Incentive Plan (“LTIP”), which are measured at fair value at the date of grant. Fair value is measured using 
generally accepted option pricing models, taking into account the terms and conditions upon which the options 
were granted. The fair value of options granted is recognised as an employee expense with a corresponding 
credit to equity, spread on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. Where non-market vesting conditions 
apply, the expense is based on the estimate of shares that will eventually vest. These awards are granted by the 
Company and the cost of the share-based award relating to each subsidiary is calculated, based on an appropriate 
apportionment, at the date of grant and recharged through intercompany.

Own shares held by Employee Benefit Trusts
The Employee Benefit Trusts (“EBT”) holds shares in the Company for the purpose of settling employee share 
purchase plan awards, deferred bonus awards for the Executive Directors, and employee share options through 
shares purchased from the market. The cost of the Company’s purchase of its own shares is shown as a reduction in 
shareholders’ equity through the “own shares” reserve until such time as they are vested to employees.

Dividends
Dividends are recorded in the financial statements when paid. Final dividends are recorded in the financial 
statements in the period in which they receive shareholder approval.

157

Financial StatementsFinancial StatementsMJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2022 
CONTINUED

1 Accounting policies CONTINUED
Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty
The preparation of financial statements requires management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions 
that affect the application of policies and reported amounts of assets and liabilities, income and expenses. The 
estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and various other factors that are 
believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis of making the judgements 
about carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may 
differ from these estimates. The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions 
to accounting estimates are recognised in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that 
period, or in the period of the revision and future periods if the revision affects both current and future periods.

The key sources of estimation uncertainty that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the 
carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year at the balance sheet date are listed below. 
Due to the reduced carrying value of shared equity receivables, the Group has determined that the valuation of 
shared equity is no longer a key source of estimation uncertainty. Margin recognition and building safety provisions 
have been added as new key sources of estimation uncertainty in the year.

1. Margin recognition
Cost of sales is recognised for completed home sales as an allocation of the latest forecast gross margin expected 
to be generated over the remaining life of that site, which is an output of the site valuation process. These 
valuations, which are updated at regular intervals throughout the year, use actual and forecast selling prices, land 
costs and build costs and are sensitive to future movements in both the estimated costs to complete and expected 
selling prices. These estimates are reflected in the margin recognised on sites in relation to sales recognised in 
the current and future years. There is a degree of inherent uncertainty in making such estimates. The Group has 
established internal controls that are designed to ensure an effective assessment of estimates is made for the costs 
to complete developments. If gross margin on homes sold decreased by 100 basis points, profit before tax in the 
year would have been £3.3m lower (2021: £2.7m lower).

2. Carrying value of inventories (land and work in progress)
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. For Gleeson Homes, the assessment of net 
realisable value is performed on a site-by-site basis, taking into account an estimation of costs to complete and 
remaining revenue. If forecast gross margins reduced by 5%, there would be no material impact on profit before tax 
or the carrying value of inventory. 

For Gleeson Land, the assessment of net realisable value is performed on a site-by-site basis. Net realisable value is 
largely dependent on the prospect of obtaining successful planning consent. Given this, there is some uncertainty 
over the net realisable value of each site. These assessments include a degree of inherent uncertainty when 
estimating the profitability of a site and in assessing any impairment provisions that may be required. If a single 
site in the portfolio failed to obtain planning permission before expiration of the agreement, the carrying value 
would decrease by £0.4m (2021: £0.4m), based on an average site. The single largest WIP balance in the portfolio 
is £2.4m (2021: £2.0m).

3. Building safety
As set out in note 18, the Group is undertaking a review of all buildings over 11 metres in which the Group had, 
over the last 30 years, some involvement in developing. The Group has identified 14 buildings where it acted as 
developer and has confirmed its commitment for performing or funding mitigation works to address life-critical 
fire-safety issues by signing the Department for Levelling Up, Housing and Communities (“DLUHC”) pledge. The 
Group originally notified DLUHC of 15 buildings in total, but one building has subsequently been identified as being 
developed by another housebuilder.

The Group has recorded a building safety provision which represents the best estimate of the life-critical fire-
safety remediation costs for these 14 buildings. The building safety provision requires a number of key estimates 
and judgements in its calculation. If it is deemed that the costs are probable and can be reliably measured then, as 
per IAS 37 “Provisions, contingent liabilities and contingent assets”, a provision is recorded. If costs are considered 
possible or cannot be reliably estimated then they are recorded as contingent liabilities. The key judgements 
include, but are not limited to, the identification of these properties, the time period to consider and which 
properties should then be included. Judgement is also required in respect of the underlying nature of the building 
and materials used where intrusive surveys have not yet been carried out. The key estimates applied to these 
properties include the potential costs of investigation, the costs of replacement materials and works, the costs of 
disruption to residents of these buildings and the timing of forecast expenditure.

If forecast remediation costs on these buildings were 20% higher, the exceptional charge in the consolidated 
income statement would be £2.6m higher. See note 18 for further details.

158

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 20221 Accounting policies CONTINUED
4. Climate change and environmental risk
Significant judgement is required to assess the impact of climate change on the operations of the business and 
the carrying value of its assets, including land held in inventory. Climate change has the potential to significantly 
impact our business strategy through restricting land availability, disrupted build programmes, material and labour 
shortages and increased costs. No provisions or impairment of assets have been recognised in these financial 
statements. Scenario analysis is presented in the TCFD section on pages 66 to 69.

5. Carrying value of investments (Company only)
Investments are stated at cost less impairment. Significant judgement is required to determine if an impairment 
trigger has taken place, and in calculating an impairment, judgement is required to determine the value in use or 
net realisable value. It was identified that Gleeson Construction Services Limited incurred a loss during the year, 
which is an indicator that an impairment loss may have occurred – see note 12 for further details. For the investment 
held in MJ Gleeson Group Limited, an increase in the loss of MJ Gleeson Group Limited or its subsidiary, Gleeson 
Construction Services Limited, of 10% would lead to an increase in the impairment of £15,000.

Adoption of new and revised standards
For the year ended 30 June 2022, the Group and Company have applied the following new and revised standards 
that were mandatorily effective for an accounting period beginning on or after 1 January 2021: 

•  Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39, IFRS 7, IFRS 4 and IFRS 16 “Interest rate benchmark reform – phase 2” (effective 

1 January 2021)

The adoption of these standards and amendments has not had any material impact on the disclosures or amounts 
reported in these financial statements.

Standards not yet applied
There are a number of standards and interpretations issued by the International Accounting Standards Board that 
are effective for financial statements after this reporting period. The following have not been adopted by the Group 
and Company in preparing the financial statements for the year ended 30 June 2022:

•  Amendments to IFRS 3 “Business combinations”, IAS 16 “Property, plant and equipment”, IAS 37 “Provisions, 

contingent liabilities and contingent assets” (effective 1 January 2022)

• 

IAS 1 “Classification of liabilities” (effective 1 January 2023)

•  Amendments to IAS 8 “Accounting policies, changes in accounting estimates and errors” (effective 1 

January 2023)

•  Amendments to IAS 12 “Taxation” (effective 1 January 2023)

•  Amendments to IAS 1 “Presentation of financial statements” (deferred until not earlier than 1 January 2024)

The application of the standards and interpretations not yet applied is not expected to have a material impact on 
the Group and Company’s financial performance or position, or give rise to additional disclosures in the financial 
statements.

159

Financial StatementsFinancial StatementsMJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2022 
CONTINUED

2 Segmental analysis
The Group is organised into the following two operating divisions under the control of the Executive Board, which 
is identified as the Chief Operating Decision Maker as defined under IFRS 8 “Operating segments”:

•  Gleeson Homes

•  Gleeson Land

All of the Group’s operations are carried out entirely within the United Kingdom. Segmental information about the 
Group’s operations is presented below:

Revenue
Gleeson Homes
Gleeson Land
Total revenue

Divisional operating profit
Gleeson Homes
Gleeson Land

Group administrative expenses 
Finance income
Finance expenses
Profit before tax
Tax
Profit for the year 

2022
 Pre-
exceptional 
 items 
£000

2022
 Exceptional 
 items  
(note 3) 
£000

2022
 Total 
£000

334,571

38,838

373,409

–

–

–

334,571

38,838

373,409

2021
£000

265,770

22,805

288,575

51,227

11,061

62,288

(5,491)

172

(1,482)

55,487

(9,976)

45,511

(12,867)

–

(12,867)

38,360

11,061

49,421

37,437

11,080

48,517

(5,491)

(5,434)

–

–

–

172

(1,482)

(12,867)

42,620

2,445

(7,531)

(10,422)

35,089

377

(1,749)

41,711

(7,839)

33,872

The revenue in the Gleeson Homes segment primarily relates to the sale of residential properties. In addition, 
within revenue for Gleeson Homes is £nil relating to land sales (2021: £1,521,000). All revenue for the Gleeson Land 
segment is in relation to the sale of land interests. There is no revenue relating to Group activities.

No single customer accounts for more than 10% of revenue (2021: no single customer).

Balance sheet analysis of business segments:

2022

2021

Assets
£000

Liabilities
£000

280,481

(85,170)

49,230

4,083

33,764

(5,869)

(4,343)

–

367,558

(95,382)

Net assets/ 
(liabilities)
£000

195,311

43,361

(260)

33,764

272,176

Assets
£000

223,328

50,487

4,988

34,331

313,134

Liabilities
£000

Net assets
£000

(54,892)

168,436

(9,106)

(4,205)

–

41,381

783

34,331

(68,203)

244,931

2022

2021

Capital
additions
£000

3,684

–

–

3,684

Depreciation
£000

3,022

102

–

3,124

Capital
additions
£000

3,833

6

–

3,839

Depreciation
£000

2,664

107

1

2,772

Gleeson Homes
Gleeson Land
Group activities 
Cash and cash equivalents

Other information:

Gleeson Homes
Gleeson Land
Group activities 

160

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 20223 Exceptional items
In April 2022, MJ Gleeson plc signed the Department for Levelling Up, Housing and Communities’ (“DLUHC”) 
pledge, which confirms that the Group takes responsibility for performing or funding mitigation works to address 
life-critical fire-safety issues on buildings over 11 metres in which the Group had, over the last 30 years, some 
involvement in developing and to secure withdrawal of those buildings from the Building Safety Fund and 
ACM Funds.

The Group was involved in the development of 14 buildings over 11 metres, none of which were over 18 metres. 
The Group originally notified DLUHC of 15 buildings in total, but one building has subsequently been identified as 
having not been developed by Gleeson. The remaining buildings were developed before the Group exited from its 
legacy businesses and dedicated itself to low-cost house building and land promotion.

As a result of the work carried out to date, which is set out in note 18, the Group has recognised a provision of 
£12,867,000 (2021: £nil) for life-critical fire-safety remedial works in relation to these buildings. The cost of the 
building safety provision has been recognised as an exceptional item within cost of sales.

Exceptional items for the year relate solely to building safety.

2022
£000

12,867

2021
£000

–

Cost of sales 

4 Expenses and auditors’ remuneration
Profit for the year is stated after charging/(crediting):

Staff costs 
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
Profit on redemption of shared equity receivables
Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment
Auditors’ remuneration:

Audit of these financial statements
Audit of financial statements of subsidiaries pursuant to legislation 
Non-audit services

5 Other operating income

Profit on redemption of shared equity receivables
Other operating income

Note

6

11

15

11

Note

15

2022
£000

47,220

3,124

(375)

403

254

66

–

2022
£000

375

309

684

6 Staff costs

Wages and salaries
Share-based payments
Social security costs
Other pension costs 

Group

Company

Note

24

19

2022
£000

39,023

1,568

5,235

1,394

47,220

2021
£000

33,427

1,089

4,109

1,189

39,814

2022
£000

2,071

921

588

70

3,650

In the prior year, the Group repaid all furlough grants claimed under the government’s Coronavirus Job Retention 
Scheme. This is reflected as an additional £1,381,000 of staff costs in 2021 to reverse the furlough grant income 
recognised in 2020.

161

2021
£000

39,814

2,772

(230)

200

203

57

–

2021
£000

230

693

923

2021
£000

2,394

758

586

78

3,816

Financial StatementsFinancial StatementsMJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2022 
CONTINUED

6 Staff costs CONTINUED
The monthly average number of employees, excluding Non-Executive Directors, during the year was:

Gleeson Homes
Gleeson Land

Group activities

Group

2022
No.

730

14

4

748

2021
No.

625

16

4

645

The monthly average number of Company employees and Non-Executive Directors during the year was nine 
(2021: eight).

Key management remuneration
Key management personnel, as defined under IAS 24 “Related party disclosures”, have been identified as the Board 
of Directors, the Managing Directors of Gleeson Homes and Gleeson Land, and the Divisional Managing Directors of 
Gleeson Homes. A summary of key management remuneration is as follows:

Short-term employee benefits
Post-employment benefits
Share-based payments1

Group

Company

2022
£000

3,990

134

1,302

5,426

2021
£000

3,943

139

948

5,030

2022
£000

2,248

62

921

3,231

2021
£000

2,234

71

758

3,063

1  Share-based payments reflects the IFRS 2 “Share-based payment” charge through the income statement. 

2022
£000

2021
£000

2

152

18

172

(820)

(516)

(49)

(97)

–

(1,482)

(1,310)

–

370

7

377

(818)

(672)

(185)

(72)

(2)

(1,749)

(1,372)

7 Finance income and expenses

Finance income
Interest on bank deposits
Unwinding of discount on long-term receivables
Other interest income

Finance expenses
Interest on bank overdrafts and loans
Bank facility charges
Unwinding of discount on long-term payables
Unwinding of discount on lease liabilities
Other external interest

Net finance expenses

162

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 20228 Tax

Current tax
Current year expense
Adjustment in respect of prior years
Current tax expense for the year

Deferred tax
Current year expense
Adjustment in respect of prior years
Impact of rate change
Deferred tax expense for the year

Note

20

20

20

2022
£000

7,571

(165)

7,406

253

(165)

37

125

2021
£000

7,261

(533)

6,728

674

589

(152)

1,111

Total tax charge

7,531

7,839

Corporation tax has been calculated at 17.7% of assessable profit for the year (2021: 18.8%). The applicable UK 
corporation tax rate is 19%, which has been effective from 1 April 2017. 

Total tax charge reconciliation
The charge for the year can be reconciled to the profit before tax per the consolidated income statement as 
follows:

Total tax charge
Profit before tax

Note

2022

£000

42,620

%

2021

£000

41,711

%

Tax at current corporation tax rate 

8,098

19.0

7,925

19.0

Expenses not deductible for tax purposes
Non-qualifying depreciation
Relief for share-based payments
Capital allowances super deduction
Land remediation relief
Impact of rate differences
Adjustments in respect of prior years – 
current tax
Adjustments in respect of prior years – 
deferred tax
Residential property developers tax
Total tax charge and effective tax rate for 
the year

13

82

84

(161)

(412)

37

–

0.2

0.2

(0.4)

(0.9)

0.1

3

64

(6)

(51)

–

(152)

(165)

(0.4)

(533)

20

(165)

120

(0.4)

0.3

589

–

7,531

17.7

7,839

0.0

0.2

0.0

(0.1)

–

(0.4)

(1.3)

1.4

–

18.8

The difference between the headline rate of 19% and the effective tax rate of 17.7% is primarily driven by land 
remediation relief, residential property developers tax and the adjustments in respect of prior years when the tax 
computations were finalised. See further explanations following the current tax reconciliation.

163

Financial StatementsFinancial StatementsMJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2022 
CONTINUED

8 Tax CONTINUED
Current tax charge reconciliation
The current tax charge for the year can be reconciled to the profit before tax per the consolidated income 
statement as follows:

Current tax charge
Profit before tax

Note

2022

£000

42,620

%

2021

£000

41,711

%

Tax at current corporation tax rate 

8,098

19.0

7,925

19.0

Expenses not deductible for tax purposes
Non-qualifying depreciation
Relief for share-based payments
Capital allowances super deduction
Land remediation relief
Impact of capital allowances in excess of 
depreciation
Utilisation of losses
Adjustments in respect of prior years – 
current tax
Residential property developers tax
Short-term timing differences
Current tax charge and effective tax rate for 
the year

13

82

263

(161)

(412)

(292)

–

(165)

141

(161)

–

0.2

0.6

(0.4)

(0.9)

(0.6)

–

(0.4)

0.3

(0.4)

122

64

86

(51)

–

(200)

(634)

(533)

–

(51)

7,406

17.4

6,728

0.3

0.2

0.2

(0.1)

–

(0.5)

(1.5)

(1.3)

–

(0.1)

16.1

20

The most significant factor impacting the Group’s current tax charge is land remediation relief, whereby tax relief is 
granted on an additional 50% of qualifying land remediation expenditure. This is for costs incurred on remediating 
contaminated land and bringing it to a safe and usable condition for the purposes of development. Many of our 
sites are on brownfield land and require significant remediation prior to use. The government provides this benefit 
as an incentive to remediate contaminated land. No deferred tax is recognised on this permanent benefit.

The impact of capital allowances in excess of depreciation arises where assets qualify for capital allowances in a 
different period than they are depreciated for accounting purposes. A temporary timing difference is created and 
deferred tax is recognised on the difference between the carrying amount of the asset and the amount deductible 
for tax purposes in future years. 

The anticipated tax relief for share-based payments is lower than the IFRS 2 “Share-based payment” charge 
recognised in the accounts for the year, with current and deferred tax being recognised to reflect this difference. 
The actual corporation tax relief will be based on the future share price at the point which awards vest. As the 
future vesting price of these awards is not yet known, then the closing share price at the end of the year is used 
to calculate whether the tax deduction is higher or lower than the charge recognised in the accounts. Current and 
deferred tax is recognised to reflect this timing difference.

From 1 April 2022, residential property developers tax (“RPDT”) is charged at 4% on certain profits from residential 
development activities. No deferred tax is recognised in relation to this permanent difference. The additional 4% 
RPDT is recognised as part of the tax expenses and creates a permanent difference in excess of the headline rate of 
corporation tax at 19%.

Short-term timing differences comprise items other than depreciation of property, plant and equipment where the 
amount is included in the tax computation in a different period from when it is recognised in the income statement. 
Deferred tax is provided on these items.

Prior period adjustments relate to estimates and judgements included in the prior year accounts and subsequently 
adjusted when the tax computations were finalised and submitted to HMRC. This primarily relates to the land 
remediation relief claim, which was calculated after the accounts were signed.

Non-deductible expenditure is a permanent difference and comprises business expenses, such as entertaining costs, 
recognised in the income statement but not allowable as a deduction against taxable income. 

164

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 20228 Tax CONTINUED
Tax recognised on equity-settled share-based payments

Current tax related to equity-settled share-based 
payments
Deferred tax related to equity-settled share-based 
payments 
Total tax recognised on equity-settled share-
based payments

Note

20

Group

2022
£000

(39)

167

128

2021
£000

(134)

(168)

(302)

Company

2022
£000

2021
£000

(39)

158

119

(55)

(132)

(187)

In accordance with IAS 12 “Income taxes”, the tax relating to items recognised directly in equity should also 
be recognised directly in equity. In the prior year, the tax relating to equity-settled share-based payments was 
recognised in other comprehensive income.

9 Dividends
Amounts recognised as distributions to equity holders:

Interim dividend for the year ended 30 June 2022 of 6.0p (2021: 5.0p) per share
Final dividend for the year ended 30 June 2021 of 10.0p (2020: £nil) per share

2022
£000

3,507

5,831

9,338

2021
£000

2,913

–

2,913

A final dividend of 12.0p per share has been proposed for the year ended 30 June 2022, equating to £6,999,000 
(2021: £5,831,000). This is subject to approval by shareholders at the AGM on 18 November 2022 and has not been 
recognised in these financial statements. 

10 Earnings per share 
The calculation of the basic and diluted earnings per share is based on the following data:

Profit for the year
Exceptional items
Tax on exceptional items
Profit for the year – pre-exceptional items

Note

3

Number of shares
Weighted average number of ordinary shares for the purposes of basic earnings 
per share
Effect of dilutive potential ordinary shares:
 – Share-based payments
Weighted average number of ordinary shares for the purposes of diluted earnings 
per share

Basic earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share
Basic earnings per share – pre-exceptional items
Diluted earnings per share – pre-exceptional items

2022
£000

35,089

12,867

(2,445)

45,511

2022
No. 000

2021
£000

33,872

–

–

33,872

2021
No. 000

58,259

58,235

145

97

58,404

58,332

2022
p

60.23

60.08

78.12

77.92

2021
p

 58.16 

 58.07 

 58.16 

 58.07 

165

Financial StatementsFinancial StatementsMJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2022 
CONTINUED

11 Property, plant and equipment

Cost or valuation
At 1 July 2020
Additions
New leases entered in the year
Leases exited in the year
Disposals
At 30 June 2021
Additions
New leases entered in the year
Leases exited in the year
Disposals
At 30 June 2022

Accumulated depreciation
At 1 July 2020
Charge for the year
Leases exited in the year
Disposals
At 30 June 2021
Charge for the year
Leases exited in the year
Disposals
At 30 June 2022

Net book value
At 1 July 2020
At 30 June 2021
At 30 June 2022

Group

Plant and 
equipment
£000

Property
£000

3,059

–

650

(982)

–

2,727

–

1,133

(68)

–

3,792

475

476

(161)

–

790

467

(6)

–

1,251

2,584

1,937

2,541

7,693

3,839

82

–

(1,226)

10,388

3,684

206

(34)

(1,701)

12,543

4,364

2,296

–

(1,019)

5,641

2,657

(28)

(1,298)

6,972

3,329

4,747

5,571

Total
£000

10,752

3,839

732

(982)

(1,226)

13,115

3,684

1,339

(102)

(1,701)

16,335

4,839

2,772

(161)

(1,019)

6,431

3,124

(34)

(1,298)

8,223

5,913

6,684

8,112

Company

Plant and 
equipment
£000

1

–

–

–

–

1

–

–

–

–

1

1

–

–

–

1

–

–

–

1

–

–

–

The Group has recorded a depreciation charge of £3,124,000 (2021: £2,772,000), of which £609,000 
(2021: £544,000) has been charged in cost of sales and £2,515,000 (2021: £2,228,000) in administrative expenses.

At 30 June 2022, the net book value of right-of-use assets was £2,773,000 (2021: £2,108,000), of which 
£2,541,000 (2021: £1,940,000) is within property and £232,000 (2021: £168,000) is within plant and equipment. 
The depreciation charge recorded for right-of-use assets was £602,000 (2021: £749,000). Refer to note 17 for 
further details.

The Company recorded a depreciation charge of £nil (2021: £nil).

166

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 202212 Investments in subsidiaries

Cost
At 1 July 2020
Impairment
At 30 June 2021
Impairment
At 30 June 2022

Company
£000

100,800

(1,733)

99,067

(73)

98,994

The investments in subsidiaries are assessed annually to determine if there is any indication that any of the 
investments might be impaired. Gleeson Construction Services Limited incurred a loss during the year, which is an 
indicator that an impairment loss may have occurred and, therefore, the recoverable amount of the investment was 
calculated.

MJ Gleeson Group Limited is the intermediate holding company of Gleeson Construction Services Limited and does 
not generate revenue or incur any significant costs of its own. Gleeson Construction Services Limited manages the 
unwind of historic construction and employment liability claims and does not generate any revenue, but it incurs 
losses each year which reduce the net asset value.

The recoverable amount of MJ Gleeson Group Limited and its subsidiary, Gleeson Construction Services Limited, 
was determined based on a value-in-use calculation incorporating cash flow projections. Given the timing of claims 
settlements is not fully known, the related cash flows are assumed to be incurred within one year of the balance 
sheet date and are not discounted. 

The carrying value of the investment in MJ Gleeson Group Limited was £6,067,000 and the recoverable amount 
was calculated as £5,994,000, resulting in an impairment loss of £73,000.

Subsidiary undertakings
The following are the principal subsidiary undertakings of MJ Gleeson plc. MJ Gleeson plc owns 100% of the 
ordinary share capital of the subsidiaries, all of which are incorporated in England and Wales and operate in the 
United Kingdom. The registered address for all subsidiary undertakings of MJ Gleeson plc is 6 Europa Court, 
Sheffield Business Park, Sheffield, S9 1XE.

Company name
Gleeson Developments Limited
Gleeson Regeneration Limited
Gleeson Developments (North East) Limited
Gleeson Land Limited  
(formerly Gleeson Strategic Land Limited)
Gleeson Land (Fleet) Limited1  
(formerly Gleeson Strategic Land (Fleet) Limited)

1  Shares held by Gleeson Land Limited.

Principal activity
House building
House building
House building
Land promotion and sale 

Land promotion and sale 

167

Financial StatementsFinancial StatementsMJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2022 
CONTINUED

12 Investments in subsidiaries CONTINUED
The following are the other subsidiary companies of MJ Gleeson plc:

Principal activity
Intermediate holding company
Legacy construction services
Dormant4
Dormant4
Dormant4
Dormant4
Dormant4
Dormant4
Dormant4
Dormant4
Dormant4
Dormant4
Dormant4
Dormant4
Dormant4
Dormant4
Dormant4
Dormant4

Company name
MJ Gleeson Group Limited
Gleeson Construction Services Limited2
Colroy Limited3
Haredon Developments Limited3
Gleeson Capital Solutions Limited
Gleeson Classic Homes Limited1
Gleeson Homes Southern Limited1
Gleeson Housing Developments Limited1
Gleeson PFI Investments Limited
Gleeson Properties Limited
Gleeson Properties (Kingley) Limited3
Gleeson Properties (Petersfield) Limited3
Gleeson Services Limited
KW Cannock Properties Limited
MJ Gleeson (International) Limited
MJG (Management) Limited 
Oakmill Properties Limited3
Sindale Properties Limited1

1  Shares held by Gleeson Developments Limited.

2  Shares held by MJ Gleeson Group Limited.

3  Shares held by Gleeson Properties Limited.

4  Exempt from audit by virtue of s479A of the Companies Act 2006.

13 Inventories

Land held for development
Work in progress

2022
£000

113,745

173,137

286,882

2021
£000

97,550

142,411

239,961

Net realisable value provisions held against inventories at 30 June 2022 were £5,933,000 (2021: £5,470,000). The 
amount of inventory write-down recognised as an expense in the period was £3,341,000 (2021: £1,216,000) and the 
amount of reversal of previously recognised inventory write-down was £2,211,000 (2021: £859,000). The cost of 
inventories recognised as an expense in cost of sales was £261,293,000 (2021: £197,533,000). 

Company
The Company held no inventories at 30 June 2022 (2021: £nil).

168

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 202214 Trade and other receivables

Current receivables
Trade receivables
VAT recoverable
Prepayments and accrued income
Shared equity receivables
Amounts due from subsidiary undertakings

Non-current receivables
Trade receivables
Shared equity receivables

Group

Company

2022
£000

20,423

6,615

978

1,227

–

2021
£000

17,825

3,403

1,150

–

–

29,243

22,378

4,793

258

5,051

2,150

2,522

4,672

2022
£000

–

86

19

–

77,091

77,196

–

–

–

2021
£000

–

28

357

–

37,504

37,889

–

–

–

The Directors consider that the carrying amount of trade and other receivables approximates their fair value and 
includes an allowance for impairment of trade receivables.

See note 15 for reference to credit risk associated with trade receivables and further disclosures in respect of 
shared equity receivables.

Amounts due from subsidiary undertakings are unsecured, repayable on demand, and interest free. Expected credit 
losses are based on the assumption that repayment of the loan is demanded at the reporting date. No allowance 
for expected credit losses is deemed necessary in respect of amounts owed by Group undertakings.

15 Financial instruments
The Group and Company’s finance assets and liabilities are as follows: 

Group

Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables
Shared equity receivables

Financial liabilities
Land payables
Trade and other payables
Lease liabilities

Company

Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents

Financial liabilities
Trade and other payables

Book value

Carrying value

2022
£000

33,764

25,216

1,844

60,824

 2021 
 £000 

34,331

19,975

3,002

57,308

2022
£000

33,764

25,216

1,485

60,465

 2021 
 £000 

34,331

19,975

2,522

56,828

Book value

Carrying value

2022
£000

(14,622)

(64,363)

(3,009)

(81,994)

 2021 
 £000 

(11,373)

(54,249)

(2,322)

(67,944)

2022
£000

(14,622)

(64,363)

(3,009)

(81,994)

 2021 
 £000 

(11,373)

(54,249)

(2,322)

(67,944)

Book value

Carrying value

2022
£000

1,001

 2021 
 £000 

1,023

2022
£000

1,001

 2021 
 £000 

1,023

Book value

Carrying value

2022
£000

(2,807)

 2021 
 £000 

(2,489)

2022
£000

(2,807)

 2021 
 £000 

(2,489)

169

Financial StatementsFinancial StatementsMJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2022 
CONTINUED

15 Financial instruments CONTINUED
Risk exposure
The Company operates a central treasury function providing services to the Group. The treasury function arranges 
loans and funding, invests any surplus liquidity and manages financial risk. The treasury function is not a profit 
centre and no speculative trades are permitted or executed. It operates within specific policies, agreed by the 
Board, to control and monitor financial risk within the Group. 

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprises cash, demand deposits and cash held in solicitors’ client accounts on the 
Group’s behalf. The carrying amount of these assets equals their fair value.

Credit risk
The Group’s and Company’s credit risk is primarily attributable to its trade and other receivables. The Group 
applies a simplified approach in calculating expected credit losses. The Group does not track changes in credit 
risk, but instead recognises a loss allowance based on lifetime expected credit losses at each reporting date. 
The expected credit loss is based on the risk of default estimated by the Group’s management based on prior 
experience, forward-looking assessments of the economic environment and relative counter-party risk. For this 
purpose, a default is determined to have occurred if the Group becomes aware of evidence that it will not receive 
all contractual cash flows that are due. The Directors consider that the carrying value of trade and other receivables 
approximates to their fair value and no expected credit loss is recognised as it is wholly immaterial.

The credit risk on cash and cash equivalents is limited because the counterparties are banks with high credit ratings 
assigned by international credit rating agencies.

At 30 June 2022, the Group’s most significant credit risk was with a housebuilder and amounted to £7,539,000 
(2021: £7,569,000) of the trade and other receivables carrying amount, with the deferred receivables secured by 
way of first legal charge over the land. The fair value of any land held as security is considered by the Board to be 
sufficient in relation to the carrying amount of the receivable to which it relates. 

The Group’s remaining credit risk is spread over a number of counterparties and customers.

The ageing of gross trade receivables at the reporting date was:

Not past due
Past due 0–30 days
Past due 31–120 days
Past due 121–365 days
Past due more than one year

Group

2022
£000

25,413

–

71

203

29

25,716

 2021 
 £000 

19,965

–

8

12

129

20,114

Company

2022
£000

 2021 
 £000 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

All trade receivables are from UK customers. The amounts due are included at expected realisable value.

Included in trade receivables not past due are £4,793,000 (2021: £2,150,000) receivables due in more than 
one year. 

In addition to the above, the Company has intercompany receivables which are repayable on demand.

The movement in the allowance for impairment of trade receivables during the year was as follows:

Balance at 1 July
Impairment loss recognised
Release of impairment allowance
Balance at 30 June

Group

Company

2022
£000

139

217

(96)

260

 2021 
 £000 

2022
£000

 2021 
 £000 

96

43

–

139

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Trade and other receivables deemed to have no reasonable expectation of recovery following unsuccessful 
attempts to pursue the debt are written off in the financial statements, but are still subject to enforcement activity. 
Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off are credited to the income statement.

Market risk
The Group has no significant exposure to foreign currency risk or equity risk.

170

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 202215 Financial instruments CONTINUED
Interest rate risk
The Group closely monitors its exposure to variations in interest rates but has limited exposure. At 30 June 2022 
the Group had no material interest-bearing financial liabilities.

Bank borrowings
Bank overdraft

2022
Weighted average  
interest rate

2021
Weighted average  
interest rate

%

2.95

–

£000

–

–

%

2.13

–

£000

–

–

Based on average net cash balances during the year, a 1.5% change in interest rates, which the Directors consider 
to be a reasonably possible change, would affect profit before tax by £71,000–£200,000 (2021: £65,000–£86,000 
impact based on 0.5% change).

Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group does not have sufficient financial resources available to meet its obligations 
as they fall due. The Group manages liquidity risk by monitoring forecast and actual cash flows and matching 
the expected cash flow timings of financial assets and liabilities with the use of cash and cash equivalents and 
loans and borrowings. At the balance sheet date, the total unused committed amount was £105,000,000 (2021: 
£105,000,000) and cash and cash equivalents were £33,764,000 (2021: £34,331,000).

The following are the contractual maturities of financial liabilities, including estimated interest payments and 
excluding the impact of netting agreements:

Non-derivative financial liabilities 
Group

30 June 2022
Trade and other 
payables
Lease liabilities

30 June 2021
Trade and other 
payables
Lease liabilities

Carrying 
amount
£000

Undiscounted 
contractual 
cash flows
£000

On demand 
or within  
6 months
£000

78,985

3,009

81,994

79,182

3,369

82,551

70,172

369

70,541

Carrying 
amount
£000

Undiscounted 
contractual 
cash flows
£000

On demand 
or within  
6 months
£000

65,622

2,322

67,944

65,666

3,501

69,167

55,423

320

55,743

6–12  
months
£000

1,634

342

1,976

6–12  
months
£000

5,035

247

5,282

1–2  
years
£000

6,426

628

7,054

1–2  
years
£000

5,208

441

5,649

2–5  
years
£000

More than  
5 years
£000

950

1,257

2,207

–

773

773

2–5  
years
£000

More than  
5 years
£000

–

1,033

1,033

–

1,460

1,460

Company
The non-derivative financial liabilities of the Company in the current and prior year are predominantly intercompany 
balances that are payable on demand. The external balances are payable within six months.

Fair values
The fair values of the Group’s financial assets and liabilities are not materially different from the carrying values. 
Shared equity receivables are measured at fair value through other comprehensive income (“FVOCI”). The following 
summarises the major methods and assumptions used in estimating the fair values of financial instruments. 

171

Financial StatementsFinancial StatementsMJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2022 
CONTINUED

15 Financial instruments CONTINUED
Shared equity receivables measured at FVOCI

Balance at 1 July
Redemptions
Shared equity provision
Unwind of discount (finance income)
Fair value movement recognised in other comprehensive income
Balance at 30 June

Group

2022
£000

2,522

(1,071)

–

35

(1)

 2021 
 £000 

3,668

(594)

(600)

49

(1)

1,485

2,522

Shared equity receivables represent shared equity loans advanced to customers and secured by way of a second 
charge on the property sold. They are carried at fair value, which is determined by discounting forecast cash flows 
for the residual period of the contract. The difference between the nominal value and the initial fair value is credited 
over the deferred term to finance income, with the financial asset increasing to its full cash settlement value on the 
anticipated receipt date.

Redemptions in the year of shared equity loans carried at fair value of £1,071,000 (2021: £594,000) generated a 
profit on redemption of £375,000 (2021: £230,000), which has been recognised in other operating income in the 
consolidated income statement.

In addition, a net change in the value of shared equity receivables of £120,000 (2021: £33,000) has been 
recognised in other comprehensive income. This is made up as follows:

Fair value movement recognised in other comprehensive income
Fair value recycled through profit and loss
Total movement recognised in other comprehensive income

Group

2022
£000

(1)

121

120

 2021 
 £000 

(1)

34

33

Forecast cash flows are determined using inputs based on current market conditions and the Group’s historic 
experience of actual cash flows resulting from such arrangements. These inputs are by nature estimates and 
as such the fair value has been classified as Level 3 under the fair value hierarchy laid out in IFRS 13 “Fair value 
measurement”. There have been no transfers between fair value levels in the financial year.

Significant unobservable inputs into the fair value measurement calculation include regional house price 
movements based on the Group’s actual experience of regional house pricing and management forecasts of future 
movements, the anticipated period to redemption of loans that remain outstanding and a discount rate based on 
current observed market interest rates offered to private individuals on secured second loans.

The key assumptions applied in calculating fair value as at the balance sheet date were:

•  Forecast regional house price inflation: 2%

•  Average period to redemption: 5 years

•  Discount rate: 8%

The sensitivity analysis of changes to each of the key assumptions applied in calculating fair value, whilst holding all 
other assumptions constant, is as follows:

Change in assumption
Forecast regional house price inflation – increase by 1%
Average period to redemption – increase by 1 year
Discount rate – decrease by 1%

2022
Increase/ 
(decrease) 
in fair value
£000

2021
Increase/ 
(decrease) 
in fair value
£000

107

(116)

102

156

(173)

149

172

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 202215 Financial instruments CONTINUED
Capital risk management
In line with the disclosure requirements of IAS 1 “Presentation of financial statements”, the Group regards its capital 
as being the equity as shown in the statement of changes in equity.

Note 23 to the financial statements provides details regarding the Company’s share capital movements in the year.

The primary objective of the Group’s capital management is to ensure that it maintains investor, creditor and 
market confidence and to support its business and maximise shareholder value.

The Group manages its capital structure and makes adjustments in light of changes in economic conditions. To 
maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust the dividend payment to shareholders and issue or 
return capital to shareholders.

Neither the Company nor any of the subsidiaries are subject to externally imposed capital requirements.

16 Trade and other payables

Current payables
Trade payables
Lease liabilities
Other taxation and social security
Contract liabilities
Accruals and deferred income
Amounts due to subsidiary undertakings

Non-current payables
Trade payables
Lease liabilities

Group

Company

2022
£000

29,171

667

2,385

2,212

37,856

–

72,291

7,361

2,342

9,703

2021
£000

29,272

566

1,891

2,294

27,004

–

61,027

5,161

1,756

6,917

2022
£000

2021
£000

6

–

77

–

2,724

119,458

122,265

–

–

–

109

–

68

–

2,312

86,165

88,654

–

–

–

Amounts due to subsidiary undertakings are unsecured, repayable on demand, and interest free.

Contract liabilities relate to customer deposits and exchange monies that have not yet met the performance 
obligations to be classified as revenue. Of the prior year balance, £2,294,000 (2021: £1,836,000) has been 
recognised in revenue in the current year as the performance obligations were met.

17 Leases 
The Group’s lease portfolio includes office properties, company cars and a small number of show homes. 

2022

Plant and
equipment
£000

898

(666)

232

Property
£000

3,604

(1,063)

2,541

Total
£000

4,502

(1,729)

2,773

Property
£000

2,634

(697)

1,937

Right-of-use assets 

Cost
Accumulated depreciation
Net book value

Lease liabilities

Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Total lease liabilities

2021

Plant and
equipment
£000

726

(555)

171

2022
£000

667

2,342

3,009

Total
£000

3,360

(1,252)

2,108

2021
£000

566

1,756

2,322

173

Financial StatementsFinancial StatementsMJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2022 
CONTINUED

17 Leases CONTINUED
Amounts recognised in the consolidated income statement 

Depreciation on right-of-use property assets
Depreciation on right-of-use plant and equipment assets
Interest on lease liabilities
Total

Amounts recognised in the statement of cash flows

Principal element of lease payments
Interest element of lease payments
Total cash outflow

18 Provisions

Group
As at 1 July 2020
Provisions made during the year
As at 30 June 2021
Provisions made during the year
As at 30 June 2022

Current provisions
Non-current provisions

2022
£000

467

135

97

699

2022
£000

564

97

661

Dilapidations 
 £000 

 Building 
safety 
 £000 

215

44

259

262

521

–

–

–

12,867

12,867

2022
£000

1,339

12,049

13,388

2021
£000

476

273

72

821

2021
£000

723

72

795

 Total 
 £000 

215

44

259

13,129

13,388

2021
£000

23

236

259

Dilapidations
The dilapidations provision covers the Group’s leased property estate. The expected provision needed at the end of 
each lease is recognised on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. There is no material uncertainty in either 
the timing or amount.

Building safety
The building safety provision includes estimated costs to remediate life-critical fire-safety issues on buildings over 11 
metres in which the Group had some involvement in developing over the last 30 years. By signing the Department 
for Levelling Up, Housing and Communities’ (“DLUHC”) pledge, the Group has committed to put right life-critical 
fire-safety issues in relation to these buildings.

The Group was involved in the development of 14 buildings over 11 metres, none of which were over 18 metres. 
The Group originally notified DLUHC of 15 buildings in total, but one building has subsequently been identified as 
having not been developed by Gleeson. The Group retains no freehold ownership of these or any other buildings. 
All of the buildings, including any external wall systems or cladding, were signed off by approved inspectors as 
compliant with the relevant building regulations at the time of their completion.

During the year, the Group completed an extensive exercise to locate the records of all buildings affected in which, over 
the last 30 years, the Group had some involvement in developing. A third-party firm of surveyors was then engaged 
to examine the 14 buildings covered under the DLUHC pledge and desktop surveys were undertaken. A programme of 
intrusive inspections and fire risk assessments has commenced, where permitted by the building owners.

As a result of the work performed, a provision of £12,867,000 has been recognised which represents the Board’s 
best estimate of the life-critical fire-safety remediation costs for these 14 buildings, which may change as the 
programme of intrusive inspections progresses. The Group has provided for the cost of remediation where there is 
a liability, where build issues have been identified or it is considered that such build issues are likely to exist.

The Group will review the building safety provision at each reporting date and, where necessary, adjust it to reflect 
the current best estimate of these costs.

Company
At 30 June 2022, the Company did not have any provisions (2021: £nil).

174

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022 
19 Employee benefits
Defined contribution pension plan
The Group operates a defined contribution pension plan. The assets of the pension plan are held separately from 
those of the Group in funds under the control of the trustees.

Group
The total pension cost charged to the consolidated income statement of £1,394,000 (2021: £1,190,000) represents 
contributions payable to the defined contribution pension plan by the Group at rates specified in the plan rules. At 
30 June 2022, contributions of £254,000 (2021: £176,000) due in respect of the current reporting period had not 
been paid over to the pension plan. Since the year end, this amount has been paid.

Company
The total pension cost charged to the income statement of £70,000 (2021: £78,000) represents contributions 
payable to the defined contribution pension plan by the Company at rates specified in the plan rules. At 30 June 
2022, contributions of £2,000 (2021: £2,000) due in respect of the current reporting period had not been paid over 
to the pension plan. Since the year end, this amount has been paid.

20 Deferred tax assets
Group

At 1 July 2020
Adjustment in respect of prior year
(Charge)/credit to income
Credit to equity
Impact of rate change
At 30 June 2021
Adjustment in respect of prior year
(Charge)/credit to income
Charge to equity
Impact of rate change
At 30 June 2022

Plant and 
equipment
£000

718

(344)

(200)

–

54

228

165

(310)

–

(93)

(10)

Losses
£000

728

(94)

(634)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Short-term 
timing 
differences
£000

Share-based 
payments
£000

399

(151)

67

–

30

345

–

(153)

–

(15)

177

331

–

93

168

68

660

–

210

(167)

71

774

Total
£000

2,176

(589)

(674)

168

152

1,233

165

(253)

(167)

(37)

941

At the balance sheet date, the Group has unrecognised tax losses of £8,876,000 (2021: £8,876,000) available for 
offset against future profits. Losses may be carried forward indefinitely against future taxable trading profits. These 
losses have not been recognised as a deferred tax asset as it is not considered probable that there will be suitable 
profits or gains available in future periods against which they may be offset. All tax losses previously recognised as 
a deferred tax asset have now been utilised (2021: £nil).

Of the total deferred tax asset, £216,000 (2021: £331,000) is expected to be recovered within 12 months of the 
balance sheet date.

Company

At 1 July 2020
Adjustment in respect of prior year
(Charge)/credit to income
Credit to equity
Impact of rate change
At 30 June 2021
(Charge)/credit to income
Charge to equity
Impact of rate change
At 30 June 2022

Plant and 
equipment
£000

2

–

–

–

–

2

–

–

–

2

Short-term 
timing 
differences
£000

Share-based 
payments
£000

56

(14)

29

–

17

88

(72)

–

(16)

–

188

–

103

132

54

477

88

(158)

43

450

Losses
£000

85

(12)

(73)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Total
£000

331

(26)

59

132

71

567

16

(158)

27

452

175

Financial StatementsFinancial StatementsMJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2022 
CONTINUED

21 Net cash/(debt)

Cash and cash equivalents
Lease liabilities
Net cash/(debt)

Group

Company

2022
£000

33,764

(3,009)

30,755

2021
£000

34,331

(2,322)

32,009

2022
£000

1,001

–

1,001

2021
£000

1,023

–

1,023

At 30 June 2022, monies held by solicitors on behalf of the Group and included within cash and cash equivalents 
were £15,417,000 (2021: £4,870,000). 

No monies were held by solicitors on behalf of the Company at the balance sheet date (2021: £nil).

Net cash/(debt) at 1 July 2020
Cash flows
New leases
Leases exited in the year
Finance expenses
Net cash/(debt) at 30 June 2021
Cash flows
New leases
Leases exited in the year
Finance expenses
Net cash/(debt) at 30 June 2022

Cash 
and cash 
equivalents
£000

Borrowings
£000

Cash net of 
borrowings
£000

76,807

(60,000)

(42,476)

60,000

16,807

17,524

–

–

–

34,331

(567)

–

–

–

33,764

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

34,331

(567)

–

–

–

Lease 
liabilities
£000

(3,083)

723

(732)

842

(72)

Total
£000

13,724

18,247

(732)

842

(72)

(2,322)

32,009

661

94

(1,339)

(1,339)

88

(97)

88

(97)

33,764

(3,009)

30,755

22 Bonds and securities
At 30 June 2022, the Group had bonds and securities of £44,149,000 (2021: £37,828,000) provided by financial 
institutions in support of ongoing contracts.

The Directors have determined that the Group and Company require no specific provision for bonds, securities or 
guarantees for subsidiary companies.

23 Share capital
Issued and fully paid 2p ordinary shares:
At 1 July 2020
Shares issued during year
At 30 June 2021
Shares issued during year
At 30 June 2022

Number

£000

58,067,535

188,253

58,255,788

50,549

58,306,337

1,161

4

1,165

1

1,166

Ordinary shares
The Company has one class of ordinary share that carries no rights to fixed income. All issued shares are fully paid.

During the year, the Group issued 50,549 ordinary shares (2021: 188,253 ordinary shares) at the nominal value of 
2 pence per share in settlement of share-based payments as set out in note 24. 

Own shares reserve
The own shares reserve was established in the year and represents the cost of shares in MJ Gleeson plc purchased in 
the market or issued by the Company and held by the Employee Benefit Trusts (“EBT”) on behalf of the Company in 
order to satisfy deferred bonus shares, share-based payments and other share awards that have been granted by the 
Company. 

The EBT has agreed to waive the right to dividends on shares held within the EBT, and these shares do not count 
in the calculation of the weighted average number of shares used to calculate earnings per share until such time as 
they vest to the relevant employee. 

Own shares held by the EBT 

176

2022

2021

Number

60,769

£000

471

Number

–

£000

–

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 202224 Share-based payments
The Group operates a number of share-based payment schemes, a summary of which is shown below. The share 
purchase plans encourage employee share ownership whereby the Company contributes one share for every three 
shares purchased and is available to employees after the completion of their probationary period. The long term 
incentive plans (“LTIP”) are part of remuneration for the Executive Directors and senior management. Additional 
information regarding the share-based payment arrangements for the Executive Directors is set out in the Annual 
Report on Remuneration on pages 113 to 122. All schemes are equity-settled.

Share purchase plans

MJ Gleeson 
Group plan
No. of 
shares

MJ Gleeson 
Group  
2014 plan
No. of 
shares

17,893

–

–

25,179

8,538

(8)

LTIP
26/09/17
No. of 
shares

LTIP
09/10/18
No. of 
shares

LTIP
10/12/19
No. of 
shares

LTIP
24/09/20
No. of 
shares

LTIP
27/09/21
No. of 
shares

168,524

67,500

212,721

–

–

–

(20,925)

–

–

–

(19,969)

–

–

–

394,153

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

46,575

192,752

394,153

–

–

(46,575)

–

–

–

–

363,532

(18,179)

(7,805)

–

–

–

192,752

375,974

355,727

 nil 

–

 nil 

 12 months   24 months  

–

–

–

(1,815)

(4,484)

(168,524)

–

–

16,078

–

–

29,225

9,404

(19)

(1,444)

(7,083)

14,634
 Rolling 
scheme 

31,527
 Rolling 
scheme 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

 nil 

–

£7.35

£7.33

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

£8.48

£8.15

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

Date of grant
Outstanding at  
1 July 2020
Granted in the year
Forfeited
Exercised
Cancelled
Outstanding at  
30 June 2021
Granted in the year
Forfeited
Exercised
Outstanding at  
30 June 2022

Remaining contractual life
Weighted average exercise 
price
Weighted average share 
price at date of exercise – 
current year
Weighted average share 
price at date of exercise – 
prior year

Fair value is used to measure the value of the outstanding options. The weighted average life for all schemes 
outstanding at the end of the year was 14 months (2021: 19 months).

Share purchase plans
The fair value of each share granted in the share purchase plan is equal to the share price at the date of the grant. 
Shares are granted on a monthly basis.

177

Financial StatementsFinancial StatementsMJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 June 2022 
CONTINUED

24 Share-based payments CONTINUED
Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”)
The fair value of options granted is calculated using either a modified Monte Carlo model or Black-Scholes model. 
The inputs into the model at each grant date and the estimated fair value were as follows: 

Date of grant
The model inputs were:

Share price at grant date
Total shareholder return target
Exercise price
Expected volatility1
Expected dividends2
Expected life
Risk-free interest rate
Fair value of one option

LTIP
09/10/18

LTIP
10/12/19

LTIP
24/09/20

LTIP
27/09/21

£7.04

£10.00

£0.00

35%

n/a

£8.00

n/a3

£0.00

27%

n/a

£6.16

n/a3

£0.00

33%

n/a

£8.14

n/a3

£0.00

34%

n/a

33 months

31 months

33 months

33 months

0.98%

£3.41

0.57%

£3.64

0.10%

£4.645

0.5%4

£5.355

1  Expected volatility was determined by calculating the historical volatility of the Company’s share price; volatility was measured over the 

previous three years.

2  Awards made under the LTIP allow, on vesting, for an additional award of shares to be made to the option holder equivalent to the 

dividends paid over the vesting period on the underlying shares.

3  The 2019, 2020 and 2021 LTIP grants include EPS and relative TSR targets for the Executive Directors as set out on page 118 together 

with non-market, profit-related targets for other participants. Non-market conditions are not factored into the fair value but are instead 
captured by adjusting the number of shares expected to vest.

4  Risk-free interest rate varies based on the type of target set; the weighted average is shown.

5  Volatility rates and fair value of options vary based on the type of target set; the weighted average is shown.

The total share-based payment cost charged to the consolidated income statement was £1,568,000 
(2021: £1,089,000).

25 Contingent liabilities
As set out in note 18, the Group is undertaking a review of all of its historic building contracts for buildings over 
11 metres in which, over the last 30 years, the Group had some involvement in developing. All of these buildings, 
including any external wall systems or cladding, were signed off by approved inspectors as compliant with the 
relevant building regulations at the time of their completion. 

These financial statements have been prepared based on currently available information and the current best 
estimate of the extent and future costs of work required, based on the reviews and physical inspections undertaken 
to date. However, these estimates may be updated as further inspections are completed, as work progresses or if 
government legislation and regulations change.

26 Capital commitments
At 30 June 2022, the Group had no material capital commitments (2021: £nil). The Company had no capital 
commitments (2021: £nil).

178

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 202227 Related party transactions
Identity of related parties
The Group has a related party relationship with key management personnel.

Transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries, which are related parties, have been eliminated on 
consolidation.

Transactions with key management personnel
The Group’s key management personnel are the Executive and Non-Executive Directors, as identified on pages 
86 and 87, the Managing Directors of Gleeson Homes and Gleeson Land, and the Divisional Managing Directors of 
Gleeson Homes.

During the previous year, the Group exchanged contracts on a conditional agreement to purchase an area of land 
from Hampton Investment Properties Ltd (“HIPL”) for £1,050,000. HIPL is a company in which North Atlantic 
Smaller Companies Investment Trust plc (“NASCIT”), a substantial holder in the company, holds a majority 
investment. In addition, Christopher Mills, a Non-Executive Director of the Company, is considered a related party 
by virtue of his interest in and directorship of NASCIT and his position as a Director of HIPL. The land, if purchased, 
will form part of a new Gleeson Homes site being developed in the ordinary course of business. Approval of this 
purchase was granted by the majority of shareholders at the AGM in December 2019. 

Other than disclosed above, there were no other transactions with key management personnel in either the current 
or prior year.

Identity of related parties with which the Company has transacted
The Company receives charges from various suppliers in respect of services for the whole Group. The Company 
allocates and consequently invoices these charges to subsidiaries.

Subsidiaries

3,470

2,943

77,091

37,504

(119,458)

(86,165)

Administrative expenses 
2021
£000

2022
£000

Receivables outstanding
2021
£000

2022
£000

Payables outstanding

2022
£000

2021
£000

MJ Gleeson plc 
Annual Report & Accounts 2022

179

Financial StatementsFinancial StatementsOther  
Information

Five Year Review

Further Information

182

183

180

MJ Gleeson plc 
Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Saphron,  
Dane Park,  
Hull,  
East Yorkshire

O
t
h
e
r

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

181

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022 
Five Year Review

Revenue
Operating profit pre-exceptional items
Exceptional items
Operating profit 
Net finance (expense)/income
Profit before tax

Tax charge
Profit after tax

Discontinued operations1
Profit for the year

Total assets
Total liabilities
Net assets

2022
£000

373,409

56,797

(12,867)

43,930

(1,310)

42,620

2021
£000

288,575

43,083

–

43,083

(1,372)

41,711

(7,531)

35,089

(7,839)

33,872

2020
£000

147,181

5,929

–

5,929

(363)

5,566

(758)

4,808

2019
£000

249,899

40,999

–

40,999

213

41,212

2018
£000

196,741

36,854

–

36,854

165

37,019

(7,648)

33,564

(6,526)

30,493

–

–

35,089

33,872

(289)

4,519

(297)

(257)

33,267

30,236

367,558

(95,382)

272,176

313,134

322,051

281,240

242,785

(68,203)

(109,446)

(77,344)

(54,686)

244,931

212,605

203,896

188,099

Total dividend per share for the year
Earnings per share
Earnings per share – pre-exceptional items
Net assets per share

pence

pence

pence

 18.0 

 60.2 

 78.1 

 467 

 15.0 

 58.2 

 58.2 

 420 

 –   

 8.7 

 8.7 

 366 

pence

 34.5 

 61.5 

 61.5 

 374 

pence

 32.0 

 56.0 

 56.0 

 345 

1  All results classified as continuing from 2021.

182

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2022Further Information 

Corporate directory 
Registered office
MJ Gleeson plc 
6 Europa Court  
Sheffield Business Park  
Sheffield S9 1XE 

Registered number  
09268016
Incorporated in  
England and Wales 

Company Secretary 
Leanne Johnson

Independent auditors 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Central Square  
29 Wellington Street  
Leeds LS1 4DL 

Bankers 
Lloyds Bank plc 
10 Gresham Street  
London EC2V 7AE

Santander UK plc
2 Triton Square 
Regent’s Place 
London NW1 3AN

Solicitors 
Skadden, Arps, Slate,  
Meagher & Flom (UK) LLP 
40 Bank Street  
Canary Wharf  
London E14 5DS

Stockbrokers 
Singer Capital Markets 
One Bartholomew Lane  
London EC2N 2AX 

Liberum Capital Limited 
Ropemaker Place, Level 12  
25 Ropemaker Street  
London EC2Y 9LY 

Registrars and transfer office 
Equiniti 
Aspect House 
Spencer Road 
Lancing BN99 6DA

Our website 
For more information on our 
homes, investor relations and career 
opportunities please visit  
www.mjgleesonplc.com.

O
t
h
e
r

I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

About this report
The paper in this report is a Forest Stewardship Council 
(“FSC®”) certified product, produced with a FSC® mixed 
sources pulp which is fully recyclable, biodegradable 
and chlorine free. It is manufactured within a mill which 
complies with the international environmental ISO 
14001 standard.

The report has been printed using environmentally 
friendly vegetable-based inks. Formulated on the basis 
of renewable raw materials, vegetable oils are non-
hazardous and from renewable sources. Over 90% of 
solvents and developers used are recycled for further 
use and recycling initiatives are in place for all other 
waste associated with this production.

The print house chosen for production of this report 
is FSC® and ISO 14001 certified with strict procedures 
in place to safeguard the environment through all 
processes, including ongoing initiatives to reduce 
carbon footprint.

Shareholder information 
Shareholder enquiries 
Any shareholder with enquiries should, in the first 
instance, contact our registrars using the address 
provided in the Corporate Directory. 

Share price information 
London Stock Exchange  
Symbol: GLE 

Investor relations 
MJ Gleeson plc 
6 Europa Court  
Sheffield Business Park  
Sheffield S9 1XE 

Email: companysecretary@mjgleeson.com  
Tel: 0114 261 2900

Hudson Sandler
25 Charterhouse Square 
London ECM1 6AE

Email: mgarraway@hudsonsandler.com  
Tel: 07771 860938 

Financial calendar 

Financial year end

30 June 2022

Full year results announced

15 September 2022

Annual General Meeting

18 November 2022

MJ Gleeson plc 
Annual Report & Accounts 2022

183

Financial Statements 
 
MJ Gleeson plc
6 Europa Court
Sheffield Business Park
Sheffield  
S9 1XE

companysecretary@mjgleeson.com
0114 261 2900
www.mjgleesonplc.com

M

J

G

l

e

e

s

o

n

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

2

2